


' n ' : T n 



5 LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. J 

#f to »- fckijU |° { 

I JMc//M'§.S | 

J UNITED STATES OP AMERICA, f 




YHi MJ^ KWOILI®^ 



NAPOLEONISM 

It T8I.il IB I 

Or, an Answer to the 
GREAT PROPHETIC AND HISTORIC QUESTION : 

IS LOUIS NAPOLEON III. 

THE DESTINED BULER OF EUROPE, 

AND 

THE ANTICHRIST 

WITH AN APPENDIX ON 

The Pope's late Encyclical, and the Firman of the Sultaajef TavkeyJ 

PROPHETICALLY AND HISTORICALLY DEMONSTRATED. 



ILLUSTRATED BY PORTRAITS OP THE NAPOLEONIC FAMILY ; A CHART OF 
THE COURSE OF EMPIRES*, MAPS OF THE HOLY LAND, ETC. 



{fP Ajt BY 

REV. R. C. 8HIMEALL, 

OF THE PRESBYTERY OF NEW YORK. 

AUTHOR OF OUR BIBLE CHRONOLOGY, HISTORIC AND PROPHETIC, DEMONSTRATED \ 
CHRIST'S SECOND COMING — IS IT PRE- OR POST-MILLENNIAL? ETC., ETC 



NEW YOEK: 

BREtfOKERHOFF & CO., PUBL^pERB, 
NO. 161 BBOADWAY. 











Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1870, by 

R. C. SHIMEALL, 

m the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States for the Southern 

District of New York. 









ADVERTISEMENT 

TO THE 

REVISED EDITION 



Since this work was first issued, under the title of the 
11 Political Economy of Prophecy," etc., in A.D. 1864, all 
the moral and political characteristics of that remarkable 
man of our time, Louis Napoleon hi., who is the principal 
subject of it, together with the events which have transpired 
in connection with his career down to the present time, as 
indicated by the prophetic " Oracles" of God's word, having 
been verified to the letter in every particular as therein set 
forth, w r e feel impelled to an endeavor — by a substitution for 
the above title, that of the following : 

" NAPOLEONISM UNVEILED," etc., 

TO REVIVE A NEW INTEREST IN THE MOMENTOUS QUESTION, 

Is he the Destined Mnler of Europe, and also the 
last Antichrist that is to come? 

We have had no reason to change our views as regards 
the affirmative of both parts of this great question during 
the above interval. So far from it, we hold that they have 
been and are being abundantly confirmed, not only by the 
past, but by the present " situation" of affairs throughout 
Europe and the world, and that the Napoleonic " Star" is 
still in the ascendant — on the principle that " coming events 
cast their shadows before" — look, first, at the following por~ 



tentous words of Viscount de la Gueroimier, Senator and 
Counsellor of State of France, as recently declared in the 
Senate, to wit : that " Europe is tranquil, because France is 
satisfied ;" also, that, " in order that France may be content, 
each Power must be in its proper place." On this the astute 
critic of the New York Herald of April 20 very justly says : 
" Remarkable, rather alarming words. A few remarks of 
this sort made to the Baron Hubner at the Tuilleries heralded 
the Austro-Italian war." 

Then, second, France is now being convulsed to its very- 
centre by the discussions regarding' the Plebicite. The 
world stands aghast at the apparent fearfully formidable plot 
of the enemies of Bonapartism for the overthrow of the State 
and the assassination of the Emperor. But, as we have said 
from the very first of the many murderous attempts upon the 
life of Napoleon III. within the last twenty years or more, so 
we now repeat, there is no hand or weapon that can destroy 
that " man of destiny" till he shall have " crowned the edifice" 
by the restoration and establishment of the "hereditary 
Empire," alias the " Universal Latin Dynasty," and also 
ran his course to the end of his full career. Here, again, 
speaking of the above " conspiracies, regicide plots, and the 
like," the editor of the Herald of May 2nd remarks : "We are 
not disposed to ignore the fact, that this conspiracy has hap- 
pened opportunely for the Emperor and his friends," And, 
again, that "this foolish and wicked conspiracy has made 
the Emperor's success certain" — aye, and that to the extent, 
,that while the triumph of the national vote on the Plebicite 
. of 1810 will be " quite as flattering to the Bonapartes as 
that of 1848 or 1852," the failure of the existing conspiracy 
against the life of the Emperor in connection with it, will not 
fail to secure to him that prestige on which he depends to 
place him at the head of the European Powers. On this 



3 

subject the writer of the journal already quoted appropriately 
remarks : " With a Bonaparte at the head of the peoples of 
the Continent, the ' reds' and the thrones by ' divine right' 
would be equally in danger." We say, wait a little, and we 
shall see that the Napoleonic hand, by God's permission, will 
sw r eep them all by the board. 

We insert the following, quoted from the Buffalo Courier, 
as indicating the tendency of things to a verification of the 
Destiny of Napoleon III. as " the Antichrist that is to 
come," which will show itself by his stepping upon the stage 
as "Cesar Pontiff": — 

" It is pleasing to know that both the French Emperor 
and his son are now inclined to pay particular regard to the 
interests of religion. His Majesty recently took occasion to 
assure a French archbishop that such doctrines as undermined 
the immortality of the soul should receive no favor whatever 
at his hands. Shortly after Napoleon the Third had taken 
this ground, his son, the Prince Imperial, went a step further, 
by saying, ' When I become Emperor, i" shall not permit 
any one to be ivithout religion." What Frenchman now will 
refuse to support my dynasty ?" 

Yes, both father and son are becoming very pious and 
zealous as the patrons and promoters of religion. But we 
would deferentially say to the young Prince, you must leave it 
to your august father to fulfil both these purposes. True, 
you may act out your part as an auxiliary, but never, never 
will you sit upon the throne of France. 

The " hereditary Empire" will be limited to the reign o^ 
Louis Napoleon III. under the title of " Cesar II.," — a 
title which he claims in virtue of his alleged descent from 
Julius CaBsar I,, — under which cognomen, like his great an- 
cestor, with the secular will be blended the pontifical func- 
tions, thus assuming the double attributes of a civil or poll- 



tical and ecclesiastical headship, designated in the Apocalypse 
(chap. xvii. 10) as " the eighth/' and identical, as shown 
in these pages, with St. Paul's " man of sin and son of perdi- 
tion" spoken of in 2 Thess. ii. 3-10. And it is remarkable that 
on this point also, the N. Y. Herald of this morning (May 
3rd) should hold the following language — 

"In the next edition of the ' Life of Julius Caesar' we 
shall expect to find some improvemeuts in the prefatorial 
paragraphs which rank Caesar and Charlemagne and Napo- 
leon [the I.] with the Messiah, and which pronounce the 
assassination of Caesar and the ostracism of Napoleon as 
huge and unqualified blunders." And the writer adds : 
" We do not for a moment doubt that Napoleon [III.] 

RANKS HIMSELF WITH THE MESSIAHS OF THE PAST, nor do we 

feel disposed at present to question his right." ...... 

"If Frenchmen or any other section of mankind think differ- 
ently, we have only to say the affair is not ours." 

That the spirit of grace may guide the reader into all truth 

is the earnest prayer of 

The Author. 

N.B. This work may be had of Jhe Author at No. 371 
West 35th street. 

New York, May 3, 1870. 



CONTENTS. 



Dedication, v. vi 

Contents, • . . vii.-xiv 

Introduction . . . . . . . . 15-29 

NAPOLEONISM UNVEILED. 



CHAPTER I. 

INTRODUCTION. 

Prophetic Basis op the Exposition, Rev., chap. xvii. — Scope of — 
Involves the career of the Three Napoleons — Connection with, 
of the four great Monarchies of the World, the Babylonian, 
Medo-Persian, Grecian, and Roman — The Roman Empire — Its 
duration — Proof of its Perpetuated Unity \ . . . 31-48 



, CHAPTER II. 

PROPHETIC HISTORY OP THE ROMAN EMPIRE, CONTINUED. 

Recapitulation — Seven Forms of the Civil Government of the 
Roman Empire — Chronology of the Sixth Form, the Imperial 
— This the Gordian Knot of Expositors — Augustulus — Mr. 
Elliott and Dr. H. Moore on — Fallacy of — True Chronology of, 
demonstrated — Eight Proofs of— Result — Further Proofs of the 
Territorial and Political Unity of the Roman Empire — Three 
arguments in proof that Napoleon I. was the Seventh Symbolic 
Head of the Empire, 49-64 



<7111 CONTENTS. 



CHAPTER in. 



NAPOLEON II. DUKE OF REICHSTADT AND KING OP ITALY — NAPOLEON III., 

ETC. 

Recapitulation. — Predicted Short Career of Napoleon I. — Exulta- 
tion of the Crowned Heads of Europe on — Napoleon II. — His 
early Death — Edict of the European Powers against the Napo- 
leonic Family — But, man proposes, God disposes — the Wound 
unto death of the Symbolic Seventh Head healed in the person 
of Napoleon III., who forms the principal subject of this Expo- 
sition — Preliminaries — The French Revolution between A. D. 
1^89 and 1848, prepares the way for his Accession to the 
Throne of the Franco-Roman Empire — Brief Historic Sketch 
of — His Escape from the Prison of Ham — Exile in the United 
States — Miiller — Napoleon's Secrets — His darling Idea of form- 
ing a Universal Latin Dynasty, with France as the Head — 
His extraordinary Career between Dec. 2d, 1 848, and Dec. 2d, 
1852 — Review of the preceding details — The Revival of the 
Seventh and Eighth Heads — Faber on — Fallacy of — I. The 
Character and Exploits of the revived Seventh Franco -Roman 
Emperorship in the person of Louis Napoleon III., as a purely 
Secular Power — Further Historical Remarks, . . 65-81 



CHAPTER IV. 

LOUIS NAPOLEON IIL CONTINUED THE FUTURE, DESTINED SOVEREIGN OF A 

UNIVERSAL LATIN DYNASTY. 

Hscapitulation — A Startling Announcement — Prophetico-Symbolic 
Characteristics of Louis Napoleon III. — His unprecedented 
Career to the Present Time — Rev. xiii. 3, 4 — First, of the 
similarity of his Accession to Power with that of his Imperial 
Uncle — His remarkable Declaration before the National As- 
sembly of France in A. D. 1848 — How verified — Appears upon 
the Stage as the Great Pacificator of the Nations — Also as 
a Despot — Illustrated in Seven Particulars, . . . 82-98 



CONTENTS. IX 



CHAPTER V. 

LOUIS NAPOLEON III. CONTINUED — SYMBOLIZED BY THE SCARLET COLORED 
BEAST OF KEY. Xvii. 1-6, IN UNION WITH THE PAPACY. 

Exposition of the aboye Prophecy — Its historical application to 
Louis Napoleon III. — Preliminaries — Verification of the re- 
sults of the above union — Oudinot — Archbishop of Paris — His 
Harlot Rider, the Papacy, unconscious of his ulterior designs 
—This Union brings on a Crisis in his Career of Destiny — The 
Bourgeois, the Aristocracy, the Socialists, etc. — Results — An- 
other Fact — The Carbonari of Italy — Republicans — Pius IX., 
King Charles Albert, and Louis Napoleon III., members of — 
The Events which grew put of — Expulsion of Pius IX. to 
Gaeta — Restored by Louis Napoleon III. — Is tried for his per- 
fidy by the Carbonari — The matter is compounded — secures 
Independence to Italy — Napoleon III. has no real love for the 
Papacy — Is a Republican — His Napoleonic prestige — Receives 
Idolatrous Homage — His Star of Destiny in the Ascendant — 
Comprehensiveness of his Military and Naval Programme as 
the Pacificator of the Nations — The New York Tribune, etc. 

99-114 

CHAPTER VI. 

LOUIS NAPOLEON III. CONTINUED — THE EIGHTH APOCALYPTICO-SYMBOLIO 
HEAD OF THE UNIVERSAL LATIN EMPIRE. 

Introduction — Rev. xvii. 8, 10 — Fearfully portentous and com- 
prehensive Words ! — Objection : Their significancy cannot be 
known because still future — Reply — Another Objection : The 
booh mentioned in Rev. v. 1-7 is not the sealed book of Daniel 
— Reply — Fallacy of the argument of obscurity of the prophecy, 
etc. — We of this day have an interest in it — Proof that Louis 
Napoleon III. is the Eighth Head of the Apocalyptic Beast — 
As such, he is designated as the future Leader of the Last 
Democratic Politieo-Antichiistian Confederacy of the Nations 
against the Abrahamic Jewish Race and the Gentile Christian 
Church, as the last Antichrist — St. Paul's Prophecy, 2 Thess. 
1* 



CONTENTS. 

ii. 3, 4, and verses 9-12 — Also Christ's Prophecy, John v. 43 
— His "coming" a personal one, Humanity Deified — Startling 
Announcement — Hence the denial by some writers of a future 
personal Antichrist — Refutation of, ,115 



SECTION I. 

THE PliOPHETICO-HISTORlC RISE, CAREER, AND DOOM OP THIS GREAT 
APOCALYPTIC ANTICHRISTIAN POWER. 

I. — The Chronological Period assigned for the appearance of the 
last Antichrist — The Spiritual and Ecclesiastico-Political 
Power of the Papacy, and the Civil Power of the Roman 
Empire, were to run a parallel course. Compare Dan. vii. 25 
with Eev. xiii. 5 — The whole period 1,335 years, Dan. vii. 12 — 
Period of the Rise of the Papacy in A. D. 533— Proof Of— 
Prophetico-Historic Verification of — The Bishop of Versailles 
and Napoleon III.— Final Destruction of the Papacy by the 
Symbolic "Ten Horns " or "Kings," Rev. xvii. 16, . 115-132 



CHAPTER VI. (Continued.) 
section II. 

LOUIS NAPOLEON III., AS THE HEAD OP THE UNIVERSAL LATIN EMPIRE. 

This Event still Future — Yet nigh at hand — The Harlot-rider still 
seated on his back — The Secular Power of the Popedom 
nearly annihilated — What is to follow, at variance with the 
popular views — Five Considerations in proof of the position 
herein assumed : — 

I. Tlie Steps which are to immediately precede the Introduc- 
tion of Louis Napoleon III. upon the stage of action as the 
Eighth Apocalyptic Head — Will be preceded by Miraculous 
Wonders — Is warily advancing toward the acme of his ambi- 
tion — Is suspected of an inkling after the Popedom — May 
assume it, to effect a change in the functions of the then 



CONTENTS. XI 

reigning Pope to that of the False Prophet, who is to work 
Miracles before him (Rev. xix. 20), as his own passport from 
the Seventh to the Eighth Headship— Present Aspect of 
French Affairs favorable to this— Other Facts — The Result. 

II.< — His Inauguration, as the Eighth Head, into his Seat of 
Power, at the hands of the Ten Roman "Horns" or "Kings" 
— Certainty of, as derived from the Prophecy, Rev. xvii. 17, 
" For God hath put it into their hearts," etc. — (Compare Dan, 
iv. 1-18 ; 23-25 ; and chap. vii. 1-8, with 2 Thess. ii. 3, 8, and 
verse 11) — St. PauPs Prophecy in outline filled up by St. John's 
respecting the appearance and work of the Three Unclean Frog 
Spirits, Rev. xvi. 13, 14, 18 — Exposition of — Meaning of the 
phrase, "The whole World"— 1. Their Origin— 2. Extent of 
the combined Influences of their Miraculous Agencies — 3. 
What we are to understand as denoted by them — 4. The 
Period of their Mission — (Compare Rev. xvi. 12, with verses 
13-14) — 5. Will culminate in the formation of the Last 
Democratico-Infidel Confederacy — Objection to, on the 
ground of its alleged impossibility — Reply — Appeal to facts 
—Most of those now living may witness the things here spoken 
of— An Appeal, 133-149 



CHAPTER VI. (Continued.) 

SECTION III. 

THE POLITICO-HISTORIC MARK, NAME, OR NUMBER (666) OF THE APOCA- 
LYPTIC EIGHTH HEAD, QUERE. DOES IT APPLY TO LOUIS NAPOLEON III. ? 

Introductory Remarks — The Prophecy, Rev. xiii. 16-18 — Fur- 
nishes additional evidence that the revived Seventh Head of 
the Roman Beast, and the Eighth, belong to the same person — 
Distinction between the Power that confers and He who inter- 
prets said number — Miracles wrought by the former to that end 
— The Image of the Beast, What ? — The Mark, etc., imposed as a 
sign of Dedication, etc. — How to be deciphered, or counted — 
Origin of, illustrated — Zoological Origin of the Eighth Head — 
The number 666 applied, first, to his ancestry — Illustrated in 



Xll CONTENTS. 

three particulars — But in order to its complete fulfilment must 
be applied to some one man — That man, Louis Napoleon III. 
— Must be deciphered in the three languages, Latin, Greek, 
and Hebrew — Illustrations o/, with answers to objections, etc. 
— The great Antichristian Confederacy of which he is the 
Head — Editorial article from a New York journal on cl The 
Signs of the Times " — Closing Eemarks, . . . 150-166 



CHAPTER VI. (Continued.) 

SECTION IV. 

THE PROPHETICO-HISTORIC EXPLOITS OF THE APOCALYPTIC EIGHTH HEAD 
AND HIS ANTICHRISTIAN CONFEDERACY. 

Recapitulation — Entrance upon a comparatively new field of Scrip- 
tural Exegesis — Prophecies relating to the future Restoration 

of the Jews to Palestine : 167-169 

I. First Act of the Eighth Head, the restoration of the Jews 
to their own land — Has undergone numerous changes— "Pre- 
dicted ENLARGEMENT AND NEW DIVISION OF, AMONG THE 

Twelve Tribes — First.. Successive Geographical Developments 
of — 1. Its first occupancy by the Ten Heathen Nations, prior 
to Abraham's call — Map of — 2. From Joshua to the time of 
the Judges — Map of — 3. Canaan as adapted to the period of 
the Kings — Three Maps; the first adapted to the Booh of 
Kings, the second to the Captivity, the third to the time of 
Christ — 4. The future enlargement of— The new division of— 
Map of— The Holy Oblation— Illustration of. . . 169-182 

The Restoration of Israel will take place in their nationally un- 
converted State, and in great suffering — Louis Napoleon III. as 
the Eighth Head the instigator of— Makes a League with them 
to that end — This involves their allegiance to him — The Prophet 
Hosea on — The Jews incorporated with his Confederacy — 
The Prophet Isaiah on — Astounding effect upon the Nations — 
Agencies employed in their Restoration — Isaiah on, chap, 
xviii. 1-3 — Proof that this Prophecy points to the United 
States of America — Not one of the " Ten Horns " of the 
Roman Empire — Will form no part of the Antichristian Con- 



CONTENTS. Xiii 



federacy of the Latin Empire — A great and glorious destiny 
awaits her — Will, nevertheless, be brought under the rod for 
her national sins — Will form an alliance with the Eighth 
Head — The Jews will hail him as their Messiah — Christ's 
Prophecy of — The Jews the wealthiest nation on earth — When 
restored, will wipe out the foot-prints of the destroyers of their 
land — Jeremiah's Prophecy of — Will rebuild their Temple — 
Ezekiel on — Will rapidly rise to national distinction while yet 
in league with their false Messiah — Ezekiel on — This not the 
climax of their national sin — Ezekiel on, etc. . . 182-210 

II. The Second Act of the Eighth Head — His desecration 
of the Temple — St. Paul on — The last unparalleled tribulation 
of the Jews — Jeremiah, Daniel, and Christ on — Their revolt 
against the false Messiah — This leads to the last acts of the 
Eighth Head, 210-212 



CHAPTER VI. (Concluded.) 

SECTION V. 

CONTINUATION OP THE PROPHETICO-HISTORIC EXPLOITS OF THE APOCA- 
LYPTIC EIGHTH HEAD AND HIS ANTICHRISTIAN CONFEDERACY 

THEIR FINAL DOOM CONCLUSION. 

III. The Third Act. — Antichrist's Invasion of the Holy Land 
and its Capital, Jerusalem — Gog and Magog Army of Ezekiel— - 
Proof that it is not identical with that of the Apocalypse, chap. 
xx. 8, 9 — Faber on — Reply— This invasion described by 
Zechariah, chap. xiv. 1, 2 212-216 

IV. The Fourth Act. — Eventuates in "the Battle of the 
Great Day of God Almighty" Rev. xvi. 14 — Locality of the 
Battle-field, Armageddon — Predicted certain destruction of 
the Invaders by the Visible Personal Appearance of Christ 
—Scripture Proofs— * 216-223 

V. The final doom of the Last Antichrist and his Magogean 
Confederacy — The result of the Battle — Are destroyed by the 
Personal Agency of the Lord Jesus Christ — Magnitude of 
this Confederacy — Number of their Weapons — An Explanation 

— Conclusion, 223 



XIV CONTENTS. 



APPENDIX. 



I. Prophetical Aspect of the Pope's late " Encyclical," 

II. Prophetical Aspect of the late Firman of the Sultan of Turkey 

in reference to the Holy City, Jerusalem, . . . 229-258 

" The conclusion of the whole matter," .... 258-280 



ANCIENT. 



I I S 



■i r ■ ' 



7 = 

pa 

K — 



BR 



CtRMANS 



sirffds-Jixf x I/eraclisife 



GAULS 



Cisal]>ijiie Gaul 



AV7 v.irctns 



ROME 



MACEDONIA 



TONS 



' 



_d 



^-""[ff 



MEDIAEVAL 



MODE 



SRS.1 



<a * * ^ s 



Goths a- 
Vandals HUNS 



• ' ' ' ■ • I 

| J* WEO EN 

I j T ~OTNMARk 

t \ . ilo.Inls •< Tar a r s j 




§51— Zmtkam IS* TW£ STATE QF ROME 



H 




€A.STERM\r QBZBH \J TURKS 



ITTHKEY 



ARABIA 



[j PERSI ANS 



MEDES 



/nilepe/irttint Tribes 



TSSSYRIA 



ASSYRIO-BABYLONIAN EMPIRE 



HERR1$W^°= 



c^yvw/j/v/ rr j 



Efj 



fiir^/roi EGYPT 



R I A Danut,tvnf 



TV 



Arabs 



ig.(iTtheMe<lfls 
" JB«frinn| ? 
Nineveh i 



DOES iKINCSL 



UOAH « 

Iduirvearw I 2 



HOENICIA j" 



CAPPAOQC/A 



L/C/A 



<,vrin awu 



_ : Inriepen dant Jrctbj 
\P^RTH IANs] PE RSIA NS r^fMCtrkr 



;IO' 







L^uls LfirtepP JO /'iv/ J ','„■ SHAHS 



TURKS 



nr 



r 



[j Armenians i [GREEK S 



^ 



CARTHAGE 



!«$V!/?/4C£M5l \katcmiuA Ll/w/uA,: 



MAURITANIA 




~- ~ FROM THE ^ — _^^- 



i: 



CANADA 



New-England 



! TURKS 

Tunis A- Tripoli 



Pronchfo | 



1 * 



UN,TED * No W tark-i7«M H 
['cnnsylvamja lg ] 

STATES ) V 






MEXICO I £v 

COIQMBIA.7W/?/*"' ^SPANIARDS ^ 
PE RU 

CHILI ! 3 I 

BUENOS AYRES H. 

BRAZIL _ |«in r jl'onu$u f ».-[28 




INTKODTJOTIOE". 



It forms no part of the design of this volume, to give an ex- 
position of what appertains to the social, civil, judicial, and 
ecclesiastical systems of the commonwealth of Israel as enacted 
by the inspired lawgiver, Moses, between the Exode and the 
time of Samuel. That system of government was adapted to a 
union of the Church with the State, and is a matter of history, 
as constituting the original theocracy of Israel. 

What we propose in these pages, is, to present a view of 
u -Napoleontsm Unveiled," as foreshadowed in those systems 
of earthly gentile governments that were to bear rule 
hi the world, subsequently to, and in consequence of, the 
abrogation of the original theocracy by the Israelites under 
8amuel, onward to the restoration of that theocracy by their 
king, Messiah. It will be found that, during this prolonged 
interval, those " holy men of God who spake as they were 
moved by the Holy Ghost," prophetically portrayed the various 
systems of government of human device to which the Church 
and people of God, Jewish and Christian, were to be subjected, 
either as the punishment of their sins, or the trial of their faith, 
under and during the dominancy of Gentilism over them. 

First. In regard to the Hebrew, Israelitish, or Jewish nation, 
Moses, as a prophet, Deut. xxviii. 1-14, gives a summary of the 
many and great blessings that should accrue to Israel as that 
people whom " God would set on high above all the nations of 
the earth," if obedient to His commands. On the other hand, 
\f disobedient, he predicts, in verses 15-68 inclusive, a long cat- 



16 INTEODUCTIOK. 

alogue of the most terrific curses that could possibly befall any 
nation. These curses should overtake them while in their own 
land, not only, but, and especially when, being delivered into 
the hands of their enemies, " the Lord would scatter them 
among all people, from the one end of the earth even unto the 
other ; and that there they should serve other gods, which 
neither they nor their fathers had known, even wood and 
stone." Among these curses, allusion is made, verse 36, to 
what would follow the choice of " the Icing that they should set 
over them," viz., that the Lord would bring a nation against 
them from far, from the end of the earth, as swift as the eagle 
nieth ; a nation whose tongue they should not understand, a 
nation of fierce countenance, "which should not regard the per- 
son of the old, nor show favor to the young : and that he should 
eat the fruit of their cattle, and the fruit of their land, until 
they should be destroyed." . . Also that he " should besiege 
them in all their gates, until their high and fenced walls come 
down, wherein they trusted, throughout all their land, which 
the Lord their God had given them." And finally, that " they 
should be left few in number, whereas they were as the stars of 
heaven for multitude : because they would not obey the voice of 
the Lord their God." 

The whole closes with the solemn appeal : — Thus saith the 
Most High, " See ... I call heaven and earth to record 
this day against you, that I have set before you life and death, 
blessing and cursing : therefore choose life, that both thou and 
thy seed may live." (Deut. xxx. 19.) 

But, alas ! Israel chose death, with all its attendant curses. 
These curses, consequent of their rebellions against God under 
Moses, commenced with their nomadic wanderings for forty 
years through the wilderness, and were continued for like causes, 
during their occupancy of the land of Canaan under the Judges, 
until the time of the prophet Samuel. But this pious priest, 
prophet, and judge, had waxen old. Unable longer to bear the 
weight and responsibilities of his official functions, the reins of 
government were committed to the hands of his two sons, Joel 
and Abiah. 

It is at this point in the history of Israel, when was verified 



INTEOBUCTIOlSr. 17 

the prophecy of Moses respecting their choice of a " Icing." "We 
read of the two sons of Samuel, that they " walked not in his 
ways, but turned aside after lucre, and took bribes, and per- 
verted judgment." Whereupon " the elders of Israel came to 
Samuel unto Kamah, and said unto him, Behold, thou art old, 
and thy sons walk not in thy ways : now make us a king, to 
judge us, like all the nations." 1 In vain alike were the protes- 
tations, expostulations, and predictions of the venerable prophet 
as to the character of the king of their choice, whose despotic 
rule and oppression and extortion would make them " cry out 
in that day, because of the king whom they shaH have chosen." 
They still persisted in their demand : — " Nay, but we will have 
a king over us, that we also may be like all the nations (heathen), 
and that our king may judge us, and go out and fight our 
battles." 2 

Now, this conduct of the nation of Israel constituted the 
highest act of treason and rebellion against the covenant God 
of their fathers. It involved the adjuration of the original the- 
ocracy, and the substitution in its place of a system of govern- 
ment analogous to the heathen nations ! 

God gave them up to their choice. In answer to the prayer 
of Samuel, " the Lord said unto him, Hearken unto the voice 
of the people in all that they say unto thee : for they have not 
rejected thee, but they have rejected me, that I should not be king 
over them? 3 

Their error, however, consisted in their choice of Saul, the 
son of Cis, a Benjamite, as their first king. Whereas the prophe- 
cy of Jacob had designated the tribe of Judah as the source and 
centre of the regal power. 4 Hence the anointing of Saul out 
of a vial, 5 denotive of the instability of his short-lived reign. 
And, although David, of the tribe of Judah, as his successor^ 
was anointed out of a horn, 6 the emblem of permanency; yet a 
limit was set to the period of the Davidic monarchy in the line 
of the kings of Judah. A monarchy is not a theocracy. Hence, 

i 1 Sam., viii. 1-5. a xbid. y Tiii. 10-18 ; 19, 20. 

3 Ibid., verses 6, 7. 4 Gen., xlix. 10. 

5 1 Sam. x. 1. e iUd. y xvi. 13. 



18 INTRODUCTION". 

however the line of kings from David reigned jus JDivinum (by 
Divine right), it was to terminate at the coming of the " Shi- 
loh." * That covenant made with David which guaranteed the 
perpetuity of his throne, therefore, reached beyond the royal 
monarchical line. Accordingly, the Apostle Peter, when ad- 
dressing his brethren on the day of Pentecost, and "freely 
speaking to them of the patriarch David," said :— " Therefore, 
being a prophet, and knowing that God had sworn with an 
oath to him, that of the fruit of his loins, according to the flesh, 
he would raise up Christ to sit on his throne ; He, seeing 
this before, spake of the resurrection of Christ, that His soul was 
not left in hell (ac^?), neither did his flesh see corruption." 2 

It is, therefore, by and through Christ, as " David's son and 
Lord," 3 in resurrection power and glory, and by Him alone, 
that the original theocracy can be restored. 

Hence, this event did not transpire at the first appearing of 
the " Shiloh " to Israel. True, the monarchical " sceptre then 
departed from Judah." Still, the nation, after the example of 
Israel in the time of Samuel, by their rejection and crucifixion 
of Him who was " born King of the Jews," furnished the oc- 
casion for the deferment of the restoration of the previously 
abjured theocracy. And so, their Messiah, the Lord Jesus Christ, 
— in analogy to the parabolic nobleman, of whom the " citizens " 
declared, " we will not have this man to reign over us," and 
who was driven " into a far country, till he should receive a 
kingdom and return," — is now, so to speak, a king in exile in 
the far-off heavens, whither, as ■' the great High Priest over the 
house of God," He has gone to intercede for us, henceforth ex- 
pecting, till His enemies be made His footstool ; when, being 
invested of the Father with His kingly prerogatives, or, in 
other words, having " received His kingdom," he will return 
the second time to " build up the tabernacle of David, which is 
fallen down." 

Of this the prophet Daniel speaks, chap. vii. 13, 14: — "I 
saw in the night visions, and behold, one like the Son of Man 
came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the ancient of 

i Gen., xlix. 10. 2 Acts ii. 30, 31 ; Ps. x. 16. 3 Matt., xxii. 41-45. 



INTRODUCTION. 19 

days, and they brought Him near before Him. And there was 
given Sim dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all people, 
and nations, and languages, should serve Him : His dominion 
is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and His 
kingdom that which shall not be destroyed." And with this 
accords the declaration of St. Peter in his address to the Jews, 
Acts iii. 20, 21. " And he shall send Jesus Christ, which oefore 
was preached unto you : whom the heavens must receive until 
the times of restitution of all things, which God hath spoken by 
the mouth of all His holy prophets since the world began." 
And so, in regard, 

Second. To the Christian Church. We now speak of the 
visible church catholic on earth in her mixed state, as constituted 
of tares and wheat, or the apostate and the true. As it respects 
the former, the Apostle Paul predicted, Acts xx. 29, 30, that 
a after his departure should grievous wolves enter in among 
them, not sparing the flock. Also of their own selves should 
men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples 
after them." This prophecy formed the dasis of that of 2 Thess. 
ii. 3, in which he foretells of that "falling away first" — (7 
aiToo-rao-la, the apostasy), which was finally to culminate in that 
" revelation of the man of sin and son of perdition," or the 
last Antichkist ; " even him, whose coming is after the work- 
ing of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders, and 
with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish ; 
oecause they received not the love of the truth, that they might 
be saved. And for this cause God shall send them strong delu- 
sion, that they should believe a lie," etc. The voice of prophecy 
also points out, that this apostasy of the nominal church 
throughout Christendom in its culminated form, is to consti- 
tute, out of its subjects, that last great antichristian confederacy 
of the nations, whose appearance upon the prophetical platform 
is to immediately precede the second coming (napovo-ias, per- 
sonal presence) of the Lord Jesus Christ. 

On the other hand, running parallel with the developments 
of this apostasy, the same voice of prophecy foretells the suffer- 
ings of " the faithful in Christ Jesus, called to be saints," as the 
trial of their Christian integrity. Thus Daniel, in reference to 



20 INTRODUCTION. 

the "little horn" of chap. vii. 8, predicts, verse 21, 25, "I 
beheld, and the same horn made war with the saints, and pre- 
vailed against them ; " and that he " should wear out the saints 
of the Most High," etc., and to this state of suffering the Apos- 
tle Peter alludes, 1 Pet. i. 6, 7, — " Wherein ye greatly rejoice, 
though now for a season, if need be, ye are in heaviness through 
manifold temptations ; that the trial of your faith, being much 
more precious than of gold which perisheth, though it be tried 
by fire, might be found unto praise and honor and glory, at 
the appearing of Jesus Christ." These prophecies are in har- 
mony with that of our Lord to his disciples, John xvi. 33, " in 
the world ye shall have tribulation ; " and also with that of St. 
Paul to the believers in Lystra, Iconium, and Antioch, Acts xiv. 
22, "that we must through much tribulation enter into the 
kingdom of God." 

The purpose of these pages, therefore, is, to show that " all 
the prophets, from Samuel and those that follow after, as many 
as have spoken," 1 have prophetically mapped out the rise, ca- 
reer, and final destiny of all those earthly systems of political 
economy that were to sway their respective sceptres in and over 
the nations of the world, as rivals to that original theocracy 
established over the commonwealth of Israel ; together with the 
contemporaneous vicissitudes and sufferings of the Church and 
people of God, Jewish and Christian, by and through them, as 
rods in God's hand, either for the punishment of the apostate 
or the trial of the faithful ; and of the final vengeance which is 
to overtake them, one and. all, as the persecutors of the Lord's 
chosen people of both classes, in their total subversion, by the 
reestaolishment of that theocratic government abjured by 
Israel in the time of Samuel. 

The learned Bossuet and Bishop Porteus have well and truly 
said of the four prophetic monarchies of Gentilism that were to 
bear rule in the earth between the abjuration and the restoration 
of the theocracy of Israel — the Babylonian, Medo-Persian, Gre- 
cian, and Roman — that they " form, as it were, one vast map of 
Providential administration, delineated on so large a scale, and 

1 Acts, iii. 24. 



IKTKODUCTION. 21 

marked with such legible characters, that it cannot possibly es- 
cape our observation ; " and that " this map has been held up 
before the eyes of all nations for the space of nearly three thou- 
sand years, to confront the feeble cavils of atheism, and to con- 
firm the scriptural doctrine of a national Providence" 

And yet how many, in these " last times," have entirely 
overlooked the fact, that in' the Bible is to be found the most 
extensive and complete system of political economy of which the 
world can boast ! 

Of the prophecy of Moses, in the xxviiith chapter of Deute- 
ronomy, respecting the numerous curses that should overtake 
Israel in the event of their disobedience of the Lord's com- 
mands, history, both sacred and profane, attests that they have 
all been literally verified, in accordance with the natural lan- 
guage in which they are recorded. The same holds true of the 
prophecy of Samuel in reference to the character, etc., of their 
first king, Saul, in 1 Sam. viii. 10-18. But it is otherwise with 
those subsequent prophecies, which portray the political econ- 
omy of gentilism, as adumbrated by the former prophets. In 
these, natural language, at least for the most part, is exchanged 
for the mystical ; so that the various anti-theocratic systems of 
government that have obtained in the world, and the anti- 
Christian ecclesiastical systems that have prevailed in the nom- 
inal church, are revealed by the Holy Spirit under symbolical 
forms. This holds true, more especially, of the things set forth 
in the books of Daniel and of the Apocalypse, the latter being 
synchronical with, and expository of, the former. 

It will, however, be shown in the sequel of these pages, that 
the symbols introduced in these prophecies, being selected from 
some real objects in nature, either inanimate, — as the gold, sil- 
ver, brass, iron, etc., of the colossal image of Nebuchadnezzar 
(Dan. chap, ii.), — or animate, — as the four rampant beasts of 
Daniel, — the winged Hod, the bear, the four-headed and four- 
winged leopard, and the nondescript beast, etc., — are all repre- 
sentative of some corresponding literal object, person, event, or 
thing, which forms the subject of the prophecy. Also, that in 
these symbols, being in numerous instances interpreted by the 
Holy Spirit who revealed them, we are furnished with a Jcey by 



22 INTEODTOTTOST. 

which to unlock the otherwise hidden meaning ot the whole. 
They hence form, so to speak, a prophetico-hiekophantic al- 
phabet, not in the sense of the mere letters of a foreign tongue, 
but in the more expansive signification of the 6bjects or events, 
etc., to which they refer. Or, these prophecies, taken as a 
whole, may be compared to a dissected map, which, commen- 
cing with the larger sections, all the other parts are of compar- 
atively easy adjustment. And, as to the subjects treated of in 
this volume, we say without hesitation, that every intelligent 
reader, from his own knowledge of events past and present, — 
on the admitted principle that history is prophecy verified — 
will be enabled to decide for himself, as to the correctness of 
the prophetico -historical expositions of the matters signified by 
them. 

And finally. It is specially to be borne in mind, that while 
those prophecies, which are employed by the Holy Spirit to sym-° 
bolize the rival powers of Gentilism over the suspended theocracy 
of Israel, extend over the prolonged period from the days of Sam- 
uel to the close of " the times of the Gentiles ; " yet are we prin- 
cipally concerned in them, as they point to and centre in the 
great period of crisis, or that " consummation of all things which 
God hath spoken by the mouth of all his holy prophets since 
the world began." 

The author would now state, that having laid before the 
church his work entitled " Our Bible Chronology, Sacred and 
Profane, Historic and Prophetic, critically examined and dem- 
onstrated," etc. ; and the " Sequel " to it on " Christ's Second 
Coming, the great Question of the day — is it pre or ^^-millen- 
nial," etc. ; now offers the present volume as what he expects 
and intends as his last work in book form on prophetical 
subjects. 

The first of these two volumes furnishes all that is essential 
to a thorough knowledge of the chronology of Holy Scripture, 
on the one hand ; and the second of the doctrine and history 
relating to the second coming of Christ, on the other. The 
present volume fills a niche in the department of prophetical 
exposition, not found in the same form in the others. It fur- 
nishes an exhibit of those prophecies which, though spanning a 



INTRODUCTION. 23 

long interval of the history of the nations of earth and of the 
Church of God, Jewish and Gentile, as therein foreshadowed . 
yet, inasmuch as their concentrated rays, as we haye said, centre 
in and point to the great period of crisis in the affairs of 
both, they will be seen to hold a close relation to the political 
aspect and the moral and spiritual interests, present and future, 
of the age we live in. 

The reader will observe, that the Napoleonic family, and 
especially the reigning sovereign of the Franco-Roman empire, 
Louis Napoleon III., occupies a large space in these prophetic 
expositions. In reference, however, to this last-named person- 
age, the writer wishes it to be distinctly understood, that he 
does not hold him up to view as u the predestined monarch of 
the world." There is an essential distinction to be observed 
between what God appoints and what He permits. In regard to 
all the earth-born monarchs and their dynasties, we read that 
" God, in times past, hath suffered all nations to walk in their 
own ways." l As the offshoots of the original usurper of the 
earthly " dominion " bequeathed to man in Eden, they are so 
many rivals to Him — " the woman's seed " — who, as the divine- 
ly constituted " Heir of all things," is the only predestined 
monarch of the world. We are hence to distinguish be- 
tween " the eternal purpose which God purposed in Christ Je- 
sus our Lord," as the head of that abjured theocracy of Israel 
which is to be restored by Him, and those political systems of 
human device which He has permitted to obtain among the 
nations of earth, during and under the usurped dominancy over 
them of " the god of this world." It is not true, therefore, that 
any mere man will be permitted to attain to the position of 
" monarch of the world." Louis Napoleon HI., by the suffer- 
ance of Him who is " the Governor " among the apostate nations 
of Christendom, will rise to a headship over the short-lived " uni- 
versal Latin empire ; " but that headship will not extend over the 
entire nationalities of earth. The sway of his iron sceptre will 
not reach the remoter heathen nations, nor will it include these 
United States. Even in his character and functions as the last 
Antichrist, though his influence and that of his agents will be 

1 Acts, xiv. 16. 



24: INTRODUCTION. 

widespread, yet his appearance upon the stage as such, will be 
restricted more especially to the Jewish nation in Palestine. 
When " he comes to them in his own name, him they will re- 
ceive." Though it is said that " power will be given him over 
all kindreds, and tongues, and nations," and that " all that 
dwell upon the earth shall wonder after and worship him ; " 
yet this power will extend only to those " whose names are not 
written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the founda- 
tion of the world." * Of these latter, a goodly number among 
all the nationalities, will refuse to " worship his image," or to 
receive the impress of his " mark, or name, or number of his 
name in their right hands, or in their foreheads." 2 

Then, as to the chronology, in reference to the career of this 
remarkable man. While it fixes his introduction upon the 
prophetical platform of action at the extermination of the Pa- 
pacy by the " ten horns " or " kings " of the Latin earth (Rev. 
xvii. 16), at the close of A. d. 1868, immediately after which 
"God shall put it into their hearts to give their power and 
strength and kingdom to him" (Rev. xvii. 13, 17) ; yet it is not 
true, as the Rev. M. Baxter, the author of " Louis Napoleon the 
Destined Monarch of the World," affirms, that it is " foreshown 
in prophecy " that he will " confirm a covenant with the Jews 
about, or soon after 1863," etc. This same writer at first fixed 
upon 1860 or 1861 as the time for the confirmation of the above 
" covenant " with the Jews. But no such covenant has yet (in 
1866) been confirmed with them. In fact, this theory is based 
upon a total misapplication of the prophecy, Dan. ix. 27 : " And 
he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week," etc., 
meaning the last of the seventy prophetic weeks of Daniel, verses 
24-27. It is hypothecated of the lopping off of the last as a 
component part of the seventy weeks, and introducing a long 
interval down to the time of the appearance of the last Anti- 
christ, and then reduplicating the year-day prophetical numbers, 
so as to make them apply to the career of the Antichrist on the 
literal day for day principle. 

Now, this whole scheme, we maintain, is entirely at variance 
with the obvious tenor of the prophecy. The whole period of 

i Rev. xiii. 3, 4, 7, 8. 2 Ibid., verses 15, 16, 17. 



INTRODUCTION. 25 

the seventy weeks is divided into three ' distinct parts. The 
prophet says, 1st, " Know therefore and understand, that from 
the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build 
Jerusalem unto Messiah the Prince, shall be [1.] seven weeks" or 
49 years ; " and [2.] threescore and two weeks" or 434 years . . . 
" and [3.], after threescore and two weeks," i. e., from the close 
of this last-mentioned period " shall Messiah be cut off," etc. 
"And he [Jehovah] shall confirm the covenant with many 
for one week, and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sac- 
rifice and the oblation to cease," etc. It is perfectly plain, there- 
fore, that all the above-named events, and none others, are in- 
cluded within the " seventy weeks." This prophetical number 
was given to point out the time of the first coming of Christ, 
" to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sin, and to 
make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting 
righteousness, and to seal up the vision and the prophecy, and 
to anoint the most Holy." Now, this was all accomplished, 
first, by the cutting off or crucifixion of Messiah " in the midst," 
or at the expiration of the first half of the " one week " of the 
seventy ; and second, by u the confirwMion of the covenant [Abra- 
hamic] with many," in opening the door of the Gospel to the 
Gentile nations at the conversion of Cornelius, during the last 
half of said " one week." Then it was, that Jehovah " caused 
the sacrifice and the oblation to cease," by the " one offering 
of Christ for the sins of the people," so that " there remaineth 
no more sacrifice for sin." 

But, in addition to, and reaching beyond these seventy 
weeks, the prophet says : — " And the people of the prince that 
shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary," — which was 
literally fulfilled by the invasion of Judea arid the destruction 
of Jerusalem and the temple at the hand of the Koman general 
Titus and his army in A. d. 70. Then he says : " And the end 
thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desola- 
tions are determined. . . And for the overspreading of 
abominations he [the prince] shall make it desolate, even until 
the consummation, and, that determined, shall be poured upon 
the desolate," or the desolator. 

Thus we see that a prolonged season of trouble and suffering 
2 



26 INTRODUCTION. 

was marked out for the Jewish nation and the Christian Church, 
from the close of the above " seventy weeks," onward to the final 
overthrow of the last Antichrist. This prolonged season of 
* tribulation commenced with the subversion of the Jewish nation 
and polity in A. d. 70. It was continued oy the war waged by 
the " little horn " of the Papacy against the saints of the Most 
High. And it will reach its culminating point under the last 
Antichrist, with whose destruction it will end at the time of the 
" consummation." 

We do not claim for the above the merit of a critical exege- 
sis of the above passage. Had our space allowed it, such a 
process would have been found to confirm the plain, common- 
sense exposition which we have given of it. Our blessed Lord, 
in His last great prophecy, Matt, xxiv., Mark xiii., and Luke 
xxi., most minutely Jills up the above prolonged interval of 
events, from the destruction of Jerusalem to the close of " the 
times of the Gentiles." In regard to the commencement and 
close respectively of the three periods into which Daniel divides 
the " seventy weeks," we must refer the reader to " Our Bible 
Chronology " for their historic verification. And so of the year- 
day prophetical numbers connected with the events which fol- 
low the close of the " seventy weeks " down to the " consumma- 
tion." All these prophetical dates, we maintain, run out at 
a. d. 1868. We are then ushered into a short unchronological 
period — " that generation which shall not pass away, until all 
shall be fulfilled " as pointed out by prophecy in reference to 
the career of the last Antichrist. And the fact that these events 
are furnished with no dates fey which to determine when they 
begin and end, formed the ground of our Lord's prophecy when 
speaking of the time of His second appearing, when " every eye 
shall see Him, and they also which pierced Him," etc. : — " Of 
that day and hour no man malceth Jcnown, no, not the angels in 
heaven, neither the Son, but the Father." 

We deferentially submit, therefore, that the theory of a re- 
duplication of the year-day prophetical numbers, by a series of 
corresponding literal days, and then applying them to a deter- 
mination of the exact time, even to half a month, etc., of the 
confirmation of the so-called covenant which he is to make with 



INTRODUCTION. 27 

the Jews ; and also of the visible second coming of Christ, is 
neither authorized by Scripture nor supported by fact. It is a 
vain speculation, and the endless intricacies into which it is in- 
volved, only tend to bewilder and confound inquiry, and create 
hostility to prophetical investigations, the evidence, of which is 
to be seen in the repeated shiftings of the date for the making 
the above covenant, as proposed by the writer alluded to. 

But we have said that this theory is based upon a total mis- 
apprehension of the prophecy in Dan. ix. 27, respecting the 
"covenant" there spoken of. In addition, therefore, to what 
we have already offered in proof, w r e now add, that it arises 
from a confounding of said covenant with the a league " spoken 
of in Dan. xi. 23. This subject, however, being fully laid open 
in the sequel of these pages, it would be superfluous in this 
place to enter further into the matter. We have felt called upon 
thus to disabuse a momentously important subject of prophetical 
interpretation, from the injurious effects to which the above and 
similar perversions of its real signiflcancy exposes it. 

We now pass to observe, that the chronology of the prophe- 
cies introduced into this volume, as applied to the commence- 
ment and close of the career of the political systems respec- 
tively that have obtained in the world, demonstrate, as shown 
in the sequel, that they have nearly run their course. He who 
hath said : " I will overturn, overturn, overturn it ; and it shall 
be no more, until He come whose right it is ; and I will give it 
Him; " * is " nigh at hand, even at the doors." This prophecy 
has reference to the removal of the crown from the head of Zed- 
ekiah, and the vacancy in the royal line of David, which, 
however, should be restored when the " sceptre " should be 
given into Christ's hands, whose true right it should be to 
reign. And although, as we have seen, the exercise of that right 
has been and still is suspended, yet Jehovah hath sworn unto 
David, that to Him who is his " root and offspring," even Je- 
sus, as the " King of Kings and Lord of Lords," shall be 
given universal empire, and that God will remove every ob- 
stacle and impediment, until it be accomplished. Aye, the 
doom of every earthly dynasty, as now constituted, whether 

i Ezek., xxi. 27. 



28 INTRODUCTION. 

autocratic, despotic, monarchical, or democratic; and every 
false system of religion, whether Heathen, Pagan, Papal, Moham- 
metan, Judaic, or nominally Protestant, is unalterably fixed. 
The destruction of those powers that have so long " destroyed 
the earth " hastens on apace. In the present agitations, and 
upheavings, and revolutions among empires and kingdoms and 
states, we have the evidence that God is " now shaking not only 
the earth but heaven, that those things which cannot be shaken 
may remain." The Redemption of " the whole creation," 
which for near 6,000 years has been " groaning and travailing 
in pain together until now," is near. Those of Christ's faithful 
ones, whether numbered among the departed martyr " souls 
under the altar," or " who are alive and remain unto the coming 
of the Lord," but yet are " groaning within themselves, wait- 
ing for the adoption, to wit, the redemption of the oody" shall 
soon be gathered into the " one fold under the one shepherd." 
And soon " the Deliverer shall come to Zion, and shall turn 
away ungodliness from Jacob." 

We write for the benefit of all who admit the authenticity and 
plenary inspiration of Holy Scripture ; and we affectionately and 
earnestly entreat, that they give earnest heed to the things 
which " the Spirit of Christ that was in the prophets " hath 
spoken, " lest at any time they should let them slip." We ap- 
peal to " all, of every name, who love our Lord Jesus Christ in 
sincerity and truth," that they forget not that " the heavens 
do rule ; " that " God is the Governor among the na- 
tions ; " and that, " according to the eternal purpose which he 
hath purposed in Christ Jesus our Lord " as the divinely con- 
stituted " heir of all things," every of the rival forms of existing 
governments must pass away, and give place to the establish- 
ment of that theocratic " kingdom which cannot be moved." 
And we appeal especially to those to whom has been 
" committed a dispensation of the Gospel " as the " ambassa- 
dors of Christ," that if, in their view, we have presented in 
these pages anything not in accordance with " the mind of the 
Spirit," that they point it out. If, on the other hand, we have, 
as we claim, demonstrated the true application of the symbolic 
prophecies to the momentous things " signified " by the proph- 



INTKODTJCTION. 29 

ets who announced them, they do confess it, and unite in their 
efforts to spread the light among the people. We would say to 
them in all sincerity — " Dearly beloved in the Lord," we have 
all slept long enough. Let each one of us, therefore, join in the 
cry, " "Watchmen, what of the night ? Watchmen, what of the 
night ? " The response of the " watchmen " is, " The morning 
cometh, and also the night." But, as in the order of nature, so 
here, the " night " precedes 'the " morning." Yea, " darkness 
now covers the earth, and gross darkness the people." 1 " If, 
then, ye will inquire, inquire ye : return, come." 2 Come to 
the light of the " more sure word of prophecy, to which we 
all do well that we take heed, as unto a light which shineth in 
a dark place" 3 Let us " search the Scriptures daily, whether 
these things are so." 4 In the view of the approaching " sword " 
of the Divine vengeance now "being suspended over the guilty 
nations of earth and the apostate of the nominal church, let us 
read and ponder over Ezekiel's description of the doom of the 
unfaithful, and the deliverance of the faithful " watchmen." 5 It 
has its analogy in the ministry of the present day. 

E. C. S. 

New York, January, 1866. 

1 Isa., lx. 1. 2 Ezek., xxi. 12. 

a 2 Pet., i. 19. 4 Acts, ii. 46. 

s Ezek., iii. 16-21. 



NAPOLEOtfISM UNYEILED 



CHAPTER L 

PRELIMINARY 



THE POUR GREAT GENTILE MONARCHIES— THE ROMAN EM- 
PIRE. 

"And here is the mind which hath wisdom. The seven heads 
which thou sawest are seven mountains, on which the woman sitteth. 
And there are seven kings : five are fallen, and one is, and the other is 
not yet come ; and when he is come he must continue a short space. 
And the beast that was, and is not, and yet is (verse 8), even he is the 
eighth, and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition. And the ten 
horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no king- 
doms as yet, but receive power as kings one hour with the beast. . . 
These (ten kings) shall hate the whore, and shall make her desolate 
and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire. For God 
hath put it in their hearts to fulfil His will, and to agree, and give 
their kingdom unto the beast, until the word of God shall be fulfilled. 
. . These (ten kings) shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb 
shall overcome them : for He is the Lord of lords, and King of kings : 
and they that are with Him are called, and chosen, and faithful." (Rev. 
xvii. 9-12 ; 16, 17 ; and verse 14). 

" The testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy." ' 
" All things which were written in the law of Moses, and 
in the prophets, and in the psalms," were written "concern- 

1 Rev. xix. 10. 



32 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

ing Christ," ! who is declared to be " the Alpha and 
Omega, the first and the last, who was, and is, and is to 
come," 2 or "the coming One." Hence the derivation of 
that " more sure word of prophecy" to which we are ad- 
monished to " take heed as unto alight which shineth in a 
dark place, until the day dawn, and the Day-Star arise in 
our hearts." s 

Prophecy is history anticipated. History is prophecy 
verified. 

Prophecy takes within its scope the mighty conflict 
that was to be waged between the promised seed of the 
woman, the Lord Jesus Christ, as the divinely consti- 
tuted " Heir of all things,'' 4 and the Satanic Usurper 
of His royal prerogatives in the earth and over man; 
from the catastrophe of the fall in Eden, onward to the 
final " restitution of all things which Cod hath spoken 
by the mouth of all His holy prophets since the world 
began." 5 These are the " things" concerning which the 
old prophets are said to have " inquired and searched 
diligently as to what," i. e., of the events predicted, " and 
what manner of time the spirit of Christ which was in 
them did signify, when it (rather He) testified beforehand 
the sufferings of Christ, and the glory that should fol- 
low." 6 

But, while prophecy is an unveiling of the " eternal 
purpose of God which He purposed in Christ Jesus our 
Lord," 7 spanning, as it does, the entire period already 
indicated, each successive link in its gradual develop- 
ments of the past from the beginning, like the polar star 
to the mariner in mid-ocean, points to the great period 
of crisis, in which all are to be headed up. The inter- 

1 Luke xxiv. 44. 2 Rev. i. 8. 3 2 Pet. i. 19. 

* Heb. i. 2. * Acts iii. 21. • 1 Pet. i. 11. 

» Eph. iii. 2. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 33 

vening events of prophecy, therefore, as forming the 
integral parts of the whole, are interesting to us only as 
landmarks to guide us to a right apprehension and appre- 
ciation of this great period of crisis. This, I am sure 
the reader will agree with me, holds signally true, if the 
evidence can be furnished in the sequel of the subject in 
hand, that we are they who stand upon the very thresh- 
old of this impending crisis. 

Without further delay, then, we observe, that the 
prophecies of Holy Scripture, either directly or indirectly, 
relate, first, to the vicissitudes and sufferings of the 
church and people of God, Patriarchal, Jewish, and 
Christian. Second. To the cotemporaneous rise and suc- 
cession of those Gentile nations, by whom they were to 
be persecuted and oppressed. And third, to the final 
destruction of these Gentile nations, and the establish- 
ment of the Church, first in her Millennial, and finally in 
her eternal state of blessedness. They hence compre- 
hend all that is embraced in the great scheme of human 
redemption as founded on the first promise to man, 
"the seed of the woman shall bruise the serpent's 
head," as the meet penalty of the " serpent's bruising His 
heel." 

It forms no part of our present design, however, to 
enter upon an exposition of this vast field of prophecy in 
detail. We have now to do, for the most part, with an 
exposition and application of the prophecy quoted from* 
the Apocalypse in reference to the Four Great Gentile 
Monarchies, and particularly the last, the Roman, and its 
last rulers, the First Three Napoleons, as emperors of 
the Franco-Roman empire. We repeat, for the most 
part. For while — as will be shown in the sequel — this 
trio of Napoleons form the main subject of the things 
signified in the symbolic imagery of this wonderful 
2* 



34 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

prophecy, it embraces the entire period allotted to the 
history of that empire, from its commencement. It will 
be necessary, however, first, to take note of those pre- 
existing empires, of which the Roman constituted the 
fourth in the order of succession. A glance at these, in 
connection with the last, will lead to the discovery of the 
important fact, overlooked by many in these last times, 
that in the Bible is to be found the most extensive and 
perfect system of Political Economy of which the world 
can boast. Indeed, it may be said that the laws of every 
nation throughout the civilized world, political, judicial, 
civil, social, and ecclesiastical, in one form or another are 
borrowed from and are permeated by the principles of 
jurisprudence scattered through the pages of this in- 
spired universal text-book. 

Let us direct attention, first, to 

THE FOUR GREAT GENTILE MONARCHIES OF EARTH. 

These were all prophetically foreshadowed in the two 
wonderful visions of Nebuchadnezzar and of Daniel, and 
of the series of visions revealed to St. John in the 
Apocalypse. In the dreams of Nebuchadnezzar there 
stood before him a colossal metallic "Image, whose 
brightness was excellent, and the form thereof terrible," 
his " head being of fine gold, his breast and arms of sil- 
ver, his belly and his thighs of brass, and his legs of iron, 
with the feet part, of iron and part of clay." 1 To remove 
all doubt from the mind that these four compartments of 
this colossal linage denoted the four Gentile monarchies 
that for a long time were to bear rule in the earth, — viz., 
the Assyrio-Babylonian, the Medo-Persian, the Grecian, 
and the Roman — of the Jlrst three the Holy Spirit inter- 

i Dan. ii. 31-33. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 35 

prets and applies the u head of gold" of the Image, 
(Dan. i. 1), to the first empire, the Babylonian, of which 
Nebuchadnezzar was " king," with unlimited autocratical 
power. This empire took its rise in a. m. 3520, b. c. 612, 
and reached down to b. c 538, a period of seventy-four 
years. It was succeeded by the Medo-Persian empire, 
denoted by the " breast and arms of silver " of the image. 
By comparing Daniel v. 1, 2, and verses 28, 30, 31, with 
chapter vi. 1, it will be seen that Belshazzar, the son of 
Nebuchadnezzar, succeeded him as king of Babylon. 
But it was to this profane, debauched and dissolute king 
that the prophet Daniel, in his interpretation of the mys- 
terious handwriting on the wall of his palace, said : " God 
hath numbered thy kingdom, and finished it ;" and " thy 
kingdom is divided and given to the Medes and Per- 
sians." This empire began its course in a. m. 3594, b. c. 
538, and continued down to b. c. 331, a period of 207 
years. It was followed by the Grjeco-Macedonian em- 
pire, symbolized by the " belly and thighs of brass " of 
the image. 

It is here in place to introduce the corresponding 
vision of Daniel, chapter vii., to that of the image. 
The symbols in this vision are changed, from the four 
metallic and clay compositions of the image, into that 
of " four great beasts, which came up from the sea, 
diverse one from another." "The first was like a lion, 
and had eagle's wings," and symbolized the Babylonian 
empire. The " second was like a bear, having three ribs 
in its mouth," and denoted the Medo-Persian empire. 
The " third was like a leopard, with four heads and four 
wings upon the back of it," representing the Grceco- 
Macedonian empire. But this third power is also de- 
scribed by the prophet in the eighth chapter, under the 
symbol of a " he-goat," with a " great horn," etc. (Verses 



36 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

5, 8.) We introduce this change in the symbolic imagery 
denoting the Grseco-Macedonian empire from the leopard 
to that of the he-goat, for the reason that under this last 
named symbol, the Holy Spirit by the prophet tells us, 
(verse 21), that "the rough goat is the king of Grecia / 
and the great horn that is between his eyes is the first 
king," i. e., Alexander the Great. This empire took its 
rise in a. m. 3801, b. c. 331, and continued down to b. c. 
168, a period of one hundred and sixty-three years, and 
was succeeded by 

THE ROM AN EMPIRE. 

This, as the fourth in the series of the great ruling 
Gentile monarchies, is that which is now more especially 
to engage our thoughts. It is symbolized by the two 
" legs of iron, and the feet and ten toes, part of iron and 
part of clay" of the image, and the corresponding sym- 
bol in the vision of Daniel of a " beast, dreadful and 
terrible, and strong exceedingly, having great iron teeth ; 
and it devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the 
residue with the feet of it ; and it was diverse from all 
the beasts that were before it, and it had ten horns." 
To this the prophet adds concerning this nondescript 
beast : " I considered the horns, and behold, there came 
up among them another little horn, before whom there 
were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots ; 
and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of a 
man, and a mouth speaking great things ; . . whose 
look was more stout than his fellows." The prophet con- 
tinues : " I beheld, and the same horn made war with 
the saints, and prevailed against them. . . And he 
shall speak great words against the Most High, and shall 
wear out the saints of the Most High, and think to change 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 37 

times and laws: and they shall be given into his hand 
until a time, and times, and the dividing of time." Dan- 
iel further says : " I beheld, because of the voice of the 
great words which the horn sp&ke : I beheld, even till 
the beast was slain, and his body destroyed, and given to 
the burning flame. As concerning the rest of the beasts" 
i. e., the ten horns, " they had their dominion taken 
away ; yet their lives were prolonged for a season and a 
time," or "until the Ancient of Days came, and judg- 
ment was given to the saints of the Most High ; and the 
time came that the saints possessed the kingdom." For, 
adds the prophet, "The judgment shall sit, and they 
shall take away his dominion," i. e., the ten principalities 
of the " ten horns" or " kings," so long under vassalage 
to the "little horn," "to consume and to destroy it unto 
the end." This consummated, and immediately following 
this destruction both of " the beast 5 ' and the " little horn" 
with his ten kingdoms ; in the order of succession, the 
prophet says : 

" I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like 

THE SON OF MAN CAME WITH THE CLOUDS OF HEAVEN, and 

came to the Ancient of Days, and they brought Him near 
before Him. And there was given Him dominion, and 
glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and lan- 
guages, should serve Him. His dominion is an everlasting 
dominion, which shall not pass away, and His kingdom 
that which shall not be destroyed." * 

It is also in place here to note the special agency by 
which the destruction of the Roman civil and ecclesiastico- 
political powers, together with all the other forms of 
antichristianism, is to be effected. Daniel, in his inter- 
pretation of Nebuchadnezzar's dream, said: "Thou 
sawest till that a stone was cut out of the mountain 
1 See Daniel, chap. vii. 



38 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

without hands, which smote the image upon his feet that 
were of iron and clay, and brake them in pieces. Then 
was the iron, the clay, the'brass, the silver, and the gold, 
broken in pieces together, and became like the chaff of 
the summer threshing-floors ; and the wind carried them 
away, that no place was found for them : and the stone 

THAT SMOTE THE IMAGE BECAME A GREAT MOUNTAIN, AND 
FILLED THE WHOLE EARTH." 1 

And finally, to show that no other kingdom is to 
come in between the overthrow of the four Gentile monar- 
chies denoted by the symbols of the colossal image and 
the mountain kingdom of the "Stone," Daniel says : " In 
the days of these kings shall the God of heaven set up a 
kingdom which shall never be destroyed : and the king- 
dom shall not be left to other people, but it shall break in 
pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand 
for ever." a 

What a picture is here presented to our view, as fore- 
shadowed in the prophetico-hisioric origin, character, ex- 
ploits, and final doom of this stupendous Roman power, 
and of the final triumphs over her of the regenerated 
nationalities, both Jewish and Christian ! 

Nor must we overlook the fact of the relation which 
she sustains to the other three powers, the Babylonian, 
Medo-Persian, and Grecian. They are to be taken col- 
lectively, as forming so many agents, as " rodsP in God's 
hand for the chastisement of the Jewish and Christian 
apostasies, on the one hand, and as the trial of the faith 
and constancy of the faithful people of God during a 
long period, on the other. 

This period is designated in the New Testament, 
Luke xxi. 24, and Rom. xi. 25, as 

i Dan. ii. 34, 35. 2 Dan. ii. 44. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 39 



"THE TIMES OF THE GENTILES." 

The interpretation of the apocalyptic prophecy rela- 
tively to the Roman Empire now in hand, involves the 
necessity of determining the length of these " times of 
the Gentiles." In order to this, we must go back to the 
period of the " seven times " chastisement of Israel and 
Judah on account of their sins, as predicted by Moses, 
Levit. xxvi., and by Daniel, chap, iv., which, being given, 
not in common time, but as a prophetical or mystical 
date, must be deciphered according to the laws of inter- 
pretation of the symbols of prophecy, thus : — as the term 
" time," etc., when used as a prophetical number, 1 de- 
notes a year of 360 lunar days, and " each day " is to be 
taken " for a year" 2 the " seven times " or seven years 
give us a total of 2,520 years. 

But the question is, can we determine from Scripture 
the exact date for the commencement of this period? 
To settle this point, we have only to refer to the joint 
prophecies of the captivities of Israel and Judah, as an- 
nounced by Hosea and Isaiah. Hosea, thus : " And the 
pride of Israel (the ten tribes) doth testify to his face : 
therefore shall Israel and Ephraim (the principal of the 
ten tribes) fall into captivity : Judah (the other division) 
shall also fall with them" 3 On the other hand, Isaiah 
pointed out the very time when these captivities should 
take place : " and within threescore and five years Ephraim 
shall be broken, that it shall not be a people." 4 

Now, this last prophecy was made in the 2d year of 
the 16 of Ahaz's reign over Israel, a. m. 3377. The 
above 65 years is made up of the 14 from the 2d^ear of 

i Dan. rii. 25. 2 Ezek. iv. 1-6. 

3 Hosea, v. 5. 4 Is. vii. 8. 



4:0 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 

Ahaz, and the 29 years' intervening reign of Hezekiah, 
down to the 22d of Manasseh, a. m. 3441, when the cap- 
tivity of Ephraim, or the ten tribes, took place under 
Esarhaddan (the same with Asnappar, Ezra iv. 2, *10) 
king of Assyria; and, the same year, having caught 
Manasseh, king of Judah, hid in a thicket, he bound 
him in chains and carried him a captive to Babylon. 1 
But Manasseh, having repented of his sins, was restored 
to his kingdom for 39 years down to a. m. 3480 ; while 
the nation, not having repented of their idolatry, etc., 
during that interval, the above " seven times " or 2,520 
years commence from that date. 

Take the following in proof : " Manasseh hath made 
Judah to sin with his idols : therefore, thus saith the 
Lord God of Israel, behold, I am bringing (i. e., by the 
personal captivity of their king) such evil upon Jerusalem 
and Judah, that whosoever heareth it, both their ears 
shall tingle." 2 The meaning here is, that the unrepent- 
ing nation of Judah was punished for those idolatrous 
practices which Manasseh, their king, had instigated, 
consisting of a loss to them of their national indepen- 
dence, and of which his captivity was but the prelude. 
We have only to add, that while Israel, or the ten tribes, 
from the time of their captivity under Esarhaddan, have 
never recovered their national independence ; so Judah, 
since a. m. 3480, have remained subjugated to the domi- 
nancy of Gentilism over them. This, therefore, consti- 
tutes the whole period called " the times of the Gentiles," 
which, commencing b. c. 652, end in a. d. 1868, thus : 
652 + 1868 = 2,520. Add to a. m. 3480, the "seven 
times or 2,520 years, and it gives the preordained 6,000 

1 Compare 2 Kings xvii. 24, with Ezra iv. 2, 10 ; and 2 Chron. xxxiii. 
11. 

2 2 Kings xxi. 12. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 41 

years from the creation and fall, down to the close of " the 
times of the Gentiles." ' 

We now observe that, of this period, the much larger 
portion was allotted in the purpose of the Great Law- 
giver, God, to the career of the Roman Empire. The 
first three of the four great Gentile monarchies — the 
Babylonian, Medo-Persian, and Grecian — commencing, as 
has been shown, in a.m. 3520, and ending in a. m. 3964, 
embraced an interval of only 444 years. On the other 
hand, the Roman Empire, which (as every school-boy 
knows) was founded by Romulus a. m. 3379, b. c. 753, 
came to maturity a. m. 3964, b. c. 168, the final stroke in 
its course of conquests consisting of the subversion of 
Egypt in a. m. 4101, b. c. % 31. And, although this empire 
is not specially designated by name either in the visions 
of Nebuchadnezzar or of Daniel, yet, that it immediately 
succeeded that of the Grecian divided empire, as denoted 
by the four heads of the leopard, is evident from the 
facts following: first, that both Caesar and Augustus 
were titles of the Roman emperors immediately before 
the first coming of Christ. Second. That Judea, being 
tributary to the prefecture of Syria when Christ was 
upon earth, the chief priests of the Jewish Sanhedrin de- 
clared, " We have no king but Cmsar" 2 Third. That 
our blessed Lord Himself enforced upon all the injunc- 
tion, " Render therefore unto Cwsar the things which be 
Ca3sar's," 3 etc. And finally, fourth. That the chief priests 
and Pharisees, apprehending the powerful influence which 
might accrue to Christ from the astounding miracles 
wrought by Him before the people, said, " If we let Him 
alone, all men will believe on Him ; and the Romans 
shall come, and take away both our place ariH nation." 4 

1 See on this " Our Bible Chronology," etc., ch. vi. sec. 1, pp. 79-82. 
a John xix. 15, 8 Matt. xxii. 21. 4 John xi. 48. 



42 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 

It results, then, that the Rohan Empire, which was 
founded a. m. 3379, b. c 753, and 101 years before the 
commencement of the mystical " seven times " or 2,520 
years of " the times of the Gentiles," did not attain to its 
position as the mistress of nations, till the conquest of 
Egypt, 722 years after, in a. m. 4101, 1 b. c 31. 

And yet — as will be shown in the sequel — we have 
revealed to us the generally unrecognized fact, that, the 

PROPHETICO-HISTOEIC POLITICAL ECONOMY OF THE BlBLE 

reaches back to its very commencement, and extends for- 
ward to the last year of its close. 

In order, however, to a proper understanding of the 
subject before us, we must premise, 

First. That in tracing the numerous mutations signi- 
fied by the symbolic imagery which depict the rise, ex- 
ploits, and destiny of the four ruling monarchies of earth, 
the first thing to be noticed is, that the vision of the four 
wild beasts of Daniel, chap, vii., were given to explain 
more fully, the things denoted in Nebuchadnezzar's 
vision of the metallic colossal image of chap. ii. ; while 
the corresponding synchronical symbols of the same mon- 
archies in the Apocalypse, not only. present them under 
additionally new phases, but furnish us with a complete 
exposition of the otherwise obscure imagery of the others. 
We observe, 

Second. That the difference between the subjects 
treated of in Daniel and in the Apocalypse relatively to 
these monarchies, is, that the former prophet presents to 

1 It will doubtless occur to the reader, that this date, a. m. 4101, 
varies materially from the current chronology adopted from Archbishop 
Usher in our English Bible. It is, however, founded upon a correction 
of the discrepancy between 1 Kings vi. 1, and Acts xiii. 17-22, on the 
period between the Exode and the 4th year of Solomon ; for the adjnstment 
and proof of which, the reader is referred to " Our Bible Chronology, 
critically examined and demonstrated/' etc. (See Index.) 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 43 

our view the supremacy of Gentilism from the time of 
Nebuchadnezzar, down to their overthrow by the Mes- 
sianic " stone," as connected with the destiny of his own 
beloved nation, ^the Jews ; whereas St. John, in addition 
to this, unfolds the dominancy of the same Gentile powers, 
as linked with and tracking the long course of ecclesiastical 
corruption under the present dispensation, with especial 
reference to the apostasy of Christendom ; while at the 
same time he carries us through, and transports us be- 
yond, the close of the millennial era, to the final issues 
of the saved and the lost. 

Third. Another remark, and one of special impor- 
tance, as more immediately connected with the subject in 
hand, is the evidence, both in the Book of Daniel and of 
the Apocalypse, 

of the continuance, down to the present day, 

of these four Gentile monarchies, and particularly that 
of the Roman, subsequently to its dismemberment into 
two parts, the west and the east, which occurred be- 
tween a. d. 307 and a. d. 408, as symbolized by the two 
legs of iron of the colossal image ; and also its subdivi- 
sion into the following ten principalities, as denoted 
by the " ten toes " of the image, and the " ten horns " of 
the nondescript beast, viz. : 1, Lomhardy ; 2, Ravenna ; 
3, the State of Home; 4, Naples ; 5, Tuscany ; 6, 
France; 7, Austria ; 8, Spain; 9, Portugal; and 10, 
Great Britain ; an event which transpired in a. d. 531, 
consequent of the invasion of the empire by the barbarous 
hordes from the north. The same holds true also of the 
eleventh, or Roman "little horn," which sprang up 
" among the ten horns." x 

1 Dan. vii. 8. 



M POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

On this subject of the perpetuated unity of these 
four empires, Daniel, in speaking of the smiting of the 
colossal metallic image by the Messianic stone, says : 
" Then was the iron, the clay, the brass, the silver, and 
the gold, broken to pieces together" x etc. Of course, the 
monarchies denoted by these symbols, if "broken in 
pieces together," must all have been present to receive 
the blow ! In other words, at the time of the smiting, 
the image must stand intact in all its parts ! According- 
ly, in further confirmation of this, the prophet affirms 
that it is " in the days of these kings that the God of 
heaven shall set up a kingdom," etc. But, if " in the 
days of these kings," it follows that they must all be in 
existence at the time of the setting up of said kingdom. 

But to this it is objected, that the four monarchies 
here spoken of have long since passed away, leaving 
nought behind them but the historic records of their for- 
mer power, magnificence, and territorial extent. If this 
be so, then, all we have to say is, that there is swept 
away the entire fabric of the prophetic word, and Chris- 
tianity is left without a shield of defence against the 
bold and'biasphemous taunt of the infidel, " Where is the 
promise of Christ's coming ? " We submit, therefore, 
the following, as a solution of this historic problem : — 

Originally, the first of the above-named monarchies, 
in its geographical territory, population, and govern- 
ment, was Babylonish. Under the second dynasty, the 
territory and population of Babylon were annexed, and 
the government of the two were made Medo-Persian. 
Under the third, in like manner, the territory and popula- 
tion of Medo-Persia were annexed, and the government 
of the three was merged into that of Greece. And under 

i Dan. ii. 84, 35. ■ 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 45 

the fourth, the territory and population of Greece were 
annexed to Rome, and the whole became Roman. 

These, therefore, form what, for the sake of distinc- 
tion, is termed the platform of the prophetical 
earth. Nationally and politically, this platform has at- 
tained to its present dimensions by the process of succes- 
sive annexations of the one to the other, retaining, 
throughout, their national, political, and ecclesiastical 
characteristics — as signalized by the various imagery which 
denote them — as so may " rods " in the hand of God for 
the chastisement of the apostate church, Jewish and 
Christian. 

Undeniably, therefore, the prophetic colossal image 
of Nebuchadnezzar now exists intact in all its parts — 
gold, silver, brass, iron, and clay; or the same, as sym- 
bolized by the four corresponding beasts of Daniel — the 
lion, the bear, the leopard with four heads, and the non- 
descript beast, inclusive of the principalities denoted by 
the " ten toes " of the image, and the " ten horns " of 
the beast, together with the eleventh little horn. 

To this we now add another " little horn," distinct 
from the preceding, as introduced upon, the prophetic 
stage at a later period, and of a different nationality, poli- 
tical and religious characteristics, and exploits and des- 
tiny. We here refer to the "rough he-goat," with a 
" notable horn between his eyes," which, being broken 
and giving place to four others, " out of one of them 
came up another little horn, which waxed exceeding 
great," 1 etc. 

Now, these four monarchies, as is attested by his- 
tory both sacred and profane, began their course on the 
great river Euphrates, whereon stood Nineveh, the capi- 

i Dan. viii. 5-12. 



4:6 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

tal of Assyria, with Babylon on the Tigris. From these 
two cities proceeded that stupendous power, the Assyrio- 
Babylonian, which destroyed the national existence of 
the ten tribes of Israel, and finally brought the two tribes 
of Judah and Benjamin into captivity. And it is noto- 
rious, that both these ancient capitals, Nineveh and 
Babylon, with the countries which they ruled, have now, 
for eight centuries, down to the present day, been under 
the dominion of the Tuhco-Mohammedan " little horn " 
of the rough goat. So there always has been, and still 
is, a kingdom of Persia. On the other hand, the Grecian 
leopard, Alexander, added to the territory of the great 
image that very portion of Greece which, in our timeSj 
has risen out of oppression and political death into the 
state of ah independent kingdom, such as it was when it 
first came on the prophetical stage. And finally, we have 
the Romans, still subsisting in the ten kingdoms of mod- 
ern western Europe, to wit : Lombardy, Ravenna, Italy, 
Naples, Tuscany, France, Austria, Spain, Portugal, and 
Great Britain. 

Turn we now to the Apocalypse. Here, also, we find 
the nondescript or " great beast " of Daniel, in both 
his civil and ecclesiastico-political characteristics, occu- 
pies, as we shall show, the last, and by far the longest 
period allotted to the prophetico-historic metamorphoses 
of Gentilism, as made up of all the four despotic monar- 
chies denoted by the four metallic and beast-like symbols. 
Li proof, take the following peculiar structure of the 
hierophantic imagery of St. John on this point. He says : 
'* And the beast which I saw " — he is here speaking of the 
fourth or Roman Power — " And the beast which I saw, 
was like a leopard" {Greece) , "and his feet as the feet 
of a bear " (Medo- Persia), " and his mouth as the mouth 
of a lion " (Babylon), etc. Hence, the swiftness which 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 47 

marked the conquests of the Grecian leopard ; the weight 
of Medo-Persian oppression ; and the majesty of Baby- 
lonian greatness, are all here found to coexist in this 
fourth great and terrible empire, the Roman, as the spe- 
cial form in which it was revealed to him. 

It follows, therefore, that the four rampant beasts of 
Daniel, and the corresponding metallic colossal image of 
Nebuchadnezzar, at this very moment, remain intact in 
all their parts. It is true that they have been subjected, 
through the lapse of past ages, to several transmutations, 
and have undergone various modifications. Neverthe- 
less, through all these changes, their original metallic and 
beastly identity of character and work, have been pre- 
served,, and still exist in the Roman Power. And more : 
they will so continue to exist, till the predestined time 
shall come for the smiting of the colossal image, or, which 
is the same thing, the destruction of the Roman beast, 
together with all other antichristian antagonisms, civil, 
political, and religious — and there are others besides this 
— by the Messianic " stone." 

We submit, therefore, that we have demonstrated in 
the light of the prophetico-historic word, and the concur- 
rent facts of profane history, first, the rise and succession 
of the four great ruling monarchies of earth ; and second, 
of their national, territorial, and political unity, as all 
having been merged, through the process of annex- 
ation of one to the other, into that of the Roman 
Empire. 

But these facts, as we have said, are simply prelimi- 
nary to an exposition and application of the symbolic 
imagery of the passage from the Apocalypse. That they 
point us, not exclusively — for they take a wide range — 
but specially, to those world-renowned personages, the 



48 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

first three Napoleons, and particularly the last, Louis 
Napoleon HE., as emperors of the present Franco- 
Roman empire, it will be our business to show in what 
is immediately to follow. 






CHAPTER H. 

PROPHETIC HISTORY OF THE ROMAN EMPIRE, CONTINUED, 

— NAPOLEON I. 

As we have seen, the symbolic imagery in the pro- 
phetico-historic account of the four ruling monarchies of 
Gentilism during " the times of the Gentiles," was not 
exhausted in the preceding pages. What has been 
offered thus far respecting the rise, etc., of these succes- 
sive monarchies, was designed merely as preliminary to 
what is to follow. We have remarked that the visions 
of Daniel, chapters vii. and viii., were given to explain 
more fully the things represented in Nebuchadnezzar's 
vision of the metallic colossal image of chap. ii. ; while 
those revealed to St. John in the Apocalypse, so far as 
they relate to the same monarchies, present them to view 
under phases not brought to light in either of the others. 
Not, indeed, that these latter symbols, taken as a whole, 
relate equally to each of those monarchies separately. 
Rather, they are more especially designed as expository 
of the history of the Roman dominion in its various mu- 
tations, from the period of its rise to its final overthrow, 
a synopsis of which is furnished to our hand in the 
notable and much litigated passage now under consid- 
eration. 

3 



50 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

Unless we greatly err, the internal structure of this 
prophecy will show, incontrovertibly, the misconceptions 
and consequent misapplications of the symbols contained 
in this passage to the things signified, on the part of a 
large class of modern popular expositors. It will be 
seen that they have all originated from their failure to 
recognize the cardinal prophetico-historic fact, as already 
shown, of the successive merging of these four mon- 
archies into one ; and that one constituting the stupen- 
dous Roman power, both in its civil and ecclesiastico- 
political aspects. For, with this fact before us, we are 
furnished with an infallible test of the applicability of 
the symbols in the passage under review, so far as they 
relate to the history of this power, from the beginning, 
not only, but to the appearance upon the stage of the 
first three Napoleons, as the last emperors of the 
modern Franco-Roman empire. 

Without further preliminaries, therefore, we shall in- 
troduce the reader at once to St. John's description of 
the " seven-headed scarlet-colored beast having ten horns," 
denotive of the civil or political power of Rome ; and on 
which is seated the " woman arrayed in scarlet color, and 
decked with gold and precious stones and pearls," etc., 
Rev. xvii., 1-4, descriptive of the ecclesiastico-political 
character of the same power. 

Take, then, the following particulars, detailed by the 
prophet respecting this " beast." 

I. " The seven heads," he tells us, " are seven 7noun~ 
tains" 1 etc. And so history certifies that ancient Rome, 
founded by Romulus b. c. 753, was built on seven hills — 
Mounts Palatums, Capitolinus, Quirilinus, Qiminalus, Es- 
quilinus, Caelius, and Aventinus. Then the prophet adds, 

1 Rev. xvii. 9. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 51 

II. That these " seven mountains " are those " on 
which the woman sitteth," l etc. That is, they consti- 
tuted the territorial seat occupied by this " woman." She 
still holds her seat there, as the capital of the Roman 
empire. But, in the next place, 

III. St. John, having stated that " the seven heads 
are seven mountains," further explains : " and there are 
seven kings" which kings, being symbolized by the 
" seven heads " of the " beast," denote that the Roman 
empire, from the time of its foundation to its final over- 
throw, was to pass through seven distinct forms of 
government, each of which should emanate from, and 
retain their seat in, the seven-hilled city of Rome as 
their capital. 

Now, of these symbolic " seven heads" or forms of 
government of the Roman beast, the apostle says : " And 
there are seven kings ; five are fallen, and one is, and 
the other is not yet come : and when he cometh, he must 
continue a short space" Then comes the next part of 
the prophecy, to wit : " And the beast that was, and is 
not, and yet is (verse 8), even he is the eighth, and is 
of the seven, and goeth into perdition." 2 

We here repeat, that these symbols were employed 
by the Holy Spirit to denote the successive prophetico- 
historic mutations of the Roman civil power, through a 
long period of time. Their application to the things sig- 
nified is intended to remind us, 

first, of the origin, universal extent, and political 
power of the roman empire. 

Once, as all know, it "was" Then, second, in its 
1 Rev. xvii. 9. 2 Rev. xvii. 10, 11. 



52 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

original consolidated governmental form, it ceased to be, 
or " was not" But, third, it was destined to undergo a 
revivification. " One of the seven heads," we are in- 
formed, Rev. xiii., 3, " was wounded unto death" but, 
" his deadly wound was healed" 

It is quite superfluous to remark that the very phrase- 
ology employed in this prophecy denotes that the " seven 
heads " of this Roman beast were characterized by diver- 
sity in the exercise of their respective political functions. 
Otherwise, on the hypothesis that the government of the 
empire symbolized by the beast was uniformly the same 
during its entire existence, one " head " would have 
sufficed to represent it. Our business, therefore, is to 
search out and apply the facts of history, in adaptation 
to this septiform symbolic imagery as descriptive of the 
governments of the empire. Unless this can be done, the 
symbolic imagery of this prophecy will remain an inex- 
plicable enigma. 

1. Of the phrase respecting these "seven heads," 
"five are fallen." History attests that, of the seven 
forms of government of the Roman empire, the first was 
regal. This form extended from the foundation of the em- 
pire, from b. c 753 to b. c. 509, a period of 244 years. Then 
followed an interregnum of 11 years. The second was a 
dictatorship, which began b. c. 498, and ended in 47 years, 
b. c. 451. This administration was founded in necessity, 
and was invested with unlimited power. The third con- 
sisted of a decemvirate, which commenced b. c. 451, and 
reached down to the time of Appius Claudius, in a. d. 
60, in all 511 years. It consisted of officers or magistrates 
who held their power in succession for two years. The 
fourth was a consulate, which continued only a short pe- 
riod from the time of Appius Claudius, and was invested 
with sovereign authority for one year. And the fifth 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 53 

was a triumvirate, which lasted about 50 years, down to 
b. c. 31. It was constituted of a coalition of three men, 
in the government of the empire. 

These "jive " forms of government, we now observe, 
had all exercised their respective powers over Rome, and 
had ceased to be,, prior to the period when the Apoca- 
lypse was written, viz., in a. d. 96. It is to them, there- 
fore, that St. John refers, when he says, "five are fallen." 
But, 

2. The apostle adds, " and one is" This was the 
sixth form of government — the Roman imperial. This 
form of the civil polity of Rome, we shall now proceed 
to show, was long-lived. It spanned the whole period 
from b. c. 31, to a. d. 1804. This statement regarding the 
prolonged existence of the sixth headship of the empire, 
forms the Gordian knot of modern prophetical exposi- 
tors. Hence the various theories which have been pro- 
posed by them, in the interpretation of this hierophantic 
discourse of the angel sent by Jesus to St. John, to 
" show unto him the things which must be hereajter? 1 

Now, of these theories, many writers have proceeded 
on the hypothesis that the Roman emperorship, which all 
concede was the sixth head in the time of St. John, ended 
with the deposition of Augustulus in a. d. 476 or 479, 
and that, consequently, the seventh and eighth heads 
were to be discovered in the Papacy?' Mr. Elliot, on 
the other hand, in his Horse Apocalypticae, adopting the 
same general principle of interpretation, makes Augustu- 
lus the sixth head, and his successor, Diocletian, to be the 
short-lived seventh head, which was slain by the sword 

1 Rev. iv. 1. See also chap. i. 1. 

2 We are indebted to the Rev. Mr. Faber's work, " Napoleon III. the 
man of Prophecy," for the historic proof of the territorial and guber- 
natorial unity of the Roman empire. 



54 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

of Constantine the Great. 1 While Dr. H. Moore, in his 
Synopsis Prophetica, on the ground that all the first six 
heads were pagan, would make the short-lived seventh 
head to constitute the line of Christian kings before they 
relapsed into Pagano-Christianism ; and the eighth head 
to be the same line of emperors after that period. 

To these speculations, we have simply to say, that 
while we have nothing to object to the principle that we 
are to look for the rise of the seventh head of the Roman 
beast at or about the time of the extinction of the sixth 
head, yet we cannot but express our surprise, that any 
otherwise reputable writers should have adopted such 
variant and conflicting theories on the subject in hand, 
and especially those of them which involve the gross in- 
congruity of making a spiritual power, e. #., the papacy, 
to be the head of a declared secular empire. This will 
appear from the fact of the evident violence committed 
by these theorists to the import of the symbolic imagery 
of these apocalyptic representations, when viewed as a 
whole. 

We shall assume, therefore, as indispensable to a de- 
termination of " the mind of the spirit " as to the things 
signified by these symbols, the following :-r— 

First. We must ascertain the true chronological posi- 
tion of the sixth and seventh heads in the series. And, 

Second. We must determine the relation of the sev- 
enth to the eighth head. 

As preliminary to an exposition of this important 
prophecy, the following stand-points will be found to 
furnish us with the principles of interpretation which are 
to guide us in the application of the symbolic imagery 
to the things signified. 

i Horse Apoc. iii. pp. 103-108, 2d ed. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 55 

1. The first is this : That the great seven-headed scar- 
let-colored beast, with his characteristic multiform badges 
of the Babylonian lion, and the Medo-Persian hear, and 
the Macedonian leopard, borrowed from the well-known 
vision of Daniel, figure the eastern platform of the 
Roman empire : while the ten horns of the great non- 
descript beast, describe the western platform, after it 
had been divided antl occupied by the ten Gothic na- 
tions. The conformation of this curiously-devised sym- 
bol, therefore, exhibits the Roman empire, not as confined 
to the west, but as encircling in its vast territorial extent 
both the west and the east, and thus constituting one 
empire, of which the city of Rome, built on the seven 
hills (or " mountains ") of the Apocalypse, was the me- 
tropolis. It follows from this, 

2. That as the seven-headed scarlet-colored beast, as 
symbolic of the Roman power, represent the seven secu- 
lar forms of government signified by them ; so the 

" beast itself," with, its united " characteristics of the 
Babylonian lion and the ^Medo-Persian bear and the 
Macedonian leopard, all concur in exhibiting the terri- 
torial Roman empire, and the presiding Roman emperor- 
ship, as each being a strict unit." Hence, " the impe- 
rial head, which the angel declares to have been in exist- 
ence when he conversed with St. John, however adminis- 
tered, or wherever locally seated," — i. e., whether in the 
west or east, or extending his sceptre over both — " is the 
head, either gubernatively, or feudally, or reputedly, of 
the legally one empire in its pull entirety ; while 
the ten horns [of the " great beast "] describe the west- 
ern platform, after it had been divided and occupied by 
the ten Gothic nations" 

It is, therefore, on this broad principle of the terri- 
torial unity of the empire, both west and east ; and the 






56 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

governmental unity of the emperorship only that the 
septiform governments depicted in the prophecy before 
us can be truthfully interpreted and applied to the things 
denoted by them. On this common principle, all other 
theories, like those already noticed, vanish away like the 
baseless fabric of a vision. It will be found to prove de- 
monstrably, that no other form of government appeared 
in the Roman empire, intermediate of the long interval 
which we have assigned between the sixth head of the 
beast, b. c. 31, and the appearance upon the prophetical 
stage of the seventh head in a. d. 1804, a period of 1835 
years. 

It is scarcely necessary to add, that we rely upon and 
adopt this broad principle of interpretation, as demon- 
strative of the application of the symbolic seventh and 
eighth heads in this prophecy, as pointing to the first 
three Napoleons, as emperors of the Franco-Roman 
empire. 

But this by the way. We now return to several 
other stand-points. The next in order is, 

3. That the seventh head had not yet come, when St. 
John penned this vision. 

4. That when it appeared, it was to occupy a place in 
the Roman empire analogous to that of the sixth head, as 
the emperorship of Rome. 

5. That this seventh head was to be short-lived. 

6. That after being wounded to death, its deadly 
wound was to be healed. 

7. That when restored to life, it was to emerge out 
of the sea. And finally, 

8. That out of this resuscitated seventh head as a 
secular power, was to spring forth an eighth head, pos- 
sessed of the characteristics of an apostate democratico- 
eeligiotjs head, to whom the " ten horns " or " kings " 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 57 

of the " beast " Roman, with one mind, will give their 
power, and strength, and kingdom ; and this, in conform- 
ity with the singular compound formation of the symbolic 
imagery as a double type — u The beast that was, and is 
not, and yet is : even he is the eighth, and is of the 
seven" In other words, by the use of this double type, 
the Holy Spirit clearly distinguishes between the two 
headships, the seventh, which receives the deadly wound, 
being resuscitated in its secular form ; while the eighth, 
being of the seventh, emerges from it, and as the eighth 
head, is changed in its character from a merely secular, 
to that of an apostatic democratico-religious power. It 
will hence result from this : 

1st. That the period assigned to the sixth and seventh 
imperial head of the Roman beast as a secular power, must 
include the whole interval from b. c. 31, down to the time of 
the appearance upon the prophetical stage of the eighth 
head, which is at the point where the secular power of 
the revived seventh head ceases } as such, to exist. 
And, 

2d. That the Papacy, whatever its characteristics as 
an Antichrist — and that it is such we fully concede, — 
could not have constituted either the seventh head, which 
is a purely secular power ; nor the eighth head, which, 
when it appears as the great apostatic democratico-reli- 
gious power, " exalting itself above all that is called 
God " either in heaven or in earth, — which the Papacy 
never has done or will do, — will constitute, preeminently, 

THE AjNTTCCHBIST. 

We shall now proceed to a historic verification of the 
statements assumed in the preceding stand-points, by a 
return to a consideration, 

I. Of the chronological position of the sixth and sev- 
enth heads in the series. Here we are to observe, in the 
3* 



58 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 

first place, that three of the predicted characteristics of 
the seventh head are clearly defined. 

1. In contrast with its long-lived predecessor, the 
sixth head, it was to " continue but a short space" 

2. Unlike five out of the six heads which preceded it, 
that are declared simply to have " fallen," this seventh 
head was to be politically slain by the sword of military 
violence. Yet, 

3. It was at length to be revivified from this political 
death, by the healing of its deadly wound. 

It is here to be observed, that Rev. xiii., 3, does not 
specify which one of the seven heads of the beast was to 
be " wounded unto death." To determine this point, we 
are dependent on chap, xvii., 10. There we learn, that 
u five " out of the seven heads had simply " fallen " before 
St. John's time. 

We now refer you to the following facts, in proof that 
the existing sixth head of St. John's time fell, " by the 
renunciation of the ancient throne and dignity of the 
Roman emperorship," when the last Roman emperor, 
Francis, thus expressed himself, in a. d. 1806: 

" Being convinced of the impossibility of discharging any longer 
the duties which the imperial throne imposed upon us, we owe it to our 
principles to abdicate a crown which could have no value in our eyes 
when we were unable to discharge its duties and deserve the confidence 
of the princes electors of the empire. Therefore it is, that, considering 
the bonds which unite us to the empire as dissolved by the confedera- 
tion of the Rhine, we renounce the imperial crown, and, by these 
presents, absolve the electors, princes, and states, members of the 
supreme tribunal, and other magistrates, from the duties which unite 
them to us as their legal chief." 1 

It follows from this, that the seventh head, which was 

1 Alison's History of Europe, vol. v., p. 690. See Faber's Napoleon 
III., pp. 44, 45. Appleton, 1859. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 59 

to be " wounded to death," and to be again resuscitated, 
was still future. 

If, then, it can be historically demonstrated, that this 
sword-slain seventh head appeared in the French emper- 
orship, as constituted in the person of Napoleon I., in 
a. d. 1804 ; and that, after a short-lived existence, being 
slain by the sword of military violence, it was again re- 
vived in the person of Louis Napoleon III., in a. d. 
1852 ; it will be fair to infer, that all the predicted char- 
acteristics, save those peculiar to the same personage as 
the still future eighth head, have been, and are being 
verified in that perpetuated power. 

As already stated, we see that the curiously-devised 
symbol of the great seven-headed beast from the sea, 
with its characteristic badges of the Babylonian lion and 
the Medo-Persian bear and the Grecian leopard, denoted 
the Roman empire in its greatest territorial extent west 
and east, as constituting one empire under the adminis- 
tration of its sixth head. 

Now, this symbolic representation will be found to 
exactly correspond with the principle of the Roman Law, 
which is, "that the territorial Roman empire and the 
gubernative Roman emperorship were, each alike, a unit. 
Hence, whatever number of personal emperors, either in 
the west or east, might govern the one Roman empire ; 
and however that one empire might be gubernatively 
arranged in point of division ; still, those personal em- 
perors and that territorial empire were, each alike, 
deemed one, and in Roman law were never held to 
have departed from the principle of unity. 

" A want of attention to this vital principle," — a prin- 
ciple, as the sequel will disclose, involving the most stu- 
pendous issues to the church" of God, to the nations of 
earth, Jewish and Gentile, and to every individual of 



60 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

these " last times " — " a want of attention," we repeat, 
" to this vital principle," lies at the root of all the failures 
to identify the seventh and eighth heads in this prophe- 
cy, and to assign to them their proper chronological po- 
sition in " the great drama of the world ! " 

We will now proceed, " through a series of historical 
facts, to trace the political course of that [sixth] Roman 
head, which the angel declared to be in actual existence " 
when St. John wrote. 

" The one universal Roman empire was governed by 
a single individual, from the time of Augustus to Dio- 
clesian, who, to meet the necessity of the case, so mod- 
elled the constitution that four persons — the two elder 
with the title of Augusti, and the two junior with the 
title of Caesars — were simultaneously emperors of the 
Romans. The empire, nevertheless, retained its legal 
unity. Each emperor was regarded as supreme in his 
own province, and their joint edicts were recognized as 
authoritative by all. Even the division of the empire 
into west and east, did not disturb this theory of unity, 
which continued to exist to the very last. This quadru- 
ple arrangement of Dioclesian, however, by the transfer 
of the seat of government from Rome in the west to 
Constantinople in the east, was exchanged for that of a 
single individual, from the time of Gonstantine to Theo- 
dosius. On the death of this latter monarch, the empire 
was permanently divided into icest and east, and his two 
sons, Arcadius and Honorius, were each emperor of the 
Romans, and so continued, in the line of their successors, 
down to the extinction of the eastern half of the one 
empire in a. d. 1453," by the valor of the Turks. 

On the other hand, when the icestern half of the one 
empire fell by the deposition of Augustulus in a. d. 416 
or 479, the Gothic tribes, by whom it was partitioned 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 61 

into ten sovereignties in a. d. 531, 1 still adhered to the 
principle of territorial unity ; so that, from this period 
to the time of Charlemagne in a. d. 800, no military 
chieftain, either in or out of Italy, ventured to assume 
the imperial title. The fallen western branch, however, 
being restored by Charlemagne, again placed the govern- 
ment of the united empire in the hands of two individ- 
uals, each bearing the style and admitted rank of em- 
peror of the Romans. 

But, from a. d. 1453, " no more than a single Roman 
emperorship remained : and, in the breaking up of the 
vast dominions of Charlemagne, its seat was transferred 
from France to Germany ; which, with its feudatory 
Italian appendages, and the broken Gallican kingdoms 
of Burgundy and Aries, was henceforth styled "the 
holy Roman empire." Meanwhile, its chief, whose para- 
mount claim of princely authority (well shadowed out by 
its three ecclesiastical electors being respectively denom- 
inated the chancellors of Italy, and Germany, and 
France) extended to the whole empire, always bore the 
title of emperor of the Romans, and was always deemed 
the Kaisar, and thus the official successor and representa- 
tive of Augustus, as the first in the line of personal mon- 
archs of this sixth imperial head, and of whom, as al- 
ready stated, Francis, by his abdication of its imperial 
prerogatives, was the last, 

Now, the terms of the prophecy before us require 
that, with the extinction of the sixth head of the " beast " 
as a Roman polity, the seventh should " start into exist- 
ence either simultaneously with its fall, or immediately 
before its fall, and thus intrusively causing its fall." 
Otherwise, " we shall have the zoological anomaly of a 

i^See p. 43. 



62 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

wild beast continuing to live without having any living 
head." 

Turn, now, to historical facts. " Just two years be- 
fore the fall of this sixth head, in the person of the 
Roman emperor Francis, which was in a. d. 1806, started 
up a mw polity, which, under the title of the Emperor 
of the French, was actually master of Rome and Italy, 
both of which were soon after annexed to its already 
ample dominions — a circumstance necessary to the char- 
acter of a Roman head, — the prophetic symbols of the 
seven heads of the " beast " representing both the seven 
hills of Rome, and the seven polities which should govern 
the empire. 

napoleon i. 

And do you ask, Who was this master of Rome and 
Italy ? None other, we reply, than that " Little French 
Corporal," born in Ajaccio, the capital of Corsica, in 
France, a little island in the Mediterranean, and who, as 
the veriest tyro in history knows, subsequently became 
the French emperor, Napoleon I. Yes, he it was who, 
commencing his wonderful career of conquests in a. d. 
1804, soon subjugated all Europe, with the exception of 
Great Britain and Russia, to his despotic sway. 

The polity of the sixth and seventh heads of the beast 
is substantially the same, the difference between the two 
arising from the change of title — that of emperor of the 
Roman, for the emperor of the Franco-Roman empire. 

But there is another prophetical mark, which was to 
signalize this seventh headship of the " beast." It was 
to be short4ived, caused by " a wound unto death." If, 
then, it can be historically shown, that this feature of the 
prophecy was verified in the political and military career 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 63 

of the first Napoleon, in a sense in which it will apply to 
no other man, it must decide the question of the Franco- 
Roman emperorship in favor of Napoleon I., as constitut- 
ing the seventh head of the apocalyptic " beast." 

First, then : Three circumstances, for a time, seemed 
to militate against a verification of this mark, in its ap- 
plication to this world-renowned man : the first, the un- 
precedented strides of his military conquests ; the sec- 
ond, the apparent stability of his rapidly growing power ; 
and the third, the prospect of its perpetuity by the birth 
of a son, the Duke of Reichstadt, when in the strength 
and vigor of his life. But, behold ! This seventh head 
of the Franco-Roman empire, in the very midst of those 
unparalleled triumphs which struck terror to the heart 
of all Europe, after the very short period of eleven years 
from a. d. 1804, having been severely though not mor- 
tally wounded in the war of 1814, the following year was 
finally slain by the sword of military violence ! The 
famous battle of Waterloo tells the story ! Defeated by 
the valorous arms of the British lion, he is transported to 
the desolate, sea-girt island of St. Helena, the humbled 
exile of his most implacable foe, where, after a short in- 
terval of ign ominous suffering, he dies ! 

We deferentially submit, therefore, that we have his- 
torically demonstrated the true chronological positions of 
the sixth and seventh heads of the Roman polity, as 
designated in this prophecy, after an interval extending 
from b..c. 31 to a. d. 1804, a 'period of 1,835 years, as 
founded, on the one hand, upon the uninterrupted terri- 
torial unity of the empire, and on the other, upon the 
equally uninterrupted governmental unity of the em- 
perorship. 

The next subject will treat of the relation to Napoleon 
I. j of the other two members of the great Napoleonic 



64 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

family, viz., Napoleon II. , Duke of Reichstadt, and Na- 
poleon III., as symbolically depicted in this prophecy. 

It will be found that the importance and interest of 
this subject will increase as we advance. 



CHAPTER III. 

NAPOLEON II., DUKE OF REICHSTADT, AND KING OF ITALY 

LOUIS NAPOLEON HI. — RECAPITULATION. 

We have, in the preceding pages, historically demon- 
strated the true chronological positions of the sixth and 
seventh Heads of the Roman Polity, as designated in 
this remarkable prophecy after the lapse of 1,835 years, 
from b. c. 31 to a. d. 1804. This, as we have seen, is 
founded upon that great principle of the old Roman 
Law, which established the uninterrupted territorial 
unity of the empire through all its chauges during that 
period, and also the equally uninterrupted governmental 
unity of the emperorship. Hence the historic verifica- 
tion, in accordance with the terms of the prophecy, of 
the succession of the seventh to that of the sixth Head 
in the person of Napoleon the Z, in a. d. 1804, as em- 
peror of the Franco-Roman empire. 

So also of the application of the prophecy respecting 
this seventh Head, that " when he cometh, he must con- 
tinue a short space." 1 The career of Napoleon L, it 
was shown, lasted only eleven years, from a. d. 1804 to 
1815, when he received his death-wound at the hand of 
the British lion on the battle-field of Waterloo. 

1 Rev. xvii. 10. 



66 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 

We now observe, that the defeat of the Napoleonic 
forces, followed by the imprisonment of this terrific 
Franco-Roman " Beast " in the sea-girt island of St. 
Helena, caused all the crowned heads of Europe and of 
the world to exult over the downfall of him who had 
been proclaimed emperor of France and King of Italy, 
as a successor of the Csesars. 



NAPOLEON II., THE DUKE OF KEICHSTADT. 

The history of Napoleon the Second is a brief one. 
Although Napoleon the First abdicated his throne in 
favor of his son, the hopes of France were buried in his 
grave before he had attained to manhood. 

On the other hand, the so-called " Holy Alliance," in 
a. d. 1815, had decreed that no Bonaparte should ever 
again rule over France. Indeed, it was the general 
belief that this seventh Franco-Roman emperorship had 
disappeared forever from the prophetic stage ; a belief 
too that seemed to be reasonably confirmed by the early 
death of the Duke of Reichstadt. Besides, the original 
dynastic head of the empire, having dragged out a few 
short years of miserable existence in his solitary exile, 
lay slumbering, as it were, in the depths of the sea ! In 
the most emphatic sense, therefore, it may be said of 
this seventh Beastly Head, as in the symbolic phraseology 
of this prophecy, that it "was;" and, also, after "con- 
tinuing a short space," that it " is not." 

But man proposes — God disposes. Human decrees 
cannot defeat the purposes of Him who is " the governor 
among the nations." 1 The same angel who said of this 
seventh Head of the Franco-Roman emperorship, that it 

* Ps. xxii. 28. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 67 

" was " and " is not," also declared of it, that though 
it should receive " a wound unto death," yet that its 
" deadly wound was healed." (Rev. xiii. 3.) The mean- 
ing is, that the same Franco-Roman Dynasty that was 
thought to have been forever exterminated, should, be 
again revived. 

Here we must premise that the healing of the death- 
wound of this seventh Head must coincide with his resto- 
ration to a new teem of political existence. So also, a 
coincidence must exist between the mode of introduction 
upon the prophetical platform of the sixth and seventh 
Heads. As St. John beheld, retrospectively, the ascent 
of the sixth Roman Head out of the troubled sea ; x so 
the then future seventh Head, in acquiring its new exis- 
tence, was to emerge out of the oceanic sea {ajSvo-cro^ 
abyss), or " bottomless pit " 2 of revolutionary violence. 

We now proceed, as in the other case, to demonstrate 
the revival of the defunct seventh Franco-Roman em- 
perorship, in the person of the present ruling sovereign 
of France, namely : 

LOUIS napoleon the third. 
This brings us to a consideration of the more direct 
and immediate purpose of these prophetico-historical 
expositions. The reader will be enabled the more con- 
fidently to sit in judgment and pass sentence upon what 
we have to offer on this subject, from the fact that we 
are now to speak of that world-renowned personage, 
whose name, especially since a. d. 1848, having flourished 
in the columns of both foreign and home daily and weekly 
journals, secular and religious, has become as familiar to 
.him as " household words." 

1 Rev. xiii. 1; 2 lb. xvii. 7, 8. 



68 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

To proceed. To say nothing of the long series of 
events connected with the civil or political and military 
affairs of the Roman empire, inclusive of those which 
resulted in its division into the West and the East at the 
opening of the fourth century, onward to the era op 
the French Revolution towards the close of the seven- 
teenth, as depicted in the prophetico-historic symbols of 
the first six apocalyptic trumpets ; we remark, that with 
the seventh commenced that period of revolutionary 
changes, both political and religious, which, beginning 
with France, convulsed every throne throughout con- 
tinental Europe. As "signs of the times," these com- 
motions of the symbolic abyss portended the arrival of 
the period for the accomplishment of the prophecy rela- 
tively to the resuscitation of the seventh Franco-Roman 
emperorship. They are symbolized by the first five out 
of tlie seven apocalyptic " vials " or " last plagues," all 
of which are included under the Seventh Trumpet. 

We have said, that as the seven-headed scarlet-colored 
beast arose out of the " sea " of popular commotions, 
so there must be a correspondence between it and the 
circumstances which should mark the introduction upon 
the prophetic stage of the revived seventh Franco-Roman 
Head. Accordingly, after the lapse of about sixty years ; 
that is, from the commencement of the French Revolution 
in a. d. 1789, down to a. d. 1848 — to quote from the 
columns of one of our secular journals — " the casket was 
fished up out of the sea, and is again in power, to the 
astonishment of all the parties of the c Holy Alliance. 5 " 
A pretty fair though undesigned exposition this, of 
the predicted revival of the defunct Franco-Roman Head- 
ship. We here allude to the extraordinary course which 
marked the progress of Louis Napoleon as an exile, until, 
out of the revolutionary elements of France he was ele- 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 69 

vated to the throne of that empire as he who, being " of 
the seventh," is the veritable revived secular Roman Em- 
peror. 

We have spoken of Louis Napoleon as an §xile. 
While in this country, whither he fled and found ref- 
uge from the prison walls of Ham, he had for his com- 
panion and counsellor a certain Mr. Muller, from whom, 
through an intimate friend of his, a correspondent in one 
of the secular issues of New York, dated September 5, 
1863, was informed " that the dream of Louis Napoleon's 
whole life was his accession to the throne of France ; and 
that such was his aptitude for reverie, and facility for 
speculative development, that he had three large volumes 
filled w T ith his plans for attaining the grand aim of his 
ambition." These volumes, according to Mr. Muller's 
statements, contain a series of remarkable Napoleonic 
secrets, which run through the pages of this imperial 
programme. We shall have occasion to refer to these 
more at large in the sequel. Suffice it now to say, that 
they all are made to bear upon carrying out Louis Napo- 
leon's darling idea of founding a Universal Dynasty, 
of which the Lathi race is to compose the body, and 
France the Head. We now, however, confine ourself to 
his secret plans, formed when in this country some twenty 
years ago, to grasp the sceptre of the Franco-Roman 
emperorship. 

" The attempt to take France with about sixty fol- 
lowers, in the steamboat City of Edinburgh, was dis- 
tinctly marked out in these volumes. The calculation 
was, that the electric fire which always runs in the veins 
of the French, and which is known as t Glory,' would 
burst into a universal glow at the watchword of L Napo- 
leon ! ' while the counter view and calculation of defeat 
were contained in a marginal note, to the effect, that should 



70 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

he fail, the conviction that he was an easily-handled, soft- 
brained fool, would make him only the more eligible 
with the scheming sharpers of European politics as a 
future candidate. It was to help this latter calculation 
entirely that the performance of the tame eagle was 
thrown in. The eagle," said Muller, u will catch the 
fools, if we succeed ; it will catch the sharpers if we lose. 
In playing for the minds of men we must never forget 
the two divisions of society." This latter calculation 
was undoubtedly justified by the manner in which the 
intriguing leaders in French politics afterward seized upon 
Louis Napoleon, almost by common consent, as their can- 
didate for the position of Prince President. " They 
thought that they had the man of the tame eagle," said 
Muller, " but they got nothing better than the Corsican 
wolf x 

This last phraseology deserves a passing remark. 
Who can fail to detect the striking resemblance be- 
tween those two figures of speech — " the tame eagle " 
and u the Corsican wolf" — as applied by Muller to this 
extraordinary man, and those two apocalyptic symbols in 
the thirteenth chapter of Revelation, of a " beast which 
had two horns like a lamb," but who " spake as a dragon," 
and which, as we shall presently see, point us to the 
same man ! 

See now the exact verification of this astounding pro- 
phetic foresight of Louis Napoleon as "the man of des- 
tiny " — a term which he has always appropriated to him- 

i Muller did not go back to Europe with Louis Napoleon ; but he con- 
fidently expected to be sent for as soon as his protege should arrive at 
power. When, however, he found himself neglected, nay, forgotten by 
his aspiring pupil in the grand dazzle of events, which always buzz and 
sparkle around a throne, he sunk into a deep dejection, and died in ob- 
scurity and poverty in Howard street, New York, in a. d. 1853, about one 
year after Napoleon became Emperor of France. 






POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 71 

self — in the historic events following. The continued 
revolutionary upheavings which immediately followed the 
" reign of terror " in France, like the restless billows of 
the perturbed and agitated "sea," fully prepared the 
nation for the first step towards Louis Napoleon's darling 
idea of founding a Uintveesal Latin Dynasty. 

"December 10, 1848. Louis Napoleon is voted into 
a professedly constitutional Presidentship by 6,000,000 
suffrages. 

"December 2, 1851. He violently dissolves the fac- 
tious assembly, which were preparing his ruin, and which 
were meditating a return to all the murderous atrocities 
of Jacobinism ; and then, throwing off the old Bourbon 
tyranny of the unprincipled metropolis, he boldly appeals 
to the nation at large. 

"December 20, 1851. He is voted into an absolute 
Dictatorship, still under the name of a Presidentship, by 
about 7,000,000 suffrages. 

" November 4, 1852. He accepts the Senatus Con- 
sultum proposed to be laid before the people. It runs 
thus : The nation wishes the reestablishment of the im- 
perial dignity in the person of Louis Napoleon, with 
hereditary succession in his direct legitimate or adopted 
line ; and gives him the right to regulate the order of 
succession to the throne in the Bonaparte family,, 

"November 21 and 22, 1852. The nation votes a 
Revival of the French emperorship in the person of 
Louis Napoleon the Third, by about 8,000,000 suffrages . 
And, finally : 

"December 1, 1852. The votes of the nation are 
examined and ratified by the Senate, and are then sub- 
mitted to the President for his acceptance. And he 
formally accepts the imperial dignity at the hands of the 



72 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

nation, their wish being expressed by an almost unani- 
mous vote in the affirmative. While, 

" December 2, 1852, the revival of the Franco- 
Roman emperorship is proclaimed in Paris, and three 
days after throughout the provinces." 

It is worthy of notice, in this connection, that one of 
the banners that graced the entrance of Louis Napoleon 
into Paris on his return from his tour through France — 
the express object of which was to prepare the way for 
the proclamation of the empire — bore the following sig- 
nificant inscription : " The Uncle that was — the Nephew 
that is." Thus using, though unconsciously to themselves, 
the very words in which these prophetico-historic events 
respecting them were given ! 

recapitulation. 

Let us now briefly survey the ground over which we 
have already passed. We submit that we have scrip- 
turally and historically demonstrated, 

I. The rise, successively, of the four great symbolical 
monarchies of Gentilism— the Babylonian, Medo-Persian, 
Grecian, and Roman — that were to bear rule in the earth 
during the prolonged period of the mystical " seven 
times," or 2,520 years, predicted by Moses in Leviticus, 
chapter xxvi., called in the New Testament " the times 
of the Gentiles." 

II. The territorial and governmental unity of the 
Roman empire, pagan and Christian, political and 
religious, during the whole stage of its existence, from 
b. c. 31 down to the present time, as symbolized by the 
seven mountains of Rome as the capital of the empire, 
and the seven forms of polity through which it was to 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 73 

pass, as denoted by the seven Heads of the fourth non- 
descript beast. 

III. That Jive forms of the Roman Polity had " fallen " 
prior to the time when St. John wrote, which was in 
a. d. 96, the sixth Head, the imperial, being the one ex- 
isting in his day, and which commenced from b. c 31 ; 
and that the empire, though divided into two parts, the 
West, and the East ; and though subject to great and 
important changes and modifications in both branches ; 
yet continuing to retain its territorial and political and 
ecclesiastical unity intact, and merging into itself the 
other three preceding monarchies on the principle of 
annexation ; so when the Messianic " stone cut out of 
the mountain without hands," — or which is the same thing, 
when " One like the son of man shall come in the clouds 
of heaven " to smite the colossal metallic image on the 
ten toes ; or, which is the same thing, to destroy the 
four rampant beasts, together with the ten horns of the 
last of the four, — all will be found to be present in their 
entirety, to receive the omnipotent blow ! Particularly 
in reference to the last one of these four monarchies, the 
Roman, as we have seen, although the imperial sceptre, 
just before the rise of the papacy in a. d. 533, had fallen 
in the West by the deposition of Augustulus in a. d. 476 
or 479, it still continued in the East till a. d. 1453. Also 
that before it became extinct in the East, it had been 
revived in the West by Charlemagne in a. d. 800, and 
continued imbrolcen in the emperors of Germany or Aus- 
tria till overthrown — 

IV. By the seventh Franco-Roman emperorship in the 
person of Napoleon I. This emperorship, we have 
shown, having been originally established in a. d. 1804, 
was mortally wounded by the sword of military violence 
by the hand of the British lion, on the battle-field of 

4 



74 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

Waterloo, in a. d. 1815, but again revived in a. d. 1852, 
in the person of the reigning Franco-Roman emperor, 
Louis Napoleon III. 

We have not, however, exhausted the revelations of 
the prophetico-historic oracle relatively to this revived 
seventh Franco-Roman Head. 



OF THE SEVENTH AND EIGHTH HEADS. 

On this subject we observe that, while we acknowledge 
our indebtedness to a recently published tract from the 
pen of the late Rev. Geo. Stanley Faber, under the title 
of " Napoleon III. the Man of Prophecy," for aid in our 
remarks on the territorial and governmental unity of the 
Roman empire ; yet we must beg to dissent from his 
statements in regard to the seventh and eighth Heads of 
this prophecy. Thus, on page 54, speaking of the healing 
of the mortal wound of the seventh head of the beast, 
this learned writer says : " it experienced an extraordi- 
nary revival, and enters upon a new course of existence, 
apparently as an eighth Head, but really as the restored 
seventh," etc. And again. On page 33 he says : " the 
prophecy again and again declares that the symbol [rep- 
resentative of the Roman beast] had only seven heads, 
and never mentions an eighth Head," etc. 

But to this we reply that the prophecy before us, 
which treats of this same Roman Beast, does make men- 
tion of an " eighth," which is declared to be " of the 
seven." Wherefore, then, we ask, introduce this " eighth," 
if it is identical with the " seventh Head " in its revived 
form ? On such an hypothesis is not the introduction of 
this symbol into the prophecy altogether superfluous ? 
—a circumstance which could not otherwise than detract 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 75 

from the infinite wisdom of the Holy Spirit who revealed 
it! 

Now, we agree with Mr. Faber, in rejecting the 
theory of Mr. Elliott and others that the characteristic 
marks answerable to the eighth Head are found in the 
papacy. But we also think that he equally errs when he 
insists that all the symbolic imagery in this part of the 
prophecy are met in the revived seventh Head as a merely 
secular power. It is true, as this writer says, page 59, 
that " the healing of the mortal wound [of the seventh 
Head] coincides with the symbol's restoration to a new 
term of political existence." But it is not true that the 
eighth Head does not form a power beyond and distinct 
from the seventh revived Head. Look again at the 
angel's account of these Heads e He speaks first of " the 
Beast that was," viz. : the Franco-Roman or seventh 
Head dynasty in the person of Napoleon I. Then, 
second, he says of it that it " is not." This is the same 
with the dynasty of the First Napoleon as overthrown 
by the sword of military violence, and as thought to 
have been forever exterminated by the early death of 
Napoleon II., in whose favor his father had abdicated 
the throne of France. And, finally, he adds, respecting 
this same dynasty, third, " and yet is." 1 That is, the 
dynasty as revived in the person of Napoleon III. 
Clearly, therefore, all these statements speak of and are 
strictly confined to the symbolic history of the seventh 
Head. Then is introduced, fourth, another phase in this 
prophecy. The angel says : " even he," i. e. the revived 
seventh Head, Napoleon III, " is the eighth, and is op 
the seven." 

Here, then, observe : the angel does not say, as Mr. 

1 Rev. xvii. 8. 



76 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

Faber affirms, that " he is one of the seven," as though 
the " eighth " was included in them as such ; but as it is 
in the Greek — £k rwv hzra eVrt, that is, he is " out of or 
from the seventh," as denoting origin or source ; as we 
find in Matt. i. 3 — ck rrjs 0a/xap, " out of Thainar." 

It would be quite superfluous to a scholar of general 
history, to prove the genealogical relationship of the first 
and second Napoleons as uncle and nephew. Still it 
may not be out of place to state, that Charles Louis Na- 
poleon III. is the third son of Louis Napoleon, king of 
Holland, and of Hortense Eugenie, daughter of the Em- 
press Josephine, first wife of Napoleon I., by her first 
husband, the Viscount de Beauharnais. He was born in 
Paris, at the palace of the Tuilleries, April 20, 1808. His 
father, Louis, was the fourth in age of the brothers of 
the emperor ; but Napoleon I., by the imperial edicts of 
1804 and 1805, set aside the usual order of descent, and 
declared the succession to the imperial crown to lie in the 
family of his brother Louis. Louis Napoleon III. was 
the first prince born under the imperial rule in the direct 
line of succession ; and his birth was announced in con- 
sequence throughout the empire by discharges of artil- 
lery and other solemnities. At his baptism in 1810, his 
sponsors were the emperor and Empress Maria Louisa. 
Until the abdication of Napoleon I., ^vith whom Hor- 
tense was always in great favor, she resided in Paris. 
While Napoleon I. was at Elba, Louis Bonaparte, her 
husband, instituted a suit in the court of Paris to have 
her sons removed from their mother's charge and re- 
stored to him ; but the emperor's return put a stop to the 
proceedings, and henceforth the children remained under 
the charge of their mother. At the great assemblage on the 
Champ de Mai, Napoleon I. presented his nephew, Louis 
Napoleon, then seven years of age, to the soldiers and to 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 77 

the deputies, and the scene is said to have left a deep 
impression on the memory and the imagination of the 
boy. After the battle of Waterloo, Hortense and her 
sons attended Napoleon I. in his retirement at Malmai- 
son. The scholastic education of Louis Napoleon was 
conducted under the direction of M. Lebas. In 1830, 
Louis Napoleon being refused by Louis Philippe, " the 
citizen king," to return to France as a common soldier in 
the national army, he and his brother retired to Tuscany, 
and at once united themselves with the Italian revolu- 
tionary army, in which, in 1831, they both took an active 
part in the insurrectionary movements of that year. His 
brother, however, died at Pesora, a victim to fatigue and 
anxiety in 1831, and his elder brother in infancy. In 
1832, the only son of Napoleon I., now known as Napo- 
leon II., but then as the Duke of Reichstadt, also died. 
Louis Napoleon had thus become, according to the im- 
perial decree of 1804, the immediate successor to the 
emperor. 

Thenceforward, the restoration of the empire and the 
Napoleonic dynasty in his person became the predomi- 
nating idea of his life. To this end he published his 
" Political Reviews," in which the necessity of the Em- 
peror to the State is assumed throughout, as the sole 
means of uniting republicanism with the genius and the 
requirements of the French people. And in 1839 he 
published his famous " Idees NcipoUoniennes" a remark- 
able illustration of the intensity of his own grand 
thoughts, as connected with the conception of a future 
universal Lath* empibe. 

We now proceed to demonstrate, agreeably to the 
tenor of this remarkable prophecy when taken as a whole, 
that the circumstance of the revived seventh head being 
also accounted as an eighth, arises from the fact of the 



78 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 

mutation which it is destined to undergo, to wit, that of 
its passing from its state or condition as a merely secular 
power, such as it now is, to the possession and exercise 
of absolute apostatico-democratic religious functions. 
The purpose of the Holy Spirit in the previous apoca- 
lyptic revelations concerning this seven-headed sea-beast 
as the last of the four monarchies of Gentilism, was, to 
instruct His people as to what concerned them as con- 
nected with and effected by the character and exploits 
of the revived seventh head, not only ; but more especi- 
ally when, having run its course as a mere secular power, 
it should give place for the introduction upon the pro- 
phetical platform of a more stupendous and terrific 
power under an eighth head, which should be " of the 
seven" 

In treating, therefore, of this eighth headship, which 
is still future, and which will stand forth (not as one of 
the heads of the beast, for their number is limited to seven 
only, but) as entirely separate and distinct from and in- 
dependently of it ; much care w r ill be required in the 
interpretation and application of the symbolic imagery 
in which its whole complex career is portrayed. We 
shall here find that the terms of the prophecy imply, as 
already intimated, that there is an essential distinction 
between the functions of the revived seventh, and those 
of the eighth headship. Accordingly, the Holy Spirit 
will be found to have furnished us with a class of sym- 
bols explanatory of its complex characteristics, as such. 
The difficulty here will be, to discriminate between those 
symbols which relate to the secular powers of the revived 
seventh head, as contradistinguished from those of the 
still future eighth headship, as an apostatico-political and 
ecclesiastical or religious poioer. Let us take a view of 
them separately. And may that " wisdom which is from 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 79 

above," so guide our thoughts in the elucidation of the 
subject in hand, as to enable us clearly to discover " the 
mind of the spirit " who has revealed them ! 

I. THE CHARACTER AND EXPLOITS OF THE REVIVED SEV- 
ENTH FRANCO-ROMAN EMPERORSHIP, IN THE PERSON 
OF LOUIS NAPOLEON III., AS A PURELY SECULAR 
POWER. 

St. John, we submit, furnishes us, Rev. xiii. 11, 12, 
with a full-drawn portrait of the present ruler of France, 
in the following apocalyptic imagery :■ — " And I beheld 
another beast coming up out of the earth: and he had 
two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a dragon " — the 
exact prototype of Mr. Midler's " tame eagle " and " Cor- 
"sican wolf." "And he exerciseth all the power of the 
first beast before him" namely, Napoleon I., u and caus- 
eth the earth and them that dwell therein to icorship the 
first beast, whose deadly wound was healed." 

It is here to be noted that this beast is said to " come 
up out of the earth ; " whereas, in analogy to the seven- 
headed and ten-horned beast from the sea, Rev. xiii. 1, 
he is said to " ascend out of the bottomless pit," or abyss, 
Rev. xvii. 8. The question, therefore, is, how are these 
statements to be reconciled with their joint application 
to the revived seventh head ? The explanation is, that 
the term " earth" in this prophecy, out of which this 
beast is said to come up, refers to the preexisting terri- 
torial limits of the Roman world ; while the terms " sea " 
and " bottomless pit " or abyss, are used to denote the 
national and political revolutions which brought both 
upon the stage. 

That the " beast" here described refers to the revived 
seventh Franco-Roman emperorship in the person of 



80 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 

Louis Napoleon III. will, we submit, appear from the 
following prophetico-historic characteristics of this won- 
derful man, when compared with the symbols in which it 
is draped— a " beast " represented as coming up out of 
the earth in the pretended innocency of the lamb, and in 
the pretended poicer of " the Lamb of God : " for he is 
described as having " two horns like a lamb." And fur- 
ther, he is declared, at the same time, to display all the 
arrogance and fierceness of the " dragon." 

Viewed in all its aspects, none others that flourish in 
the annals of profane history, will at all compare with 
the family of the Napoleons. The senior of the race, 
Napoleon I., emerging from the little, obscure Mediter- 
ranean island of Corsica, in a few short years eclipses the 
glory of all the mighty warriors who had preceded him, 
both by the brilliancy of his genius and the valor of his 
arms. His tragical end on the sea-girt island of St. He- 
lena corresponds with his beginning. After his decease, 
those who swayed the sceptre of his once extensive and 
powerful dynasty, rapidly pass away from off the stage. 
First, his son, the Duke of Reichstadt and king of Italy, 
is laid in an early grave. Then the Bourbon, Charles the 
Tenth, disappears. And after the revolution in a. d. 
1830, " the citizen king," Louis Philippe, ruled France 
for eighteen years, when a sudden popular outbreak 
drove him from his throne on the 2d of March, 1848, 
and he flees to England to escape an ignominious death. 
Meanwhile, modern history is marked with no event of 
more portentous significance than the escape of Louis 
Napoleon from the fortress of Ham, May 25th, 1846, after 
an imprisonment of six years. In no other individual do 
the same extremes meet of human degradation and exal- 
tation. Having wandered in this country as an almost 
penniless exile for two years, on the 27th of August, 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 81 

1848 (the very year that Louis Philippe was driven from 
his throne), returning to France, he is elected to the 
French Assembly ; and on the 20th of December fol- 
lowing, he is chosen president of it for three years. On 
the 13th of November, 1851, by a " coup de main" 
effected at the cost of several thousands of lives and the 
exile of others, that presidency is extended to ten years. 
Still one step remained to be taken, ere he could meet 
the condition of the apocalyptic symbol which designated 
him as the revived seventh secular head of the Franco- 
Roman dynasty, the darlingly-cherished Napoleonic idea 
of his life ! But of this in the next chapter. 



4* 



CHAPTER IV. 

LOUIS NAPOLEON, CONTINUED — THE FUTURE DESTINED 
SOVEREIGN OF A UNIVERSAL LATIN DYNASTY, ETC. 

We have now traced the prophetico-historic career 
of Louis Napoleon III., from the time of his escape from 
the fortress of Ham, May 25th, 1846, within the walls 
of which he had been confined as a prisoner of state under 
Louis Philippe for six years, and have followed him as an 
almost penniless wanderer in the United States for two 
years ; when, returning back to France, in the short in- 
terval which elapsed between August 27, 1848, and No- 
vember 21, and 22, 1852, we found him, by successive 
strides, wading through a sea of human blood and other 
atrocities, to his seat on the throne of the Franco-Roman 
empire. It will be found, therefore, both interesting and 
instructive, to devote such further space as the moment- 
ous subject in hand may require, to a contemplation of 
what the same prophetico-political text-book reveals, re- 
garding this wonderful personage, in connection with his 
complex characteristics, as the revived seventh secular 
headship of the Franco-Roman polity, and of his still fu- 
ture predestined eighth headship over a universal Latin 
dynasty. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 83 

Yes, we repeat : 

LOUIS NAPOLEON III., THE PEEDESTINED SOVEBEIGN OF A 
UNTVEBSAL LATIN DYNASTY. 

Does this announcement startle the reader ? And 
yet, methinks, he is ready to concede the truthfulness of 
the application of the prophecy under review, so far as 
connected with the subject in hand down to the point 
just alluded to. With the assurance, then, that " the 
half has not been told him," and begging him to bear in 
mind that we are not drawing our arguments and facts 
from the political legerdemain of worldly diplomatic 
cabinets and statesmen, but from the inspired statute- 
book of Him who sits enthroned as " the governor among 
the nations ; " I ask his further indulgence and a suspen- 
sion of his judgment, until we shall have reached the 
issue. 

As we are still engaged with the secular poicer of this 
revived seventh imperial headship of France, it will be 
most appropriate to consider, 

I. What the inspired prophetic oracles reveal of the 
peculiarities of his character ', both intellectual and moral. 
Now, in the Apocalypse, St. John, speaking of this re- 
vived seventh head, says of him, that " he deceiveth them 
that dwell on the earth," ' etc. So the prophet Daniel, 
describing this same power, calls it " a vile person " (t. e., 
one despised), " to whom they shall not give the honor 
of the kingdom ; but he shall come in peaceably" as de- 
noted by the apocalyptic " beast with two horns like a 
lamb" 2 " and obtain the kingdom by flatteries" More- 
over, as a " king," he a shall do according to his ivill" a 
and he " shall exalt himself above every god" etc. 

l Ttev. xiii. 14. 2 Ibid. xiii. 11. 3 Dan. xi. 36. 



84 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

We have seen that in the three large volumes in which 
were recorded the Napoleonic secrets, written while in 
exile, their imperial author prognosticated that the con- 
viction would obtain among men " that he was an easily- 
handled, soft-brained fool." And so it was. For, " be- 
fore Napoleon III. obtained the emperorship, he was so 
despised on account of his obscurity, that there was 
scarcely a man in the world upon whom more contempt- 
uous epithets and opinions were passed than upon him." 
He was supposed to be without understanding, an idiotic 
dreamer, as short of brains as he was of friends and 
means. Such an estimate, however, of his intellectual 
imbecility and personal meanness, scarcely comports with 
those prophetic characteristics above ascribed to him. 
Rather, they would indicate that one of his prominent 
characteristics would be that of " impenetrability, inscruta- 
bility, reticence, cunning, secret craftiness, and a sphinx- 
like inflexibility of countenance ; " all of which intellec- 
tual attributes are implied in and are essential to, one 
who was to obtain imperial power against a world of op- 
posing obstacles "peaceably" and by "flatteries." Hence 
it cannot fail to strike the mind how well these attributes 
apply to a man of whom a personal friend of his, who la- 
boriously attempted an analysis of his character, has 
said : " Frigidly affable, and repulsively polite, he avoid- 
ed either offence or familiarity, but seemed instinctively 
to coil up his nature from observation. In phrase and 
demeanor all that became his birth, still the man was 
perfectly inaccessible. There was much of peculiarity, 
much of contrast ; abstract yet vigilant, inquisitive in 
everything, but studiously incommunicative ; diligent in 
acquiring all men's knowledge, retentive of his own ; cold 
and impassive, but full of latent energy ; cautious in de- 
cision, but, having decided, prompt, rapid, and impetu- 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 85 

ous. Almost intuitive in grasping opportunity or detect- 
ing weakness ; improved by study, steeled by adversity, 
disciplined for every vicissitude of fortune, he has inesti- 
mable qualifications for his own position. . . Marvel- 
lous as his character appears at present, it is, in my judg- 
ment, as yet very partially developed" This we shall see 
more fully in the sequel. He adds : " The reserve, how- 
ever, in which Napoleon habitually shrouds himself, may 
not now be violated. Few can see, in the taciturn re- 
cluse, the talents, the attainments, and accomplishments 
which he undoubtedly possesses." x Madden also con- 
firms this well-drawn portrait, where he says that " This 
man-mystery, the depth of whose duplicity no CEdipus 
has yet sounded, is a problem even to those who sur- 
round him. I watched his pale, corpse-like, imperturb- 
able features, not many months since, for a period of 
three hours. I saw eighty thousand men before him, and 
I never saw a change in his countenance or an expression 
in his look, which would enable the bystander to say 
whether he w T as pleased or otherwise at the stirring scene 
that was passing before him, on the very spot where 
Louis XVI. was put to death. He did not speak to those 
around him, except at very long intervals, and then with 
an air of nonchalance, of ennui, and eternal occupation 
with self." " Dark, mysterious, impenetrable, inscrutable 
in his designs," says another writer, 2 " concealing every 
passion of his heart within the innermost depths of his 
soul ; of great personal courage and inflexible will, con- 
joined with cool deliberation and consummate prudence ; 
entirely devoid, apparently, of any real religion or moral 
principle," — ■" a vile person : " — " impelled, guided, pro- 
tected, as he announces himself to be, by his uncle's 

i Phillips on Napoleon III. 2 The author of Armageddon. 



86 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

shade ; with the subtlety of that ' more subtle than any 
beast of the field, 5 he has hitherto defeated all his oppo- 
nents, and reached by craft a pinnacle which his uncle 
could ouly attain by the sword. Striking not until his 
quarry be certain, or never uncoiling himself to seize 
his prey until sure of his victim ; daily increasing 
in power and influence over the nations, and bringing 
the eyes of an astonished world to contrast with won- 
der his past and present career : all in relation to him 
seems to be after a superhuman working that none can 
fathom." 

But it is predicted of him, 

That " he shall have power over the treasures of gold 
and silver? 1 And it is a marvellous fact, that Napo- 
leon III. has not only succeeded in securing all the money 
requisite for the extraordinary cost of carrying on his 
government and vast improvements, but in the years 
1855, '56, and '57, he coined more gold than both Eng- 
land and the United States together ! 

If, then, all these incomparable intellectual and moral 
characteristics and resources of power, are found to stand 
out in bold relief as developed in the prophetico-historic 
career of Napoleon III. ; those of this day — in the execu- 
tive, judicial, legislative, and other departments of state, 
general and sectional, and especially the clergy — will in- 
cur a most fearful responsibility before God, by a neglect 
to study the character and watch the portentous move- 
ments of such a man. Simply reminding the reader of 
what the historian, Alison, has said of him, that " the 
idea of a destiny, and his having a mission to perform, 
was throughout a fixed one in Napoleon's mind ; " and 
that " no disasters shook his confidence in his star, or his 

J Dan. xi. 43. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 87 

belief in the ultimate fulfilment of his destiny," let us 
pass on to a brief review, 

II. Of his unprecedented career from its com- 
mencement TO THE PRESENT TIME. 

It will be well, however, to premise by way of pre- 
paring the mind for what is to follow, that, in comparison 
with others of the world's mightiest warriors, " Alexan- 
der, Caesar, and the first Napoleon, were men of limited 
views. Their circle of empire fell far within the circle of 
the globe. Alexander wept for new worlds to conquer, 
but he never approached to the circumvallation even of 
the world on which he lived. Their ambition and their 
powers were limited by a Divine decree, because their 
destiny was not that of universal empire. But there is 
one man who is destined for universal empire, a man 
whom raw beginners fancy to be identical with the Pope ; 
but whom all but raw beginners know to be the sup- 
planter of the Pope." This one man is symbolically 
depicted in Rev. xiii. 3, 4. As soon as the seventh 
wounded head of the beast is healed, he reappears in the 
form of the revived seventh head, after whom it is said 
" all the world wandered; " and that " they worshipped 
the dragon," " which is the Devil and Satan," 1 " that 
gave power " unto this revived seventh head of the 
" beast ; " and also that they " worshipped" him, saying, 
" Who is like unto the beast ? who is able to make war 
with him ? " And so, as an English writer, the Rev. R. 
Purdon, says : " Wonderful to tell, after all our ? balance 
of power ; ' after all our c holy alliances ; ' after all our 
' march of intellect ; J we see one man rising to universal 

i Compare Rev. xii. 9, with chap. xx. 2* 



88 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

empire, and that man the head of the Napoleonic race — 
a just judgment upon our pride and malignity! One 
man is throwing a girdle round the globe. One man has 
forged a chain of iron ; he has connected the links, and 
holds the extremities in his hand. Every separate link 
acts upon the other, and when one link is moved, all will 
move along with it. There is no limit to his power but 
the limits of the globe ! Less brilliant than Alexander 
or Caesar, he is mQre subtle, more patient, and by far 
more ambitious. As the last, so he aspires to* be the 
greatest of monarchs, and takes in within his grasp regions 
of the earth whose very existence was unknown to Caesar 
and Alexander. . . What concerns us [at present] is, 
not the person, but the power ; and we cannot deny that 
a power is now rising in the world which threatens 
universal dominion, and which no man is able to coun- 
teract. Every nation in Europe is occupied at home — 
Russia with her serfs ; Austria with Venetia and Hun- 
gary ; Prussia with the Germanic question ; England 
with her public debt and cruel taxation : France 
alone is free to act, . . and she alone is prepared 
at every point. The Napoleonic race is master of the 
age ! " 

Strong language this. Is it true ? We answer, with a 
slight modification, which will be pointed out in the proper 
place, that it is true. It may help to decide this question 
by taking a cursory view, 

First, of the similarity of his accession to power 
with that of his imperial uncle. We have seen how the 
Napoleonic "little corporal," emerging from the obscure 
island of Corsica, rapidly rose at the point of the sword 
to the highest grade of military distinction. Advancing 
in his conquests on the right hand and on the left, he at 
length wrested from the emperor of Austria his Italian 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 89 

dominions. With this achievement he graced his tri- 
umphal entry into Milan, May 26, 1805, by placing upon 
his own head the imperial iron crown of Charlemagne, 
pronouncing at the same time the historical words : " Dio 
me la diede ; guai a chi la tocca ! " That is — " God has 
given it me ; beware of touching it." In the year a. d. 
1808, he took possession of Rome; and, in exchange for 
Pope Pius VII.'s bull of excommunication that had been 
fulminated against him, Napoleon I. demanded his sur- 
render of all temporal sovereignty, on refusal of which 
the refractory Pope was banished as an exile into Sa- 
vonia, in Lombardy. Following his coronation, as above, 
at Milan, in which, by the w^ay, was verified the Jirst con- 
dition of the prophecy relating to the seventh imperial 
Franco-Roman emperorship, most of the nations of Eu- 
rope, including Rome as the metropolis of the territorial 
domain of the first six heads of the united empire, were 
numbered among his conquests; so that at Dresden, 
before he set out for Moscow on his Russian campaign, in 
a. d. 1812, nearly all the crowned heads of the old 
world — the emperor and empress of Austria ; the kings 
of Prussia, Saxony, Naples, Bavaria, Wurtemburg, and 
Westphalia ; together with the elector of Baden and a 
host of princes of inferior grade — met to do him homage 
as the chief of a great empire ! 

Turn now to Napoleon III. We have already spoken 
of him as the revived seventh head of the Franco-Roman 
empire. We have also stated that this revival occurred 
in the person of one who was looked upon as a mere 
restless trifler or rash adventurer, whose attempt with a 
few devoted followers at Boulogne to subvert the citizen 
governmentship of Louis Philippe brought him only a 
contemptuous imprisonment in the fortress of Ham, the 
same year, a. d. 1840, that the corpse of his uncle, in 



90 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 

accordance with his dying request, was exhumed and 
brought back to France in so much triumph ! 

One would suppose that such a contrast in the tragical 
incident which marked the fortunes of the " uncle " and 
" nephew " were sufficient to crush out forever the last 
spark of ambition enkindled by the latter's dream of 
attaining to " universal empire." But so far from it, two 
years after his escape from his six years' imprisonment, 
in the same year of Louis Philippe's flight from France, 
in a. d. 1848, he returns from his exile, and, being elected 
as one of the representatives in that legislative Babel, the 
National Assembly, in his proclamation in connection 
with the Boulogne affair, he said: " I feel behind me the 
shade of the emperor, which impels me forward. I will 
not stop till I have regained the sword of Austerlits, and 
replaced the nations under our standards." 

In further confirmation of this, Dr. Leask, of Scotland, 
in his Rainbow, for September last (1865), notices a 
recent publication in England, the manuscript of which 
was written five years ago, in which Napoleon III. is set 
forth as most seriously scheming the entire conquest of 
Europe and of the world. The following extract is given 
as having been one of the utterances of the great adven- 
turer before he came into power : 

" When all the world is nearly in my hands, I'll bring 
it all to bear against Great Britain. She is all scattered. 
I concentrated. Everywhere her commerce shall be^ 
attacked, her colonies invaded, her seaports stormed. 
Electric wires shall flash my orders at a given moment, 
rise in all climes, and crush Great Britain. She shall go 
down, and I will reign supreme throughout the world. 
Builder and arbiter of my own fortune ! Happier than 
Napoleon's son, and greater; greater than he himself! 
I will transcend his glory ! Never name shall be like my 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 91 

name! The image of all glory shall be my image! I, 
the great reality, like unto God, my power universal. 
But soft — I dream — I am but a captive now ! Well, well, 
all's one for that ! I'll let time shape ; and then — an end. 
Now to my studies ! " 

" Thus," says the writer, " he sat him down. He knew 
not it is writ : i This matter is by a decree of the watch- 
ers, and the demand by the word of the Holy One ; to 
the extent that the living may know that the Most High 
ruleth in the kingdom of men, and giveth it to whom- 
soever He will, and setteth up over it the basest of men.'* " 
(Dan. iv. 17). x 

Now, we would submit with deference, as argued 
from the facts of the past, that it is not difficult to an- 
ticipate — certainly that it is not beyond the bounds of 
possibility — from the present condition of the world, and 
Louis Napoleon's position in it, that it would not take 
any great length of time to fulfil in him the words of 
the prophet, in which it is said (Rev. xiii. 1) that "power 
was given him (and mark, he is speaking of the revived 
seventh head of the Roman beast when merged into that 
of his eighth headship) over all kindreds, and tongues, 
and nations ! " 

We repeat, then, that the rapid ascension to power 
and dominion of the now ruling emperor of France has 
startled the world, and his influence and authority are 
augmenting still in all quarters of the globe. He is at 
this moment the most daring, the most ambitious, the 
most powerful, and the most dangerous man on earth ! 
Aye, and the more so, because the rulers, and statesmen, 
and politicians, and the clergy and people of Protestant 
nations will not believe it I And yet who will, who can 

I " Prophetic Times. Phila., Dec., 1865. 



92 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

deny that, the Crimean war put him at the head of Euro- 
pean affairs ? His interference in the war of Austria and 
Sardinia shows with what a controlling hand he is com- 
petent to dispose of the disputes of nations. His annexa- 
tion of Savoy and Nice to France is another illustration 
of his growing preeminence and independence of the old 
combinations of Europe. The recent war with China, 
and the French occupation of Syria, have planted his 
power in Asia. Turkey lies crouching at his feet. The 
north of Africa is his. He has planted his foot in Mexico, 
and that in defiance of all the newspaper blustering 
about the "Monroe doctrine." Let American politicians, 
statesmen, and diplomatists mark this ! Qucere. Will 
the government of the United States go to war with 
France in support of the integrity of the Monroe 
doctrine against the monarchical encroachments of that 
power in Mexico ? From the time of Maximilian's 
arrival in that devoted country, notwithstanding the 
numerous assurances that his expulsion from his throne 
was a mere question of time — which assurances have 
been apparently confirmed by the reported successes 
of the Liberals against the imperial army — the writer has 
uniformly persisted in expressing the confident belief that 
this Austrian protege of the French emperor would be 
left undisturbed so far as the United States Government 
is concerned. And he must confess that this belief is 
not a little strengthened by the appearance of an editorial 
article in " the New York Sun" of December 26, 1865, 
under the following head : 



CAN WE AFFORD TO FIGHT FOR MEXICO ? 

The spirit of the President's message, the action of Congress, and 
the temper of the people in respect to the Mexican question, leaves no 
room for doubt concerning the antipathy of the United States toward 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 93 

the monarchical usurpation in Mexico. As a nation, we. cherish the 
doctrine that monarchy should not be permitted to extend its power 
upon this continent, and we are naturally jealous of every encroach- 
ment upon liberty and republican government. Unfortunately, this 
principle was disrespected and infringed at a time when we were power- 
less to uphold and protect it. Taking advantage of our civil conflict, 
the hated institution of monarchy established itself upon our south- 
western border, and as we emerge from the war of the rebellion, ex- 
hausted and impoverished, we see the government of a despot striving 
to crush out liberty in a neighboring republic. We are indignant, even 
belligerent at this cowardly outrage, and we have the ivill to teach the 
usurper and his backers a lesson that they would never forget. This 
being the case, what should we do ? Napoleon and Maximilian know 
how warmly we cherish the Monroe doctrine ; they know that we never 
would have permitted their aggression upon Mexico had not the hands 
of the government been tied by civil war. Therefore they have deter- 
mined to ignore the great principle which we have upheld for nearly 
fifty years, and the question becomes narrowed down to this point : 
Shall we attempt the expulsion of Maximilian by force, and thus incur 
an inevitable war with France, possibly allied with Austria ? On mak- 
ing a cursory examination of this question, we see that the nation is 
already satiated with war, and to a great extent exhausted, impoverished, 
and prostrated by the desperate civil contest which has just ended. 
Every dollar of money, and every strong arm are now needed, as they 
were never needed before, to repair, restore and replenish. We know 
that it is only by the strictest frugality, and the closest husbanding of 
our resources, that we can recover the waste of the last five years ; and 
experience has given us an idea of what another war would cost. Can 
we afford it ? Would it be prudent in, the present condition of the 
country to inaugurate a war with a first-class military power, for the 
sake of a cherished principle ? Or would it not be more prudent, more 
in accordance with discretion and good policy, to be less precipitate in 
our vindication of the Monroe doctrine — to patiently abide our time and 
wait until we can strike a blow for Mexico without the risk of bringing 
upon our country ruinous financial disaster ? 

But to proceed. ISTapoleon III. is now virtually the 
ruler of Rome. You will soon see that he will have the 
Jews completely enlisted in his favor. It has been re- 



/ 



94: POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 

cently announced that Napoleon III. has declared him- 
self emperor of Algeria, In his recent visit to that 
country, " in reply to an address made to a Jewish 
rabbi of that country, the emperor said : ' Soon, J hope, 
the Algerian Israelites will he French citizens? Since 
then the members of the Israelitish consistory of Oran 
have addressed their brethren of Algeria, congratulating 
them on ' the ineffable happiness ' vouchsafed to them 
in those l august words,' and urging them to accept the 
offer, with all the conditions imposed by ' that noble 
name] Napoleon III. They say : ' You are aware that 
to the Israelite the law of the state has the force of a 
religious law. Henceforward French, after your strug- 
gles for so many ages, the eternal hearer of your tears 
and prayers, the greatest and justest of princes has opened 
to you the finest country in the world. Its laws will be 
your laws, as its destinies have been your destinies.' 
This may serve to indicate what sort of impression is 
being made upon a large portion of the Jewish mind 
with respect to Napoleon and his disposition and capacity 
to do for that remarkable people.' " * Palestine seems 
as if preparing to open her gates to receive him. Jeru- 
salem, the Holy City, is at this moment stirring through- 
out its desolations under the influence of his power. The 
same holds true of Greece, the succession to whose 
throne is at his disposal. It remains to be seen what 
will be the result of his chameleon-like interference and 
manoeuvring with the affairs of these United States. 

We now proceed to observe, as confirmatory of what 
is here indicated, that the year following Napoleon's 
" coup de main" on the anniversary of the great battle 
of Austerlitz, December 2, 1852, he, after the example of 

1 Prophetic Times. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 95 

his uncle, assumed the old Roman title op emperor. 
Soon after this, he was acknowledged as such by all the 
crowned heads of Europe, notwithstanding that they, at 
the Congress of Vienna, in a. d. 1815, entered into a 
treaty, as already stated, that no member of the Napo- 
leon family should ever again reign in France ! And 
who will deny that, since his inauguration as emperor of 
the French, he has reached to a pitch of power the 
greatest and most absolute in the world ? Why, his sub- 
jects make it their boast, that in one year from Decem- 
ber, 1852, he has been personally acknowledged in his 
imperial character by the queen of England, the emperor 
of Russia — neither of whose monarch s paid that honor to 
Napoleon I., — also by the kings of Prussia, Bavaria, Bel- 
gium, and Wurtemberg, the queen of Greece, the prince 
of Nassau, and the grand dukes of Baden-Baden, and of 
Saxe-Cobourg. 

Second. But let us now consider more directly the 
applicability of the symbols employed by the Holy Spirit 
in Rev. xiii. 11, 12, in illustration of his secular character 
and functions, as the revived seventh head of the French 
nation. 

1. It is notorious that Napoleon III., on ascending 
the throne of France, appeared before the world in the 
character of " the great pacificator," following out 
the new Napoleonic " idea.' 5 Hence his announcement 
to the nations — " L'Empire, c'est la paix " — " The Em- 
pire is peace ! " How much in resemblance this to " the 
beast from the earth having two horns like a lamb ! " 
How like Mr. Muller's " tame eagle ! " "We ask, therefore, 
was it chance, suppose you, or was it a verification of 
this part of the above prophecy, which led to his adop- 
tion and use of the above-named axiom ? Did ever po- 
tentate before him thus attempt to counterfeit this in- 



96 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

effable attribute of " the Lamb of God " as " the Pkince 
of Peace ? " But, 

2. Take a glance, now, at the exercise of the secular 
power of this " beast like a lamb," viewed in connection 
with that other feature of his character, as indicated by 
the words of the prophet, — " he spake as a dragon" We 
have, in this symbol, a representation of the authority 
exercised by this revived seventh Franco-Roman head- 
ship in the affairs of Europe, since his accession to power. 
The following facts will be found in point : 

(1.) In 1849, an insurrection occurred at Rome, in the 
midst of which the holy pontiff, Pius IX., flees as an exile 
for safety to Gaeta. But Napoleon III. sends to Rome a 
large body of so-called French republican ( ! ) troops to 
quell the rebels, restore the Pope to his throne, and pro- 
tect the government of the papal states ; thus demon- 
strating that the u life " of the papal " little horn " only 
subsists by the sufferance of this arbiter of its fate. 
Again, 

(2.) In 1854, King Otho of Greece is made to suc- 
cumb to the demands of his imperial majesty, on the 
ground of his agency in quelling a local disturbance in 
his dominions, from which time Greece has remained en- 
tirely under his sovereign control. 

(3.) The same holds true of Napoleon's connection 
with the Russian war. Here too he is preeminent. For 
although his British ally, after the fall of Sebastopol, in 
August 10, 1855 (which followed the capture, by the 
French, of the famous Malakoff fortress), was anxious to 
continue the war ; yet, from motives of state policy, this 
renowned " pacificator " resolved upon " peace," leaving 
no alternative to "England but that of unconditional sub- 
mission ! Accordingly, peace was consummated at the 
Tuilleries in April, 1856, and the Crimean campaign, 



POLITICAL ECOXOMY OF PROPHECY. 97 

commenced ostensibly to maintain the integrity of the 
Turkish empire, as the only preservative of the " balance 
of power " in Europe, has been made greatly to acceler- 
ate the ascent of his " star of destiny." 

(4.) So of the Neufchatel trouble in 1856, between 
Switzerland and Prussia. Whilst the mediation of Eng- 
land, Austria, and • America combined, failed utterly to 
restore peace, one word from the French emperor, and 
the sword was sheathed ! 

(5.) The same preeminence of the Napoleonic policy 
is maintained against Turkey and England on the ques- 
tion of the D amebian principalities, Moldavia and Wal- 
lachia, he favoring their union under a single head ; they, 
of an election by each power of a separate head. But, a 
lamb-like visit of his majesty to Queen Victoria in the 
Isle of Wight, prevails at once to nullify the elections, 
thus, without doubt, preparing the way in the end to 
place some dependant of his own choice, as king or gov- 
ernor of those provinces. 

* (6.) We might also mention the potency of his medi- 
ation between England and Persia in 1857, and the ad- 
vancement of his own interests thereby ; for it left Herat, 
about which the war commenced, still in the hands of the 
enemy ; while England, after a vast expenditure both of 
blood and treasure, is forced quietly to submit to a treaty 
made by Napoleon with the Persian court on his own ac- 
count ! And finally, 

(7.) From that period onward, and especially since 
the humiliation of Austria at his hand on the battle-field 
of Italy, the valor of his arms, the formidable dimensions 
of his military and naval forces — for it is declared on re- 
liable authority, that in one month he can place in the 
field two million disciplined men, while he is possessed 
of a fleet the most powerful in the world, with one ex- 
5 



98 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 



ception (that of the United States), and which he is en- 
gaged in rendering sevenfold stronger by the addition 
of powerful iron-clads of his own invention — his incom- 
parable statesmanship as displayed in carrying out the 
treaty of peace at Villafranca, and the deeply mysterious 
oscillations of his policy with the courts of Turin, Vien- 
na, Rome, England, and the United States, by which he 
holds at bay, and confounds the most astute diplomacy 
of all the cabinets of both hemispheres, together with the 
unparalleled brilliancy of his unchecked career, have 
rendered him thus far the ruling spirit of the destinies 
of Europe and of the world ! 



CHAPTER V. 

LOUIS NAPOLEON" III., CONTINUED SYMBOLIZED BY THE 

SCARLET-COLORED BEAST OF KEY. XYII. 1-6, IN UNION 
WITH THE PAPACY, ETC. 

Haying presented to view those prophetico-historic 
incidents connected with the extraordinary career of Na- 
poleon III., during the short interval that elapsed between 
his escape from the fortress of Ham in a. d. 1846, and his 
recognition by all the crowned heads of Europe as the 
revived seventh secular head of the Franco-Roman empire 
in a. d. 1853 ; it is pertinent now to bring to your notice 
the special agency revealed by the Holy Spirit, which 
was employed in raising him to a pitch of power the 
most absolute and unprecedented in the world. To this 
end, we point you to Rev. xvii. 1, where the angel, ad- 
dressing St. John, says : " Come hither, and I will show 
thee the judgment of the great whore that sitteth upon 
many waters," etc. . . And St. John says : " I saw a 
woman sit upon a scarlet-colored beast, full of names of 
blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns. 7 ' 

The " woman " in this prophecy, is the same with the 
sun-clad woman of Rev. xii. 1, now an apostate, upon 
whose forehead a name was written, Mystery, Babylon 
the Great 3 the Mother of Harlots and Abomina- 



100 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PBOPHECY. 

tions of the Eaeth " (verse 5), or, " the great whore, 
with whom the kings of the earth have committed forni- 
cation, and who has made the inhabitants of the earth 
drunk with the wine of her fornication " (verse 2). All 
the best Protestant writers concur in interpreting these 
symbols to denote the Papacy, by whose corruptions of 
the primitive doctrines and polity and ordinances of 
Christianity, the kings of the earth and their subjects 
have been seduced into the sin of spiritual fornication. 
Hence her " sitting upon many waters " is interpreted by 
the angel, verse 15, to represent " peoples, and multi- 
tudes, and nations, and tongues," or the population of 
the Roman empire over whom she presides. 

On the other hand, the " scarlet-colored beast, full of 
names of blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns," 
is the same with the " beast " which St. John saw " rise 
up out of the sea," Rev. xii. 3, and chap. xiii. 1. This is 
evident from the various mutations through which this 
" beast " has passed, from his first introduction upon the 
prophetical stage. 

First, we see him with " seven crowns upon his 
heads" chap, xii 3, denotive, as we have said (see chap, 
xvii. 10), of the seven forms of government through which 
the empire was to pass from its first foundation to its 
final overthrow. 1 But, as these forms of the Roman pol- 
ity each differed from the other, the mutations of which 
we now speak relate partly to Rome under its Pagan, 
and partly under its Christianized state. In this aspect, 
the pagan period of the crowned-head history of the em- 
pire extended from its foundation, b. c. 31, down to its 
extermination under Constantine in a. d. 323, and on- 
ward to the division of the empire into ten principalities 

1 See pages 52-55. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 101 

by the Gothic tribes in a. d. 532 ; when, these tribes 
having conformed to that system of corrupt Christianity 
consequent of the union of church and state under Con- 
stantine, upon the elevation of John II., the patriarch of 
Rome, as txntversal Bishop by the edict of Justinian in 
a. d. 533; Second, the "crowns" were removed from 
the " seven heads " to the " ten horns " of the beast, 
while upon his "heads" was inscribed "the name of 
blasphemy." The empire, therefore, symbolized by the 
body of this " beast from the sea," under its first six 
heads, or forms of government, passes through its succes- 
sive religious stages, pagan, pagano-christian, and ecclesi- 
astico-political — which last consisted of an addition of 
the temporal to the spiritual power of the popedom, or 
the union of the mitre with the sword, by the donation 
of Pepin to the Pope of the Exarchate and Pentapolis in 
a. d. 756 — down to the appearance upon the stage of the 
same beast, 

Third, as the " scarlet-colored beast, full of names of 
blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns." Now, of 
the " beast," or Roman body politic under this form of 
its development, we must note, first, the transfer of •" the 
name of blasphemy " from the seven heads to " the entire 
body" which is said to be " full of," or covered all over 
with, " the names of blasphemy'! " signifying thereby, 
that the apostasy of the " woman " or the " great whore," 
as the symbol of the Papacy, and of which the " scarlet- 
colored beast " is the secular head, had at length attained 
its culminating point. Our second remark is, that the 
phrase, " scarlet-colored," which now distinguishes the 
" beast," denotes the exercise of unlimited and unscrupu- 
lous power in the accomplishment of its ends. And third, 
its appearance with its " ten horns " uncrowned, repre- 
sents the termination of all the septiform systems of the 



102 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

Roman polity, with the head who now wields the sev- 
enth form, which is identical with the " beast from the 
earth having two horns like a lamb," but who " speaks 
like a dragon." 

Now, then, for the point to which these expositions 
conduct us. St. John tells us that he " saw a woman sit 
upon a scarlet-colored beast," etc. Or, 



THE " SCARLET-COLORED BEAST," BEARING UPON" HIS BACK 



A HARLOT RIDER 



Is there, then, anything in the prophetico-historic re- 
lations of Napoleon III. to and with the Papacy, at all 
analogous to the above symbolic imagery ? 

This is the question. And it is one of momentous 
import. But we must premise, even at the expense of a 
partial repetition, in order to clear the way before us, 
that Napoleon I., having assumed to be the successor 
of the Caesars, and being proclaimed emperor of France 
and king of Italy, verified that he was the seventh head 
of the Roman beast : — " it was." But soon, " it is not" 
for it was to " continue but a short space," and the world 
supposed that it had disappeared forever. Not so the 
purpose of the great Lawgiver and Arbiter of nations. 
"Its deadly wound was healed" Ere forty years had 
passed away, this seventh head reappears " out of the 
bottomless pit " or abyss, to the wonder of the world ! 
Not, observe, as a separate and distinct dynasty from 
the other. It is the same that "was," then "is not," 
and " yet is." Aye, it is the " uncle " that " was" the 
" nephew " that " is" — Napoleon III. 

We remark in the next place, in this connection, that 
the vastness of the Franco-Roman empire, territorially, 
politically, commercially, and financially, together with 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 103 

the unprecedented prosperity and glory that surround 
her under the guidance of the present revived seventh 
head, is founded upon the prestige which is derived from 
the preceding one, and that it is not unlike it in its gen- 
eral features. 

And yet, it is to be observed, that an essentially dif- 
ferent animus characterizes the revived, in contrast with 
the defunct head. Napoleon I. ruled by coercion, which 
his subjects repelled. Napoleon III. sways the masses 
by conciliation, through universal suffrage. The reason 
is obvious. The uncle had nothing to expect from the 
Roman hierarchy ; the nephew, everything. 

Hence, in ascending from the abyss of poverty and 
ignominy, one of the very first acts of the revived Napo- 
leonic headship was, to permit the papal harlot to take 
her seat upon his back ! The circumstances were these : 
— a revolution in Rome, to which we have already advert- 
ed, 1 had expelled the Pope, Pius IX., from the papal 
throne, the pontiff having fled for safety to Gaeta, with 
no ability in himself to recover his lost dominions. But, 
by a coalition between the emperor, as the eldest son of 
the church, and the Pope, each becomes a help to the 
other. This coalition involved two things : first, Napo- 
leon ITT. was to reinstate the Pope at Rome. And sec- 
ond, Pius IX. was to raise Napoleon to imperial power. 
In the accomplishment of the first, the " scarlet-colored 
beast " sends his republican army to Italy, and the Pope 
is restored. At this point it is, that the papal harlot 
mounts upon the back of the beast. 

And so, the "judgment " of the " great whore," that 
had begun to take effect by the pouring out of the vials 
of the Almighty's wrath upon her between a. d. 1789 

1 See page 96. 



104 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

and 1793, and which had recommenced by the above ex- 
pulsion of the papal power from Rome, is for the time 
arrested. The French general Oudinot, sent by Napo- 
leon to Rome in 1849 to quell the republican insurrection 
in that city, having consummated that mission, received 
a deputation of church dignitaries of high order, who 
came to thank him for the " important services " he had 
rendered the church. Oudinot, in his reply, said : 

" I thank you, in the name of France and the army, for your good 
wishes. For my part, I am proud of having defended the military 
honor of France, and reestablished order. I am equally delighted to 
have it in my power to serve the church and you, gentlemen, who must 
have suffered so severely during the evil days through which you have 
passed. The army, gentlemen, and the clergy, are the two great powers 
called to save society. United by the same tie that consolidates our 
power ; united by discipline, it is only from the religious sentiment and 
the respect for authority, that society can derive its strength and salva- 
tion." 

So, also, the Archbishop of Paris, at the great fete 
held after Napoleon had reinstated the Pope, in the pres- 
ence of eighty thousand soldiers and six hundred priests, 
surrounding the altar in the Champ de Mars, exclaimed : 

" Astonishing circumstance ! . . . the church, which preaches 
peace to all . . . the church has always had abundant benedictions 
for the soldier, for his arms, and for his standards. The explanation of 
this l mystery ' is not difficult. It is the meaning of this solemnity, at 
once military and religious / " 

Here, then, the fact stands out distinct, that the 
" mother of harlots and abominations of the earth," with 
her clergy, could not save themselves from the "judg- 
ment" that had commenced, as already stated, in 1789, 
and that they took refuge in Napoleon's power as presi- 
dent of the French Assembly, to rescue them from the 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 105 

" severe sufferings " of this thrice-repeated draught from 
the cup of Jehovah's wrath ! The " woman and the beast 
of scarlet color united ! " the religious and military char- 
acter of which, the Archbishop of Paris unconsciously 
denominates a " mystery : " aye, and such a mystery as 
makes any church, be it papal or protest ant, a " har- 
lot ! " 

So also — as the sequel has shown — the papal u har- 
lot "-rider of this " scarlet-colored beast," knew but little 
of those ulterior purposes which lay concealed beneath 
the external " material- aid " vouchsafed her at his hand. 
She saw not that his ambition for personal aggrandize- 
ment was the all-inspiring motive which induced his in- 
tervention in her behalf; and that, having used her to 
that end, he would despoil her of the last remaining 
shred of her secular power. 

But, at the period of which we now speak, the need- 
be for a reciprocity of kindly offices, was about equally 
balanced. Napoleon had fulfilled his part of the contract 
toward the Pope and holy church. It now remained for 
the latter to fulfil theirs. It was a time of crisis in Na- 
poleon's career of " destiny ! " On the one hand, the 
anti-papal or republican revolutions of 1830 and 1848 
were composed of the middling classes, called bourgeois, 
who, associating religion and the priests with the aris- 
tocracy, had attempted to throw off the papal yoke as 
antagonistic to liberty. On the other hand were the so- 
cialists, who denounced all religion as a farce, property 
a robbery, and marriage an infamous institution, the 
modern archetypes of the spiritualists of our day. Then 
there was a third class, the priests and the aristocracy, 
who, had they possessed the power, stood ready to re- 
store the Bourbon dynasty. 

Now, amid this whirlpool of national commotion, 
5* 



106 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

while the priests and the aristocracy were for the restora- 
tion of the imperial power, the infidel extravagances of 
the socialists alarmed and staggered the bourgeois. It 
was this latter circumstance, therefore, that formed the 
turning-point at which Louis Napoleon could seize the 
reins of the empire. "What does he do ? Just this. He 
conciliates the priests, by restoring the Pope. This se- 
cures their cooperation, and through them, he gains the 
assent of the aristocracy, who, with the bourgeois, pre- 
ferred a Napoleonic dynasty to the anarchy of social- 
ism. Accordingly, when the time arrived, the clergy of 
France went in a body for Louis Napoleon as Emperor 
op France ! They exhorted the faithful to vote for 
him, and though the election took place on the Sabbath, 
they led the people to the polls, bearing the banner of 
the cross before them ! 

Thus, then, through these combined agencies, the 
revived seventh Napoleonic head of the Franco-Roman 
empire " is." It has been " fished up from the casket of 
the abyss to the astonishment of the world," and is seen 
as the " scarlet-colored beast " with " two horns like a 
lamb, and speaking as a dragon " — M tiller's " tame eagle " 
joined with the " Corsican wolf" — and the "great har- 
lot," papal Rome, " sitting upon his back ! " 

So far, therefore, we submit, the fulfilment of this 
prophecy, as it respects the seventh slain and revived 
headship of the Franco-Roman empire, is perfect in all 
its parts. 

There is, however, another fact in this connection, in 
close alliance with the future destiny of this wonderful 
man, Louis Napoleon III., which calls for special remark, 
inasmuch as it holds an intimate relation to the prophet- 
ico-historical developments of his complex career as the 
revived seventh and eighth headships. The fact here al- 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 107 

luded to has reference to one important feature of his 
political character, as developed in his alliance with 
Italian affairs, as that upon which is dependent his trans- 
fer from his present seventh to his eighth headship. In 
bringing out this fact, we ask : 

What evidence have we that the Italians, in ridding 
themselves thus far of the temporal power of the pope- 
dom, have placed themselves under the monarchy of Vic- 
tor Emanuel from choice ! So far from it, the fact in 
regard to them is, that throughout the entire peninsula 
they are at heart republican. There is, in Italy, a se- 
cret society called the Carboari, which has for its ob- 
ject the overthrow of despotism in Europe. This organ- 
ization is one of great power. A European correspond- 
ent of one of the New York journals, in referring to it in 
1858, says : 

" Immediately after the French Revolution of 1830, there were a 
series of outbreaks throughout the Roman territory. They were the 
work of the Carbonari," etc. To this he adds, " This society never for- 
gives a renegade member." He also states that the present Pope (Pius 
IX.) and the late King Charles Albert, are active members of it. 

And so, while, in the establishment of a constitutional 
monarchy in Piedmont, Victor Emanuel has achieved 
what his royal father failed to accomplish, and which 
success, as we shall see, was the work of the Carbonari ; 
Pius IX., who disappointed their hopes in completing the 
reforms with which he commenced his pontificate, is by 
them expelled from Rome I 

But this same writer informs us, that, 

" In the Roman legation, the present emperor [of France, Louis 
Napoleon III.] and his brother, who died during the insurrection, were 
actively engaged," and that " they were both sworn members of the 
Carbonari." 



108 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 

How, then, it may be asked, could Louis Napoleon 
reconcile the obligations growing out of his relationship 
to this society of republicans, with his restoration of the 
Pope to Rome ? He could not : and for this act of per- 
fidy on his part, Louis Napoleon was tried by the chiefs 
of the society, was formally condemned to death, and re- 
ceived notice of the doom to which he was consigned. 
This is the real secret of all those murderous attempts of 
Italians on the Emperor's life. The assassin Orsini, who 
was beheaded in France in 1858, was only seeking to 
carry out the decree of the chiefs of the Carbonari, of 
which he was one. Thousands of others were prepared 
to fall as martyrs in the same cause. And yet, Louis 
Napoleon lives ! 

Now, how is this to be accounted for ? The primary 
cause, we reply, was, that his fall would have defeated a 
most important feature in the unfulfilled prophetic des- 
tiny which had been marked out for him. Hence, under 
the overruling providence of the Most High, the second- 
ary cause was, that the Carbonari, having resolved to 
rid themselves of the papal yoke, compounded the matter 
with the Emperor, by absolving him from the death- 
penalty, on the condition that he would give liberty to 
Italy ! The compromise was a fearful one. Napoleon 
must fight for Italian liberty, or he must die ! Of the 
two alternatives, he chose the former. The result is 
before us. If, at this time (August, 1865), we except 
Rome and Venice, all Italy is free. Aye, and by the 
concession of Europe and the world, the possession of 
that freedom by Italy, either directly or indirectly, is the 
fruit of the Imperial pledge to the Carbonari. 

Nor are we to infer from the existing union of this 
revived seventh Franco-Roman head with the harlot- 
rider that bestrides his back, or any of the acts of either 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 109 

as growing out of that anomalous relation, that Napoleon 
III. has any love to the papal power, spiritual or tem- 
poral, only so far as it may be made to subserve his am- 
bitious designs in the ultimate establishment of a Latin 
universal dynasty. For, in following out his " Na- 
poleonic Idea " as " the great pacificator," one would 
suppose that he had, by his restoration of the Pope to 
Rome, overlooked his membership with the Italian Car- 
bonari, or that he had forgotten the peril to which he 
would expose himself by that act ; yet it is clear that he 
did not forget that he was " the man of destiny." In a 
word, we mean to say, that, despite the continual oscilla- 
tions which have marked the policy of this strange man, 
in mind and in heart he is a republican. It is upon this 
political theory that he relies to bear him onward to the 
highest pinnacle of his gigantic aspirations. This con- 
viction is fastening itself upon the minds of thinking men 
on both sides of the Atlantic more and more every day. 
We are not surprised, therefore, to find the following 
statement from a " correspondent " of the JF* Y. Trib- 
une, May 6, 1859. He says of iSTapoleon III. : 

"His popularity in Italy and France is unbounded, in spite of the 
opposition of the Orleanist and Legitimist, and the' moneyed world. . . 
The Republicans admit, that the Emperor is now, for once, just and 
generous. Should he remain true to his proclamation," i. e., in regard 
to his liberation of Italy from the Austrian yoke — " it will be a great 
step toward the reconciliation of liberal France. Nobody can guess his 
future plans, but he tries to surround himself with men of liberal prin- 
ciples, and arouses hopes of a better future." 

Since 1859, whatever may be said of his draconic ut- 
terances, or his acts as the " Corsican wolf," yet his char- 
acter as the " great pacificator " — the " beast with two 
horns like a lamb," — has decidedly predominated. This 



110 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

, may be gathered from his advice to the Bourbon king, 
Francis Joseph II., to flee from Gaeta ; his removal of 
the French naval fleet from that port ; the proposal of 
his government, with that of others, that Austria should 
cede Venice to Victor Emanuel, for a consideration ; and 
the recent grant of enlarged liberty to the French press, 
etc., etc. 

Again. We have spoken of the prestige of Napoleon 
III. Take the following incident in illustration. Soon 
after his humiliation of Austria, on the battle-field of 
Italy, he was actually rendered an object of idolatrous 
homage. Yes, it is a fact, that, in view of the valor of 
his arms, and his incomparable statesmanship as displayed 
in carrying out the treaty of peace at Villafranca, the 
Italians of Florence, infatuated by the glory which had 
signalized his career, put in circulation the following 
parody <m the apostle's creed : 

"Suffered under the Orleans, reviled, arrested, imprisoned. De- 
scended from the fortress of Ham, thence resuscitated from civil death. 

"Rose to the presidency of the French Republic; sits upon the 
throne of Napoleon the Great. 

" From thence has come to judge the living Italians and the dead 
Austrians. 

" 1 believe in the constitutional reign of Victor Emanuel, in the Holy 
Italian League, in the return of all emigrants, and in the life of brother- 
hood eternal." 

More than this. From the pulpit of the church of 
Notre Dame in Paris, this very man has been already 
proclaimed a greater than Jesus Christ! And so far 
from his having rebuked the fanatical zeal of his admir- 
ers, and spurned such " blasphemy," Napoleon listened 
to the above paraphrase on the apostle's creed when ad- 
dressed to him with the greatest pleasure, and actually 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PJROPHECY. Ill 

rewarded his Parisian pulpit eulogist with the presenta- 
tion of a valuable gold snuff-box ! 

What, then, may we not expect of him ere the close 
of his career ? "We shall see. 

We now observe that, impelled onward under the 
influence of this unbridled ambition and lust of power, it 
is undeniable that this Napoleonic " star of destiny " is 
now in the ascendant. This, we submit, is evident from 
the results which have followed, since his union with his 
harlot rider. It will be interesting to take a bird's-eye 
glance at the comprehensiveness of this grand programme 
of his military and naval schemes. 

" We see one man, all-powerful and all-accomplished, 
completing the circumvallation of the globe. While he 
is perfecting his armaments, he is equally perfecting his 
lines. Beginning at Rome and Paris — the centres of 
empire — he is drawing a cordon round the world. 
France, Savoy, the Alps, Rome, Italy, Corsica, Sicily, 
Tunis, Greece, Ionia, Syria, Egypt. He crosses the Isth- 
mus and enters the Red Sea. Abyssinia, Madagascar, 
Bourbon, Cochin, Cambodia, China, 1 follow next. He 
then plunges into the depths of the Southern ocean, and 
grasps New Caledonia and Tahiti. He crosses right 
through the Southern ocean, and ascends in latitude to 
Guiana, the French West Indies, Mexico, etc. He then 
crosses the Atlantic, and arrives at home, after the com- 
pletion of a circle of twenty-five thousand miles. He then 
throws out his connecting lines, and draws in Spain and 
Morocco on the south ; Denmark, Sweden, and Holland 

1 The French government has always been desirous of extending its 
power in the East. Hence the Cochin-China expedition. They are not, 
however, idle in China itself, where one province, that of Honan, contain- 
ing a population of fourteen millions, is said to be anxious to place itself 
under French " protection. " 



112 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

on the north. He traverses the zones of the earth, from 
the south temperate zone to the arctic circle. Along this 
vast circumference, every spot that we have named is 
subject to his influence — some by strict alliance, some by 
fear , some as provinces of his empire, and all by inter- 
est. He calls to his aid the master passions of the 
human breast, ambition and revenge ; and holds to each 
its object until his own objects have been gained. In 
this immense circle each point is so arranged as to sup- 
port the other. He disposes his alliances with military 
precision, and by strategic rules. Every position he has 
seized upon commands some vital point. Savoy com- 
mands Italy ; Egypt commands the highway to the East; 
his American alliances command the British possessions • 
Spain commands the Straits ; Denmark the Baltic ; New 
Caledonia is the outwork against Australia. Observe the 
military skill of these arrangements. There is nothing 
isolated, nothing left unsupported. And at each of these 
points he has a military or naval force, either his own or 
his allies', ready at a signal to cooperate with the next. 
Are these things merely accidental ? Are they a childish 
display of power ? They are parts of one vast scheme, 
the object of which is universal empire ! . . And 
this grand and comprehensive scheme is so arranged, that 
no one of his allies shall be able to overshadow him, nor 
will any one at any single point be stronger than himself. 
He has their cooperation, while he precludes their com- 
bination. The aggregate of his allies is greater than 
that of France ; yet France is stronger than any one of 
them at any determined point; so that he carries out 
with nations the military principles of the first Napoleon 
when dealing with armies." 1 

1 Napoleon III. and his schemes, by Rev. R. Purdon, of England. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 113 

And we now add, that this stupendous scheme of 
universal empire is but the exponent of his great 
"Napoleonic Idea" as "the Pacificator of nations." 
And, taken in connection with the fact of his republican 
character and policy as a member of the Italian Carbon- 
ari, when he shall have accomplished his purposes as 
growing out of his present alliances with the papacy and 
•other powers; the way will be prepared for the display 
of those prophetico-historic events, preparatory to his 
transfer from the revived secular seventh, to that of his 
politico-religious eighth headship. 

And finally, how far he is proximately removed from 
that consummation of the prophecy respecting him, may 
be inferred from the following editorial in the "New 
York Tribune » of August 9, 1865 : 

" The time has passed when Paris exercised the ' power to lead the 
will of a mighty nation, or to crown or discrown monarchs.' Those who 
read the lessons of the recent elections properly, will see in the results 
the rebellion of the reactionary party in France against centralization 
of Paris and Parisian influence. We have never particularly fancied 
the French emperor. . . We may call him a step from Bourbonism 
to Republicanism. . . If the European powers had permitted the 
First Napoleon to work his way, France would have been in a proper 
condition for freedom long ago. That luork the present Napoleon is 
doing. The centralization of power under the Bourbons made Paris the 
embodiment of French political thought. . . We never had much 
confidence in Paris. Her Republicanism is like the foam of her own 
champagne — pleasant, creamy, effervescing, but ephemeral and transi- 
tory. . . No great city has the right to speak a nation's thought, nor 
to aggrandize the political power of the people. . . If New York 
had been to America what Paris is to France, this republic would have 
pronounced for Davis as President in 1861, and our liberties would 
have ended as rapidly as the liberties of France in the memorable days 
of December. 

The policy of Napoleon has been to restrain Paris and rest his 
power on the people. He appeals to the pride of the people as the heir 
of a great name, and he protects and fosters their interests. . . Be- 



114 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 

fore we can have true liberty in France, the people must escape from 
the thraldom of Paris. Their only escape is in Napoleon, and s*o long 
as he remains on his good behavior, they trust him and vote for him 
and keep his throne intact. So long as his people stand by and sustain 
him, he can afford to leave Paris to his gendarmes and secret policemen, 
his architects and painters. This course of treatment will finally bring 
good results. Napoleon, in spite of himself, is making the people of 
France more and more self-dependent and prepared for liberty. Every 
blow at the political pretensions of Paris strengthens Lyons, Marseilles, 
and Toulon. When the time comes for the next rising in behalf of 
liberty, it will not be confined to the Boulevards and Faubourgs. France 

HAS SHOWN THAT SHE HAS MEN CAPABLE OF OVERTHROWING EMPIRES AND 

changing dynasties. She has never yet shown the power of self-gov- 
ernment. We live in the hope that that power is coming to her, and 
the recent election shows that our hope is being realized? 

Aye, Mr. Editor, and that coming power is nearer 
realization than their or your philosophy dreams of. And, 
when it comes, you will better understand the so-called 
"good results" of the Napoleonic rule ! 

But of this in our next chapter. 



CHAPTER VI. 

LOUIS NAPOLEON in. CONTINUED — THE EIGHTH APOCALYP- 
TIC SYMBOLIC HEAD OF THE UNIVERSAL LATIN EMPIRE, 
OR THE LAST ANTICHRIST. 

SECTION I. 

THE PROPHETICO-HISTORIC RISE, CAREER, AND FINAL DOOM OP THIS GREAT 
APOCALYPTIC ANTICHRISTIAN POWER. 

We now proceed to treat of the eighth apocalyptic 
head. The prophet says (Rev. xvii. 8-10) : 

" And the beast that was, and is not, and yet is, even he is the eighth, 
and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition." 

Fearfully portentous and comprehensive words ! 
" Why ? " perhaps you will say, " as they relate to the 
future, what can we know of their significancy ? " The 
answer is, " Nothing, if the Apocalypse, like the visions of 
Daniel, were commanded when written to be ' closed up 
and sealed. 1 *" 1 But, so far from this, even the sealing of 
the visions of that book was not designed to be perpetual. 
It was only to be " closed up till the time of the end." a 
And though the length of that period was not chrono- 

i Dan. xii. 8, 9. 3 lb. v. 9. 



116 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

logically designated by "the Father, who hath put the 
times or seasons in his own power ; " l yet we know that 
the Danielic " closed " book was opened at the penning 
of the Apocalypse by St. John on the isle of Patmos in 
a. d. 96. Its very name imports the uncovering or laying 
open of things previously hidden. And so in chapter v. 
1-7, we read that the apostle " saw in the right hand of 
Him that sat upon the throne a book, written within and 
on the back side, sealed loith seven seals. And he wept 
much, because no man in heaven or earth or under the 
earth was able to open the book or to look thereon." 
But " one of the elders said unto him, Weep not : behold, 
in the midst of the throne, etc., stood a Lamb as it had 
been slain," even "the lion of the tribe of Judah, 
the root of David : and He came, and took the book 
out of the right hand of Him who sat upon the throne, 
and prevailed to open the book, and to loose the seven 
seals thereof! " 

If to this it be objected, that the "book" here spoken 
of is not the book of Daniel, inasmuch as that book is not 
said to have been " sealed with seven seals," we reply, 
that the number " seven," in Scripture, is generally used 
to denote perfection, and in this place denotes the com- 
pleteness with which the prior secret things in that 
" book " are now laid open. Hence, as we have said — 
and this is conceded by all expositors — that the symbol- 
ic imagery of the Apocalypse, though more full, and set 
forth in hierophantic drapery differing in form from that 
of Daniel, is nevertheless synchronic with and expository 
of, the things contained in that book. Accordingly it is 
declared to be " The revelation of Jesus Christ, which 
God gave unto Him, to show unto His servants things 

1 Acts i. 6, 7. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 117 

which must shortly come to pass ; and He sent and 
signified it by His angel unto His servant John." ' And 
hence the benediction — " Blessed is he that readeth, and 
they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those 
things which are written therein : for the time is at 
hand." 2 

We must therefore insist, that all who, under what- 
ever pretext, talk of the obscurity and unintelligibleness 
of this book in justification of their neglect to study its 
contents, virtually ignore it as a part of God's inspired 
word, even that "more sure word of prophecy" to 
which St. Peter declares that "we all do well to take 
heed, as unto a light which shineth in a dark place." 3 It 
is to " take away from the words of the book of this 
prophecy," the which, " if any man " do, that tremendous 
penalty will surely follow : " God shall take away his 
part out of the book of life, and out of the holy city, 
and from the things which are written in this book." 4 
And so of those who, to support a favorite theory, by 
their false glosses or interpretations " shall add unto 
these things, God shall add unto him the plagues that are 
written in this book." 5 

But to return to the subject in hand. We have said 
that " prophecy is history anticipated." Also, that " his- 
tory is prophecy verified." And, you are ready to con- 
cede the exposition and application of prophecy to any 
event or series of events as true, when their fidfilment 
can be shown to have been demonstrated by authentic 
history; while, in regard to unfulfilled prophecy, you 
demur. It is presumption, you think, to venture on this 
ground. But we deferentially ask : If a prophecy of a 



i Rev. i. 1. 2 jhid. v. 3. 3 2 Pet. i. 19. 

* Rev. xxii. 19. « Ibid. v. 18. 



118 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

certain event or person or country cannot be understood 
before it is fulfilled, how are we to know when, in whom^ 
or where it is fulfilled? To defer, therefore, its inter- 
pretation until it is historically verified, by leaving those 
who are interested in it in ignorance of its meaning and 
intent, it passes by unheeded, because unrecognized by 
them. Hence the lamentation of Jesus over the Jewish 
nation, consequent of their having overlooked all those 
prophecies of the Old Testament which pointed Him out 
to them as their Messiah : — " If thou hadst known, even 
thou, in this thy day, the things which belong unto thy 
peace : but now they are hid from thine eyes ! " 1 That 
judicial blindness of mind followed, which resulted in 
their rejection and crucifixion of the Son of God ! And 
so also our Lord's reproof of His own disciples, for their 
neglect to " take heed " to those prophecies which an- 
nounced his resurrection and future kingdom, etc. " Oh 
fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets 
have spoken concerning me." 2 No, " history is prophecy 
verified," only in the sense that it is a record of it. And 
yet we hear it constantly reiterated from the pulpit, that 
" prophecy can only be understood when it is fulfilled" 
Than which, no greater and more fatally ruinous Satanic 
delusion was ever palmed upon the church of God ! 

Accept this, then, as our apology for entering upon 
an exposition of the unfulfilled prophecy now before us. 
Let me assure you, that we of this day, as including all 
the nations of the earth, the church of God, and as indi- 
viduals, have an interest in it. We may fail to convince 
you of this. With God alone "is the residue of the 
spirit." The angel who " talked " with St. John on the 
subject relating to this eighth head, declared, " here is 

1 Luke six. 42. 2 IUd. xxiv. 25, 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 119 

the mind which hath wisdom : " i. e., to understand it. 
That wisdom cometh only from above. In regard to 
ourself, all we ask is, " hear, before you strike." 

To proceed. We claim to have demonstrated, that 
Napoleon I. was the last of the seven heads of the 
Roman beast, as emperor of the Franco-Roman empire, 
which head, having been slain by the sword of military 
violence after u continuing a short space," reappeared in 
the person of his nephew, Louis Napoleon III., as the 
same seventh head revived. But the angel speaks of an 
eighth head, — not, mark, of the Roman beast, for he has 
only seven — but as being " of the seven" in the sense of 
origin or source, as in the Greek, Ik twv hrra ian, i. e., out 
of or from, the seven. 

The meaning, therefore, can only be, that the revived 
seventh and eighth headships, centre in and belong to 
the same person. In no sense can the eighth head (as 
Mr. Faber and others affirm), be said to be " one of the 
seven." By no arithmetical process can you make seven 
count eight. Nor is the prophecy to be understood to 
teach that the functions of the revived seventh and 
eighth headships are so wilted into one, as that they are 
exercised simidtaneously . 

We shall now proceed to show, agreeably to the tenor 
of the prophecies respecting this eighth head when taken 
as a whole, that the circumstance of this revived seventh 
head being connected with the same person who is ac- 
counted an eighth, arises from the fact of the mutation 
which it is destined to undergo. In analogy to the mu- 
tations of the beast with seven heads and ten horns, 
which first appears with seven crowns upon its heads ; 
then with the crowns transferred to its ten horns, while 
upon its heads is inscribed the name of blasphemy ; and 
then without crowns, as the scarlet-colored beast with its 



120 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

body full of names of blasphemy, etc ; — which symbols 
denoted the successive changes of the same beast from its 
Pagan, through the various stages of its Papal antichris- 
tian forms, while each were entirely separate and distinct 
from the other : — so here. It is the revived seventh head 
relinquishing its merely secular power, for that of an 
absolute politico-religious headship. 

It follows, therefore, — unless what we have said of 
Louis Napoleon III. as the revived seventh head of the 
Franco-Roman empire can be disproved — that when he 
shall have fully run his course and accomplished his 
" destiny " as the secular sovereign of that empire, he 
will appear upon the prophetical platform as 



AN EIGHTH HEAD, OR THE LEADER OF THE LAST GREAT 
DEMOCRATIC POLITICO - RELIGIOUS CONFEDERACY OF 
THE ANTICHRISTIAN NATIONS, AGAINST THE ABRA- 
HAMIC JEWISH RACE AND THE GENTILE CHRISTIAN 
CHURCH. 

In other words, we mean to say, that under this new 
and distinct form cf the symbolic eighth headship, Napo- 
leon III. is designated in this prophecy as none other 
than St. Paul's " man of sin and son of perdition " — 
for the " angel " declares of this " eighth " head, that he 
" goeth into perdition " — even he " who opposeth and 
exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is 
worshipped ; so that he as God, sitteth in the temple of 
God, showing himself that he is God. . . Even him, 
whose coming is after the working of Satan with all 
power and signs and lying wonders, and with all deceiv- 
ableness of unrighteousness in them that perish ; because 
they received not the love of the truth, that they might 
be saved. And for this cause," adds the apostle, " God 






POLITICAL ECONOMY OP PROPHECY. 121 

shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe 
a lie ; that they all might be damned who believe not the 
truth, but have pleasure in unrighteousness." l In a word, 
the Holy Spirit, in this prophecy and that of the apoca- 
lypse, points us to him, in, through, and by whom, as the 
" eighth " head, " the dragon, which is the Devil and 
Satan," will openly and visibly manifest himself as the 
last Antichrist, or the Devil incarnated — alias hu- 
manity deified ! 

Nor should we overlook in this connection those por- 
tentous words of the Lord Jesus : — I am come in my 
Father's name, and ye receive me not : if another shall 
come in his own name, him ye will received 2 It will be 
well here to call to mind the Napoleonic prestige of the 
" nephew," as derived from that of the " uncle ; " and 
also the full-length portrait already given of his incom- 
parably peculiar intellectual and moral characteristics ; 3 
than which, no attributes can be conceived as centring in 
any one man, better fitted to realize all that is implied 
in Christ's prophecy as above, concerning " him who is 
to come in his own name." 

One other prophecy we must here advert to, before 
passing on. It relates to the final doom of this Anti- 
christ and his democratico-infidel confederacy, and the 
agent by whom it will be effected. When u that wicked 
shall be revealed," says St. Paul, " the lord shall con- 
sume him by the spirit of His mouth, and destroy him by 
the brightness of His {irapovaia, i. e., personal) coming. 4 " 
We here remark by the way, that the word 7rapov<na, 
wherever used in the New Testament, and to whomso- 
ever applied, always means a personal, and not a figura- 



i 2 Thess. ii. 3, 4, and verses 9-12. 2 John v. 43, 

s See pages 83-86. 4 2 Thess. ii. 8. 

6 



" 122 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

tive coming. The -n-apowia or coming of St. Paul's " man 
of. sin and son of perdition " or the last Antichrist, will 
be a personal coming. And the same word, irapowia, 
being applied to the " coming " of the Lord Jesus Christ, 
that coming also must be personal. 

If, then, these prophetico-historic statements concern- 
ing this wonderful man, Louis Napoleon III., can be sus- 
tained by the legitimate laws of interpretation, they will 
not only furnish us with renewed cause of praise and 
adoration for the disclosures of that infinite wisdom which, 
" knowing the end from the beginning," hath prophetic- 
ally designated the very person with whom is to close the 
work of persecution of the church and people of God, 
Jewish and Christian, commenced by his ancestral proto- 
type, the Babylonish head of gold, more than 2,500 years 
ago, and which has been continued by the " little horn " 
of Papacy and its Roman ally; but will prepare all those 
of them who shall be exposed to it, to meet, undaunted, 
that season of unparalleled tribulation and suffering which, 
as we shall see in the proper place, will mark his career 

aS the EIGHTH HEAD. 

We are aware how the mind instinctively recoils at 
the thought, that the man should now be living, in whom 
all that St. Paul and others of the prophets have spoken of 
shall be verified as the last incarnated Antichrist. Hence 
the denial, by some writers, of a future personal Anti- 
christ. This denial is made to rest upon the alleged 
identity, first, of the "little horn" of Daniel's fourth 
beast, chap. vii. 8, with, second, the " little horn " which 
sprang out of one of the four notable horns of Daniel's 
he-goat, or " the king of fierce countenance," chap, vii? . 
8-19 ; and both of these, third, with " the king who did 
according to his will," as described in chap. xi. 31, and 
verses 36-45 : which symbols being one and all thus in- 






POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 123 

discrimmately merged into the same power, and that 
power declared to be the papacy, they have interpreted 
the hierophantie imagery employed by the Holy Spirit to 
portray their separate characters and exploits, as denoting 
the same things with those of the eighth apocalyptic 
head. 

Now, it is by thus confounding things wilich differ, 
that the subjects of God's prophetic word have been in- 
volved in the greatest confusion and perplexity, and has 
caused many a sincere inquirer after truth to turn from 
its pursuit in disgust. It requires but a cursory glance at 
the passages referred to, however, in order to see that 
they differ in their origin, in the places and times of their 
appearance, in their exploits, and in their final doom. 
The " little horn " of chap. vii. comes up among the " ten 
horns " of Daniel's nondescript beast, and hence is of 
Roman origin. Its characteristics, having eyes as the 
eyes of a man, and a mouth speaking great things against 
the Most High, denote the Papacy and the Popedom of 
Rome, wmich came to maturity in a. d. 533. And it is 
finally destroyed by its own vassals, the ten horns of the 
Roman beast. The "little horn" of chap, viii., the 
" king of fierce countenance," on the other hand, is of 
Arabian origin, having sprung from that province as one 
of the four divisions into which Alexander's Greek em- 
pire was divided, and does not make his appearance upon 
the stage until about eighty years after that of the little 
Roman horn. His characteristics clearly mark him out 
as the Saracenic or Turco-Mohammedast power. And 
it finally falls after a mysterious manner, being " broken 
without hand ; " or, as the Apocalypse represents it, 
chap. xvi. 12, as the " drying up of the mystical Eu- 
phrates." And as to the last, " the king who does ac- 
cording to his will," he is neither Roman nor Arabian. 



124 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

Having subjugated all the Latin nations to his despotic 
sway, he is all head. His characteristic is, that " he 
shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, 
and shall speak marvellous things against the God of 
gods," etc. This neither the Pope nor Mohammed have 
ever done. And when this " wilful king " is destroyed, 
it will be by the personal agency of the Lord Jesus 
Christ. Besides, as to the respective fields of their ex- 
ploits. That of the " little horn " of chap. vii. was lim- 
ited to the icestern Homcm empire, where he was to per- 
secute " the saints of the Most High who were to be 
given into his hands." That of the " little horn " of 
chap. viii. was raised up as a scourge for the punishment 
of the apostate ^Eastern or Greek branch of the empire. 
While that of the " wilful king," alias, the last Anti- 
christ, will be extended over all countries throughout 
Christendom. Having, therefore, thus briefly exposed 
the fallacy of the above theory, which carries with it the 
proof that the coming of the last Antichrist is still future, 
we shall proceed to lay open what "the mind of the 
spirit " has revealed concerning this tremendous power. 
We shall begin with, 

THE PROPHETICO-HISTORIC RISE, CAREER, AND DOOM OF 
THE APOCALYPTIC EIGHTH HEAD, OR THE LAST ANTI- 
CHRIST. 

I. THE CHRONOLOGICAL PERIOD ASSIGNED FOR HIS AP- 
PEARANCE. 

We must here premise, that the career of the " little 
horn " of the Papacy, as a spiritual and ecclesiastico-sec- 
ular power, and the Roman body politic, as a civil power, 
were to run a parallel course, from the time of the ap- 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 125 

pearance of the former upon the prophetical stage. Ac- 
cordingly, the period allotted to the action of each was 
the same. The saints were to be given into the hands 
of the " little horn " of the Papacy, " until a time, times, 
and the dividing of time" l which, as a prophetical num- 
ber, when deciphered, amounts to 1,260 years of lunar 
time ; while " power was to be given unto the seven- 
headed and ten-horned beast " as inclusive of his several 
mutations, of "forty and tioo months" 2 each month of 
30 days, making 1,260 days, " each day " reckoned " for 
a year." 3 To this period, however, there is an addi- 
tion of two shorter dates. It is to be explained thus : 
Although the " dominion" that is, the ecelesiastico-secu- 
lar power of the " little horn " was to " be taken away," 
yet the " lives " of the ten horns or kings were to be 
" prolonged for a season and a time." 4 Hence, to the 
1,260 years' career of the Papacy is added 30 years, thus 
extending it first to 1,290 ; and to the 1,290 years is add- 
ed 45, thus extending it to 1,835 years ; which last num- 
ber spans the whole period allotted to them. 

But the point is, to determine the time of the appear- 
ance of the " little horn " upon the stage of action. 
Chronologists differ Jn regard to it, the variations lying 
between a. d. 533 and 606. We adopt the former date, 
viz. 533, as the actual commencement of the " little 
horn's " career, that being the year when, by the edict 
of the Emperor Justinian as a successor of the Roman 
Augustus in the line of the sixth head or polity, John II., 
the then patriarch of Rome, was constituted supreme 
pontiff or vicar of Jesus Christ on earth throughout 
Christendom. 

Inasmuch, however, as the 1,260 years, being a cardi- 

1 Dan. vii. 25. 2 Rev. xiii. 5. 3 Ezek. iv. 6. 

4 Dan. vii. 12. 



126 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

rial prophetic number, is that on which hinges the time 
fixed for the " coming " of the last Antichrist, or eighth 
head, we deem it indispensable that Ave settle the ques- 
tion of the exact year when it commenced. We submit 
the following authentic historical data, as demonstrative 
that that year was a. d. 533. 

The principal source of information on this subject, is 
derived from the annals of Baronius, the chief Romish 
ecclesiastical historian. " Justinian being about to 
commence the Vandal war, an enterprise of great diffi- 
culty, was anxious previously to settle the religious dis- 
putes of his capital," occasioned by the increasing preva- 
lence of the Nestorian heresy, to which the emperor was 
particularly hostile. Hence, " whether through anxiety 
to purchase the suffrage of the Roman bishop, the patri- 
arch of the west, whose opinion influenced a large por- 
tion of Christendom ; or to give irresistible weight to 
the verdict which was to be pronounced in his own favor, 
he decided the precedency which had been contested by 
the bishops of Constantinople from the foundation of the 
city ; and, in the fullest and most unequivocal form, de- 
clared the Bishop of Rome the chief of the whole ec- 
clesiastical body of the empire. His letter was couched 
in these terms : 

" Justinian, pious, fortunate, renowned, triumphant, emperor, con- 
sul, etc., to John, the most holy Archbishop of our city of Rome, and 
Patriarch. 

" Rendering honor to the apostolic chair, and to your Holiness, as 
has been always and is our wish, and honoring your Blessedness as a 
father ; we have hastened to bring to the knowledge of your Holiness 
all matters relating to the churches. . . Therefore, we have made no 
delay in subjecting and uniting to your Holiness all the priests of the 
whole East. i 

"For this reason we have thought fit to bring to your notice the 
present matters of disturbance, etc. . . For we cannot suffer that 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 127 

anything which relates to the state of the church, however manifest and 
unquestionable, should be moved, without the knowledge of your Holi- 
ness, who are the head of all the holy churches : for in all things, 
as we have already declared, we are anxious to increase the honor and 
authority of your apostolic chair" etc. 

" To this letter the Bishop of Rome returned an answer, ' giving the 
papal sanction to the judgment already pronounced by the emperor on 
the heresy.' " The letter of the emperor also ' further mentions, that 
the archbishop [of Constantinople] also had written to the Pope, * he 
being desirous in all things to follow the apostolic authority of his Bles 
sednessS 

In the Pope's letter, " He observes that, among the virtues of Jus- 
tinian, ' one shines as a star, his reverence for the apostolic chair, to 
which he had subjected and united all the churches, it being truly the 
head of all; as was testified by the rules of the fathers, the laws of 
princes, and the declarations of the emperor's piety.' " Besides — 

" The authenticity of the title [of the Pope of Rome as universal 
bishop], receives unanswerable proof from the edicts in the ' Novellas ' 
of the Justinian code. 

u The preamble of the 9th states that c as the elder Rome was the 
founder of the laws, so was it not to be questioned that in her was the 
supremacy of the pontificate.' 

" The 131st, on the ecclesiastical titles and privileges, chap. 2d, 
states : ' We therefore decree, that the most holy Pope of the elder 
Rome is the first of all the holy priesthood ; and that the blessed Arch- 
bishop of Constantinople, the new Rome, shall hold the second rank after 
the holy apostolic chair of the elder Rome.' " 

But now, as to the dates of these transactions. 

" The emperor's letter must have been sent before the 25th of March, 
633. For, in his letter of that date to Epiphanius, he speaks of its hav- 
ing been already despatched, and repeats his decision, that ' all affairs 
touching the church shall be referred to the Pope, head of all bislwps, 
and the true and effective corrector of heresies.' 

" In the same month of the following year, 534, the Pope returned 
an answer repeating the language of the emperor, applauding his hom- 
age to the see, and adopting the title of the imperial mandate." 

This edict of Justinian in a. d. 533 is further con- 



128 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 

firmed by the following facts : Belisarius, the general of 
Justinian, sailed with the fleet and armies from Constan- 
tinople in the summer of a. d. 533 ; landed in Africa in 
September, and reduced Carthage on the 15th of that 
month ; completed the conquest of Africa in the course 
of the following autumn and summer, and returned to 
Constantinople in the autumn of the year 534. 1 But it 
was during the years 533 and 534, that the memorable 
correspondence between Justinian and Pope John of 
Rome was conducted, the conquest of Africa by Belisa- 
rius having paved the way for it, it having been conduct- 
ed by those who connected the establishment of ortho- 
doxy with that of the Pope of Rome as the centre of 
zinity, the determiner of controversy ', and the head of all 
the churches. In proof of this, according to the tables 
of Contius, Lugdini, 1618, the letters which passed be- 
tween Justinian and the Pope were dated partly in the 
third and partly in the fourth consulship of the emperor ; 
in which last, Paulinus was his colleague, and which cor- 
respond respectively to the years 533 and 534 of the 
Christian era. On this subject Gibbon says, " One awful 
hour reversed the fortunes of the contending parties ; " 
for, when " intelligence of the success of Belisarius in 
Africa reached the emperor, December 16, 533, impatient 
to abolish the temporal and spiritual tyranny of the Van- 
dals, he proceeded without delay to the full establishment 
of the Catholic church? " The temple was now re- 
signed to the Catholics, who loudly proclaimed the creed 
of Athanasius and Justinian." The new power, styled the 
"eternal oracles," comprehending both the " civil and eccle- 
siastical constitution of the Roman empire," "were pro- 
claimed on solemn festivals at the doors of the churches." 

1 Gibbon's Decline and Fall. Vol. iii. chap. xii. pp. 1G7-193. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 129 

Thus, " the supremacy of the Pope of Rome had by those mandates 
and edicts received the fullest sanction that could be given by the 
authority of the master of the Roman world. But the yoke sat uneasily 
on the Bishop of Constantinople ; and on the death of Justinian, the 
supremacy was utterly denied. . . Toward the close of the sixth cen- 
tury, John of Constantinople, surnamed for his pious austerities the 
Faster, summoned a council, and resumed the ancient title of the see, 
1 Universal Bishop.' The Roman bishop, Gregory the Great, indignant 
at the usurpation," ..." furiously denounced John, calling him 
an 4 usurper, aiming at supremacy over the whole church,' and declaring, 
with unconscious truth, that whoever claimed such a supremacy, was 
Antichrist. 

" The accession of Phocas at length decided the question. He had 
ascended the throne of the East by the murder of the Emperor Mauri- 
tius. The insecurity of his title rendered him anxious to obtain the 
sanction of the Patriarch of the West. The conditions were easily set- 
tled. The usurper received the benediction of the Bishop of Rome ; 
and the Bishop in a. d. 606, vindicated his title from his rival, the 
Patriarch of Constantinople, that had been almost a century before con- 
ferred on the Papal tiara by Justinian. He was thenceforth ' head of 
all the churches ' without a competitor, — ' Universal Bishop ' of Chris- 
tendom. That Phocas suppressed the claim of the Bishop of Constan- 
tinople is beyond a doubt. But the highest authorities among the civil- 
ians and annalists of Rome spurn the idea that the profligate usurper 
Phocas was the founder of the supremacy of Rome ; they ascend to 
Justinian as the only legitimate source, and rightly date the title from 
the memorable year a. d. 533." 

Well, having settled this important point, by adding 
to a. d. 533 the 1,260 years, it brings us down to a. d. 
1793, when, according to the word of the Lord, that 
" judgment was to sit, which should take away the do 
minion ," or the secular power, of the "little horn," to 
" consume and to destroy it unto the endP 1 And so, the 
work commenced, as we have shown, with the French 
Revolution in a. d. 1793. 

1 Dan. vii. 26. 
6* 



130 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

It was not, however, to fall instantaneously, but by 
a succession of blows at the hand of retributive justice. 
" Its life? or spiritual power, " was to be prolonged for 
a season and a time." It requires no argument to prove, 
that for the thirty years from 1793 (the excess of the 
1,290 over the 1,260 years), the Papacy as a spiritual 
power, inclusive of a partial restoration of its secular 
prerogatives (consequent of the return of Pius VII. in 
a. d. 1814 from his Napoleonic exile in Savonia in LQm- 
bardy to Fontainebleau in France, and thence back to 
Rome), continued to flourish with greater or lesser vigor 
down to a. d. 1823. Also, that from thence, for the next 
42 out of the remaining 45 years, down to a. d. 1868 
(the excess of the 1,335 over the 1,290 years), the 
" lives " of the same vassal ten horns or kings of the 
ecclesiastico-secular power of the Papacy assumed re- 
newed vigor ; until, having become intolerant through- 
out the Italian dominions, the predicted "judgment" of 
Almighty God had begun again to take effect, so that 
the " little horn " has been stript of the last lingering 
shreds of its political or temporal power, Rome and Ven- 
ice only remaining to be freed. 

Still, the " lives " of the " ten horns " or " kings " 
survive. The famous " Encyclical Letter of Pope 
Pius IX." x has galvanized its spiritual power into re- 
newed energy. Yes. Romanism is destined to become 

ONCE MORE DOMINANT THROUGHOUT CHRISTENDOM ! But, 

thank God, that dominancy will be short-lived! It can- 
not reach beyond the preordained limit assigned it in 
a. d. 1868, when the whole period of the 1,335 years al- 
lotted to the career of the "little horn" will have run 
out. For, the " ten horns " or " kings " of the principal- 

1 See Appendix. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 131 

ities of western Europe, " which have received no king- 
dom as yet ; but receive power as kings one hour with 
the beast," — for they, including Victor Emanuel, hold 
their power only under the sufferance of the present re- 
vived seventh secular head of the Franco-Koman empire 
— these " ten kings," we repeat, at the expiration of that 
prophetical period, being of " one mind, shall give their 
power and strength unto the beast. . . For God hath 
put it in their hearts to fulfil his will, and to agree, and 
give their kingdom unto the beast until the words of God 
shall be fulfilled." !» 

This consummation, therefore, only awaits the with- 
drawal of the French troops from Rome, at the signal 
given by Napoleon III. This will constitute the finish- 
ing stroke of his secular policy. That he will dp" this, 
take the following scrap from the JST. Y. Herald of De- 
cember 21st, 1860 : 

" The Bisliop of Versailles sought an interview with the Emperor, 
to try and make him feel the woes of the church, and to remind him of 
the end of his uncle. The Emperor listened to him patiently, with his 
cigar in his mouth, and at last said : ' Monseigneur, your distress does 
you credit, but the temporal power — i. e., of Pope Pius IX. — is no 
longer compatible with our civilization, and we must put an end to it, 
as I put out my cigar." 

On the other hand, we read, in regard to the spiritual 
power of the Papacy, that the " ten horns upon the [sec- 
ular Roman] beast shall hate the ichor e, and shall make 
her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and bum 
her with fireP 2 Terrifically portentous symbols ! They 
denote her total and irremediable destruction ! Aye, and 
that at the very hands of those " ten vassal kings," who, 
for the long period of 1,335 years, have been subordi- 

i Rev. xvii. 13, 17. 2 Rev. xvii. 16. 



132 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

nated to her despotic sway ! And this ruin, mart, as 
the righteous retribution of Heaven upon her for having 
made herself " drunken with the blood of the saints, and 
with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus," l she brings 
upon herself. Yes, we repeat : that very " encyclical 
letter of Pope Pius IX." will do the work ! For, in- 
censed at length at the insolence, the intolerance, the 
utter falsity, and the unexampled impositions so long 
practised upon the nations of Christendom by the infinite 
superstitions, delusions, and corruptions of the Papacy, 
in their wrath, they will as with " one mind " arise, and 
exterminate the last vestige of it from the earth ! 

And, in conclusion : this work accomplished, and the 
" let " or hindrance to the irapovaia, or personal " com- 
ing," of " the man of sin and son of perdition," alias the 
last Antichrist, as predicted by St. Paul, being thus 
" taken out of the way ; " then will be ushered upon the 
platform of the prophetical earth, the inauguration, at 
the hands of the ten uncrowned kings, of the previously 
revived seventh head of the Franco-Roman empire, into 
his seat of power as the eighth head, by the united 
transfer of " their power and strength " unto him ! 

1 Rev. xvii. 6. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 133 

CHAPTER VI. [continued.] 

SECTION II. 

LOUIS NAPOLEON III., AS THE EIGHTH HEAD OF THE UNIVERSAL LATIN 

EMPIRE. 

I. The steps which are to immediately precede the Introduction of 

Louis Napoleon III. upon the stage of action as the eighth 
apocalyptic head. 

II. His Inauguration, as such, into his seat of power, at the hands 

of the ten Roman "horns " or "kings," Ret. xvii. 13, Vl. 

We have said that the prophecy relating to the 
eighth apocalyptic head is still future. But the subject 
of it has not yet completed his career, as the revived sev- 
enth secular head of the Franco-Roman empire. Every- 
thing, however, in the national, political, and moral con- 
dition of the world and of the church, as we shall see, 
clearly indicate that his inauguration into his seat of 
power as the eighth head, is nigh at hand* We have 
demonstrated that the prophetico-chronological period 
of 1,335 years, allotted in the Divine purpose to the whole 
contemporaneous career of the Papal ecclesiastico-secular 
and the Roman civil powers, commencing in a. d. 533, 
terminate together in a. d. 1868, 

It will here be in place to premise, that, in view of 
the present state of things, as in the past, the " little 
horn " of Papacy holds a dominancy over the ten crowned 
horns of the Roman beast, analogous to that of the 
dragon over the seven crowned heads of the same beast. 
The harlot-rider still retains her seat upon the back of 
the " scarlet-colored beast," alias y " the beast with two 
horns like a lamb, and who speaks as a dragon." Thi3 
she does in the confident, but, as the sequel has shown, 



134 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 

the unfounded hope of permanent restoration to political 
power. So also, she still retains her grasp as a spiritual 
power upon the " ten horns " or " kings." But, there 
being left to her of her secular dominions nothing but 
Rome and Venice, the position of these ten horns, at the 
time present, is, that while they are reputed " as kings, 
they have received no kingdom as yet." It suffices them 
for the time being, that they shall have wrested the ten- 
crowned kingdoms from the " little horn " by the process 
of Italian nationalization under the crown of Victor 
Emanuel. Hence their present attitude as having, in 
themselves, " no kingdom." The terms of the prophecy, 
however, show that this arrangement is temporary only. 
Another move upon the platform awaits them, which no 
human diplomacy can avert. And, w^hen the Popedom 
shall have been finally stripped of its remaining territorial 
possessions, — Roine and Venice, — the seven-headed, scar- 
let-colored beast will appear with his " ten horns " tin- 
crowned ; for, God will have put it in their hearts to ful- 
fil His will, and to agree, and " give their kingdom unto 
the beast " — alias^ Mailer's " tame eagle " and " Corsican 
wolf" — Napoleon III., as the " eighth " head. 

In what we have farther to oner on this subject, we 
speak, as we all along have done, not as a prophet, but as 
an interpreter of prophecy. The above prophetic image- 
ry, taken in connection with Italian affairs and those of 
other nationalities, present a prospective state of things 
vastly different from that apprehended by the popular 
mind. Instead of that speedy conversion of Italy and 
other nationalities by the ordinary instrumentalities of 
the day under this dispensation about which so many 
fondly dream, consequent of their throwing off from their 
necks the long-continued galling yoke of papal despotism, 
we are led to look for results directly the reverse* This 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 135 

statement, at least to most minds, may seem at first view 
both bold and unfounded. But, let us see. 

Our business now is, to prove what we have affirmed 
and now repeat, regarding Napoleon III., as he who is des- 
tined soon to appear upon the great prophetical platform of 
these " last times," as the great God-denying or apostati- 
co- democratic head of the last Antichristian confederacy, 
alias, the last Antichrist. "We submit the following 
considerations to your candid and prayerful thoughts. 

I. The steps which are to immediately precede his 
introduction upon the prophetical stage of action. 

II. The agents, at whose hands he is to be inaugu- 
rated into his seat of power. 

III. The prophetico-historic marks, which designate 
who, and what he is. 

IV. The prophetic exploits of this last Antichrist and 
his confederated hosts, and 

V. Their final doom. 

I. We are to present to your view, first, the steps 
which are to immediately precede Napoleon III? s intro- 
duction upon the prophetical stage of action. We here 
observe that, prior to the transfer to him by the " ten 
kings " of " their kingdom," " power, and strength," or, 
during his progressive steps to the acme of his ambition 
as the eighth apocalyptic head, it will be signalized by 
the working of miracles, in authentication of his mission 
as such. That Louis Napoleon III. is warily but reso- 
lutely advancing in the path that he marked out for him- 
self while yet an exile in the United States, and when, in 
Ac d. 1835, he gave to the world the " Idees JSTapo- 
leoniennes," and which he has elaborated in his recently 
published "History of Julius Caesar," has been confirmed 



136 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

by each successive step of his progress from a. d. 1848 to 
the present time. Let us then suppose that, despite of 
his stripping the Popedom of its temporal power, he con- 
templates the seizure of the triple crown of Pope Pius IX., 
as his uncle did the iron crown of Charlemagne in a. i>. 
1804. This would not necessarily involve the unseating 
of his harlot-rider from his back. She is still permitted 
to retain her seat there as the spiritual head of the 
Papacy, and will so remain, until the seven heads of the 
" scarlet-colored beast " shall be merged into one as an 
eighth head. But, that the above is not mere supposi- 
tion, " he has permitted or caused a pamphlet to be is- 
sued, in which it is proposed that he himself should be a 
sort of Pope, and unite the political and religious sov- 
ereignties in his own person — a thing which may possibly 
be consummated at no distant day." 

" The title of the above pamphlet is, ' The Emperor Pope? It has 
been principally sold among official persons. It argues that Victoria is 
Queen and Pope ; that the Protestant sovereigns of the Germanic con- 
federation exercise both political and religious power ; that in Sweden, 
Denmark, and Norway the kings are Popes ; that Alexander II., Em- 
peror of Russia, is Czar and Pontiff ; that Otho is king and Pope at 
Athens ; that the Sultan of Turkey is emperor and Pope ; and that the 
Emperor of France should not be behind them," etc. Pretty fair logic, 
this ! " It is also given on * good authority ' that Louis Napoleon has 
actually submitted the question to some of the French bishops, on the 
subject of a French Patriarchate, at least with practically independent 
powers." (See Catholic Herald, December 15, 1860.) 

" It is also worthy of notice in this connection, that soon after the 
last Encyclical of the Pope was promulged, so fiercely condemning all 
the ideas of progress, and the authority of peoples, which enter so 
largely into Napoleonism, there appeared a pamphlet, written by 
M. Caylu, called l Cesar Pontife^ in which the following passage 
occurs : ' Let Cwsar then be Pontiff ; not, however, in the sense com- 
monly attributed to the word, but as the director, or rather the protec- 
tor, of the national church regenerated, recognized, and approved by a 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 137 

council. Such, according to us, is the only answer to the encyclical. 
The question of Orthodoxy or of schism is not in our competency ; and 
besides, may not people break with the temporal power of the Pope-king 
without becoming Protestants ? Has not the encyclical of Pius IX. shut 
up the source of diplomatic compromise ? We accept the challenge, 
and we answer in words as terrible to the temporal Papacy as those 
which the hand of the angel traced on the palace walls of the King of 
Babylon, — Caesar Pontiff ! To great evils we must apply great reme- 
dies. If there be any other solution, serious and possible, we should be 
glad to hear of it, and to accept it beforehand. If there be none, then 
the state must look to it without delay ; for the civil authority and lib- 
erty of conscience are imperilled.' " 

Now, it is not difficult to conceive with what facility 
the present reigning pontiff may succumb to such an 
eventuality. Believing, as he does, that the perpetuity 
of holy mother church depends solely on the continued 
unity of the mitre and the sword, and finding that the 
latter has been wrenched from his grasp, he may not 
only yield his assent to, but may exert a direct agency 
in effecting a combination of, the ecclesiastical and politi- 
cal power in the person of his rival. And, this being 
consummated, a change in the functions of the present 
head of the Papacy naturally follows, from that of the 
Pope to that of the " false prophet " spoken of, Rev. xix. 20. 
There we are told, that this " false prophet wrought mir- 
acles before " — whom ? The answer is, " the beast fro?n 
the earth," who, having "two horns like a lamb and who 
spake like a dragon," even he who " exerciseth all the 
power of the first beast before him," i. e., the seventh 
secular head, or Napoleon I. ; " and causeth the earth and 
they w T hich dwell therein, to worship the first beast whose 
deadly wound was healed ;" - and also commands " them 
that dwell on the earth, that they should maJce an image 

* Rev. xiii. 11, 12. 



138 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

to the beast which had the wound and did live y" * i. e., 
the revived seventh secular head, or Napoleon III. 

Now, such a purely national combination of the spir- 
itual and temporal power of the Emperor of the French, 
would add incalculably to the strength and glory of the 
empire. This the sagacious emperor knows full well. 
That he should, therefore, constitute himself the head of 
the church in his own empire, is not unreasonable. And, 
that he may have formed the purpose to do so, and will 
do so if necessary to carry out his schemes, is evident 
from the two articles already alluded to. Indeed, the 
war may be said already to have commenced between the 
episcopate and clergy of France, and the sovereign. In 
this war, the emperor will of course expect to encounter 
opposition from the Catholic party, the French bar, and 
the Legitimist and Orleanist body, at the first step of an 
open rupture with Pius IX. and the hierarchy of France. 
But the Catholic party is so weak, and the temporal 
dominion of the Pope so much opposed to the Italian 
sympathies of the French people, that this opposition will 
be easily overcome. In fact, the emperor's schemes of 
reform in extending the functions of the Senate and legis- 
lative body, by which the French people secure a voice 
in the government of the empire, followed, as they 
already have been with the entire liberation of the press, 
and the removal of all restrictions upon the right of 
popular discussion, will more than check-mate all these 
movements of his enemies, by securing the approbation 
of the Legislature, press, and populace of France, and 
even of England, to the projects of aggrandizement 
which he contemplates. 
"It is also rumored in the religious circles, that very 

1 Rev. xiii. 14. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 139 

strange and important measures and changes are matur- 
ing, of such gravity and importance, that a French reli- 
gious journal declares it impossible to give them publicity 
through the press. It is said that the choice of a new 
Pontiff has already been made or resolved upon ; but 
that Pius IX. will not tender his resignation until he has 
obtained a secret pledge from all the members of the Sa- 
cred Council that their votes will be given to an illus- 
trious layman, who at one sitting would be made a priest, 
a bishop, and a cardinal. This much is certain : amongst 
all these remarkable hypotheses (and religious journals 
confess it, among others the Union de V Ouest), that some 
great events are expected to occur in Rome very soon. 

"Pius IX. frequently lets escape him references to the 
approaching eventuality, and in coming out of his oratory, 
his most intimate prelates, from day to day, gather indi- 
cations which make clear the situation, and show that 
the Holy Father no longer attempts to deceive himself as 
to the future. These are the last death-rattles of the 
temporal power." 

With this additional halo of glory encircling the brow 
of his imperial majesty, therefore, taken in connection 
with the excitable and impulsive character of the French 
nation, we have only to take into account their idolatrous 
veneration of his Napoleonic prestige, to be satisfied of 
the certainty of his transition, by their united voice, from 
his revived seventh to his eighth headship. Or, if any 
doubt this, we would ask them to look, first, at their 
"worship of the first beast whose deadly wound was 
healed," as verified in the unexampled pageantry attend- 
ant upon the transfer of the remains of Napoleon I. from 
St. Helena to France, and the universal homage paid at 
his shrine by. all nations; and then turn, second, to the 
miraculous wonders which will be wrought to deceive 



140 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 

them and all other nations, in attestation of the mission 
of the revived seventh as an eighth head. The result 
will be, 

II. His inauguration, as such, into his seat of power, 
at their hands. "We must here ask indulgence for a little 
scope on this subject. 

First, then, we are to bear in mind that Italy is but 
one of the "ten horns" or "kings" of the territorial 
Roman earth. Now, we are all cognizant of the fact, 
that Italy owes her deliverance from the dominancy of 
Austria to the timely interposition in her behalf of the 
present ruler of France ; also, of the acknowledgment, on 
her part, of his incomparable diplomacy and transcendent 
power ; and that, at his significant nod, they proclaimed 
Victor Emanuel as king of Italy. But the prophecy de- 
clares of all the " ten horns" or u kings," that " God hath 
put it in their hearts to fulfil Bis will, and to agree and 
give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God 
shall be fulfilled." The other nine " kings " therefore 
are, 1. Lombardy; 2. Ravenna; 3. Naples; 4. Tuscany; 
5. France ; 6. Austria ; 7. Spain ; 8. Portugal, and 9. 
Great Britain. Now all these European powers, how- 
ever reluctantly on the part of some of them, have united 
in recognizing the independence of the Italian States. 
Nor this only. Despite the decree of the so-called Holy 
Alliance in a. d. 1815, that no member of the Napoleonic 
family should ever again occupy the throne of France, 
they have all paid their homage to Napoleon III., as the 
emperor of France. 

The question ' therefore is, How are we to account 
for this? One would suppose that the only solution 
of this astounding politico-moral phenomenon was to 
be found in the fact that these crowned potentates of 
earth were all 






POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 141 



mad, insane most grievously, 



And most insane because they know it not." 

Pollock. 



The fact, this, precisely : for it perfectly accords with 
the symbolic* imagery of the book of Daniel, — the ma- 
niacy of the Babylonian monarch, Nebuchadnezzar, 1 and 
the four rampant beasts, 2 — denotive of corresponding 
politico- moral characteristics on the part of those rulers 
of the Gentile nations who, for so long a period (2,520 
years 8 ), were to " destroy the earth;" 4 but who, when 
the time came, should themselves be " destroyed." 5 
Hence the Pauline prophecy respecting them, that, as the 
confederates of that " wicked one " who is to be " re- 
vealed," 6 even the eighth head, " God shall send them 
strong delusion, that they should believe a lie." 7 The 
apostle also speaks of the form of development of this 
" strong delusion." The " coming " of this " wicked 
one," he says, "is after the working of Satan, with all 
power, and signs, and lying wonders, and with all de- 
ceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish ; 
because they received not the love of the truth, that they 
might be saved." 8 And oh, when we reflect how long 
the admonitory voice of a compassionate God has sounded 
in the ears of these Gentile rulers of Christendom, — " Kiss 
the Son, lest He be angry, and ye perish in the way, w T hen 
His wrath is kindled but a little ;" 9 and their equally long 
neglect to " take heed " to it ; can we impeach the recti- 
tude of the divine " Governor among the nations," if at 



i Dan. iv. 1-18; and vers. 23-25. 2 Dan. vii. 1-S, etc. 

3 See pages 39-41. 4 Rev. xi. 18. 

5 lb., see also Dan. ii. 34, 35 ; vii. 11, 12 ; and verse 26. 

* 2 Thess. ii. 3, 8. » Tt>. verse 11. 

8 lb. verses 9, 10. » Ps. ii. 12. 



142 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

the last He sends upon them these retributive " strong de- 
lusions ? " Every pious mind is ready to respond, as with 
a thousand tongues, ISTo ! And to exclaim, " Just and true 
are thy ways, Thou King of saints ! " And, therefore, 
what the Pauline prophecy as above gives only in outline, 
St. John, under and during the pouring out of the sixth 
vial of the Almighty's wrath upon the symbolic "river 
Euphrates," or the Turco-Mohammedaist Power, 1 — which 
vial is now being poured out, — St. John, we repeat, fills 
up in the following prophecy, symbolic of the manner in 
which, and the purpose for which, these " strong delusions w 
will be inflicted. To this subject we now invite your 
special regard. 

The prophecy is as follows : 

" And I saw three unclean, spirits like frogs come out of the mouth 
of the dragon, and out of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false 
prophet. 

" Eor they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth 
unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to 
the battle of the great day of God Almighty — and he gathered them 
together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon." (Rev. 
xvi. 13, 14, 16.) ^. 

It will be necessary here to explain, en passant ; , first, 
that the phrase, " the ichole world" in this prophecy, is 
to be understood as applying more specially to the pro- 
phetical platform of the Romaic earth, that having been 
the great theatre of action of the " ten horns " or " kings " 
of the beast, although other nations will be made to feel 
the influence of the miracle-working wonders of the 
" three frog spirits." This phraseology, " the whole 
world," is applied to the Roman empire, Duke ii. 1, 2L, 5 : 

1 Rev. xvi. 12. See also appendix. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 143 

but there were other nations which lay outside of it, and 
hence were not included in the Roman taxation. Be- 
sides, it is the M ten horns " or " kings " only, that " give 
their kingdom, power, and strength to the beast." The 
second remark is, that there will be an interval between 
the gathering of the nations and their kings by the agen- 
cy of " the three frog spirits," and the great " battle " 
which is to transpire in " the field called Armageddon." 

We proceed, now, to the other parts of the prophecy. 
And, 

1. As to the source or origin of this tripod of " frog 
spirits." The first issued " out of the mouth of the drag- 
on" which the Holy Spirit interprets to symbolize " that 
old serpent called the Devil and Satan," * or " the god of 
this world," who, as " the prince of the power of the air, 
worketh in the children of disobedience." The second, 
" out of the mouth of the beast" denotive of the body 
politic of the Roman empire, symbolized by the nonde- 
script monster of Daniel having ten horns, and the same 
with the apocalyptic beast with seven heads and ten 
horns under his several transmutations. And the third, 
" out of the mouth of the false prophet" who is an off- 
shoot of the eleventh or Papal " little horn " of Daniel's 
fourth beast. 

These three diabolical powers, therefore, constitute a 
trinity in unity, in antagonism with the triuxe person- 
ality of the infinite and eternal Godhead, the Father, the 
Son, and the Holy Ghost. For, as the Father gave his 
Son Jesus " all power in heaven and earth ; " 2 and also 
after the ascension of Jesus gave to the church " another 
comforter, even the Spirit of Truth : " 3 so the dragon 
gave to his two offshoots, the beast and the false prophet, 



* Rev. xii. 9 : xx. 1, 2. 2 Matt, xxviii. 18. 3 John xiv. 16, 11. 



144 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

" his power, and seat, and great authority." 1 Yes, " all 
the kingdoms of the world and the glory of them," during 
man's lapsed state, being "delivered " over to the Satan- 
ic usurper of Messiah's rights, he " giveth to whomsoever 
he will." 2 Then further. 

2. As consequent of the combined miraculous powers 
put forth by this trio of " frog spirits " as emanating from 
the triune powers of all evil, their influences extend over 
the elements of nature, the political economy or diplo- 
macy of nations, and the ecclesiastical affairs of religious 
systems. And, what is to be specially noted in this con- 
nection, is the fact that these combined influences, wheth- 
er they relate to the one or the other, are all put forth 
under a religious guise. Hence St. Paul : — •" If Satan 
transforms himself into an angel of light " in order to 
deceive " the kings of the earth and of the whole world," 
" it is no marvel," he adds, " if his ministers also be 
transformed into the ministers of righteousness : " 3 aye, 
" wolves in sheep's clothing." 4 We have, however, the 
Holy Spirit's interpretation of their character. They are 
declared to be " the spirits of devils." 

But, as there are " thkee " of these " unclean frog 
spirits," each having its own distinct official functions, 
and filling its appropriate sphere in the accomplishment 
of the diabolical work assigned to it, the question is, 

3. What are we to understand by them? We reply, 
that the firsts which issues forth " out of the mouth of the 
dragon," — who, as " the father of lies," commenced his 
satanic work in Eden with a lie, and is therefore called 
" a liar from the beginning," now ends his work through 
this leading " frog spirit," by infusing into the minds of 

* Rev. xiii. 2. 2 Luke iv. 5, 6. 

3 2 Cor. xi. 13, 14. 4 Matt. vii. 15. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 145 

" the kings of the earth and of the whole world " a spirit 
of lying, chicanery, and fraud — including all sorts and 
degrees of peculation, forgery, counterfeiting, etc. — to- 
gether with perfidy and treason, both in church and state. 
That the second " frog spirit," that comes " out of the 
mouth of the beast," — who derives " his seat, and power, 
and authority from the dragon " — infuses into the minds 
of the masses, the principles of an unbridled and licen- 
tious anarchy, which despises and tramples alike upon 
all constitutional systems, divine and human. And that 
the third,, or the " frog spirit " which proceeds " out 
of the mouth of the false prophet," inspires the same 
masses with the corrupting creed of an idolatrous and 
God-denying atheism. But in addition to this : — 

4. The mission of these " three frog spirits," or " spir- 
its of devils," coincides exactly w ith the period or season 
alluded to by " the loud voice from heaven " which St. 
John " heard, saying, ' Woe to the inhabiters of the 
earth and of the sea ! for the Devil is come down unto 
you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he 
hath but a short time. 5 " 2 

Now, this "loud voice from heaven" falls in with the 
effusion of the sixth apocalyptic vial, which dries up the 
mystical river " Euphrates," symbolic of the gradual ex- 
haustion of the Moslem Tur co-Ottoman or Mohammedan 
power. 3 For, it is immediately after the final extinction 
of that power, that St. John saw the " three unclean frog 
spirits " go forth to " the kings of the earth and of the 
whole world." 9 And, that we of this day are living 
under the pouring out of the last dregs of this vial, we 
would ask, who that is at all observant of the existing 



* Rev. xii. 12. 2 See Appendix. 

3 Compare Rev. xvi. verses 12 and 13, 14. 

i 



146 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

national, political, and religious state of the Turkish Em- 
pire, that " sick old man," as the Czar of Russia, Nich- 
olas I., facetiously styled him, is not looking for its speedy 
erasure from the list of European nations ? And, al- 
though we may trace the incipient workings of those 
political and moral elements, which have prepared the way 
for the appearance upon the prophetical stage of these 
" frog spirits," from the period of the earliest outbreak of 
the French Revolution in a. d. 1768 — brought on by the 
effusion of the first one of the seven vials or last plagues ; 
yet, each succeeding vial of judgments upon the Papal 
and Mohammedan Antichrists having become more inten- 
sified in their effects down to this hour, the guilty nations 
of earth and the apostate portions of the church, both 
Papal and Protestant, are being hurried on, as with light- 
ning speed, to their exposure to the more powerfully 
combined workings of this tripod of " the spirits of dev- 
ils," LYING, AUTARCHY, and ATHEISM. 

5. And, mark you ! the culminating point of these 
diabolical influences will be, the formation of that last 
democratic o-infidel or antichristian confederacy of 
which we have spoken. Yes, the nations of earth, in 
view of the acknowledged instability of the time-worn and 
moss-covered thrones and dynasties of the Old World, 
whether autocratic, despotic, or monarchical, and of that 
of the New World as well ; and being aware also, not 
only, but incensed at the evident inadequacy alike of 
both the ancient and modern systems of religion, whether 
Judaic, nominally Protestant, Papal, or Mohammedan, to 
meet the wants of mankind ; and finally, being further 
cognizant of the fact of the existence in every govern- 
ment under heaven of the permeating leaven of a rabid 
spirit of Jacobinism ; we repeat, in the light of this con- 
dition of the world, national, political, and religious, and 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 147 

impelled by the judicially irresistible influences of the 
" strong delusions " which shall be sent upon them as the 
just punishment of their rejecting " the love of the truth 
that they might be saved, 55 while that salvation was so 
freely proffered to them : the universal cry of " Liberty, 
Liberty ! " " Equality, Equality ! " " Unity, Unity ! " 
will sweep before it all existing political systems and re- 
ligious institutions of mere human device ! 

But, you doubt this. Nor are we surprised at it, 
being at war, as it is, with all your long-cherished opin- 
ions and prejudices. Shocked at the very thought of 
such an eventuality, you are ready to denounce it as a 
chimera. But let me remind you of one fact : Man is a 
religious being. Of another fact : That man, rather than 
have no religion, is ready to take up with one that is 
false ; aye, and vastly more so than to adopt that which 
is true. On this point we are sure of your verdict in our 
favor, when we remind you of the vast preponderance in 
point of numbers, between the devotees of the false re- 
ligious systems of the Pagans, Papists, Mohammedans, 
and others, compared with that of nominal Protestants, 
which we hold to be the true. Why, at this very mo- 
ment, the proportion in favor of the former over the lat- 
ter is as 1,145,000,000 to 80,000,000 ; and, out of these 
80,000,000 Protestants, not more than 15,000,000 are en- 
rolled as communicants of all the churches in Christen- 
dom ! Let me then once more recall to your mind the 
fact, that in the mission of this tripod of " the spirits of 
devils," they do not go forth " to the kings of the earth 
and of the whole world " as mere politicians : but, as 
bearing the proportions of an immense consolidated 
spiritual power, antagonistic to all existing systems of 
religion ! And so, as, immediately preliminary to its or- 
ganization and introduction upon the stage, the " ten 



148 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

horns " or " kings " of the Roman earth will have struck 
down and totally annihilated the existing Papal super- 
stition, the way will be prepared for the speedy gather- 
ing together of its antichristian hosts. 

Then, too, we are to recollect that these " three un- 
clean frog spirits " or " spirits of devils," are clothed with 
miraculous powers. Now, mankind, w^e know, are not 
invulnerable to persuasion, when backed with miraculous 
demonstrations. Why, since the appearance of that great 
apostle of the miracle-working spiritualists of our day, 
Uriah Clark, from his humble home in Hydesville, New 
York, in a. d. 1848 — the very year that Louis Napoleon 
was elected President of the French Assemblv, and who 
himself is a spiritualist — they claim that in the United 
States there are at least 2,000,000 of decisive and 5,000,- 
000 of nominal believers ; and that on the eastern conti- 
nent (Christian) they may be reckoned to number at 
least from 1,000,000 to 2,000,000 ; while they swell the 
number throughout the globe to hundreds of millions ! 
Supposing, then, that " the kings " of the Latin earth 
were the united eye-witnesses of one of the miracles of 
the " three frog spirits," that of the False Prophet, for 
example, who is to come " with all power and signs, and 
lying wonders," etc. What, think you, would be the 
effect of this ? Let prophecy answer. It forewarns us 
that these " kings " and their subjects will " worship the 
dragon which gave power unto the beast," not only ; but 
that they will also " worship the beast" i. e., the eighth 
head, " saying, Who is like unto the beast ? Who is able 
to make war with him ? " But then it is declared that 
all these " spirits of devils " shall w r ork " miracles," that 
they may " deceive them that dwell on the earth." We 
again ask, therefore : What, suppose you, will be the 
effect of this combined miraculous display of power 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 149 

among the masses ? The Holy Spirit forewarns us, that 
when they shall transpire, such will be their captivating 
influence, that they " shall deceiye, if it be possible, the 
very elect." i 

And, as most of those now living may witness 
these demonstrations of miraculous power, we would 
affectionately address to all a note of warning. Inas- 
much, then, as nothing but the truth of God in the mind, 
and the grace of God in the heart, will be able to fortify 
any soul against being led captive by these " strong delu- 
sions," we would only say, " Let him that thinketh he 
standeth take heed lest he fall." 

All others — and this is our closing remark on the sub- 
ject in hand — all others, embracing " the kings of the 
earth and of the whole world," having fallen a prey to 
the miracle-working wonders of these diabolical agencies, 
v " the spirits of devils," will concentrate their forces, and 
will organize themselves into that last stupendous anti- 
christian confederacy of the nations, either actually or as 
allies, at whose hands the apocalyptic eighth head, Na- 
poleon III., will be inaugurated into his seat of power. 

i Matt. xxiv. 24. 



150 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

CHAPTER VL 

[continued.] 
SECTION III. 

THE PROPHETICO-HISTORIC " MARK, NAME, OR NUMBER " (666), REV. XIII. 
16-18, WHICH DESIGNATES THE EIGHTH APOCALYPTIC HEAD, SHOW- 
ING THAT THEY POINT TO LOUIS NAPOLEON III. 

I. This mark, name, or number, as applied to his ancestry. — The 
name and character of Papal Rome, as found in the Hebrew, 
Greek, and Latin languages. — To his own name. — Louis (Ludo- 
vicus). — Napoleon. — Louis Napoleon Bonaparte. 

We have now pointed out, I., the successive steps 
which are to immediately precede the introduction of the 
eighth apocalyptic head upon the prophetical stage of 
action ; and II., the agents at whose hands he is to be in- 
augurated into his seat of powder. 

But, in order to remove all doubt from the mind as 
to the application of the preceding prophetical exegesis to 
Napoleon III. as the eighth apocalyptic head, we now 
proceed to consider, III., The propheiico-historic marie, 
name, or number, which designates him as such. "With 
the single remark, that we are^now to look upon Napo- 
leon m. as having retired from the stage of action in his 
capacity of the revived seventh head of the secular Fran- 
co-Roman empire ; and that we are to contemplate him ex- 
clusively in his character and exploits as the eighth head 

OR LEADER OF THE LAST ANTICHRISTIAN CONFEDERACY OF 

the nations ; St. John says of him, Rev. xiii. 16-18 : 

" And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and 
bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads : 

" And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, 
or the name of the beast, or the number of his name." 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 151 

And then the apostle adds : 

" Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the num- 
ber of the beast : for it is the number of a man ; and his number is 
six hundred three-score and six." 

It is here to be observed, in the first place, that the 
above prophecy, taken in connection with the context, 
furnishes additional evidence, that the revived seventh 
and eighth headships centre in and are exercised by the 
same peeson. It is the more important to recognize this 
distinction, in order to discriminate between the power 
that confers the mark or name or number of the beast, 
and He by whom that number is interpreted. 

Now, the power who confers this "mark, name, or 
number " upon the eighth head, is the " beast," which 
St. John saw " coming up out of the earth, having two 
horns like a lamb, but who spake as a dragon" and 
who, as such, " exerciseth all the power of the first beast 
(Napoleon I.) which was before him," and who " causeth 
the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the 
first beast, whose deadly wound was healed." This act 
of worship is imposed upon and is now being performed 
by all nations in the church in Notre Dame, Paris, by 
paying their homage over the ashes of the first Na- 
poleon. 

The apostle then goes on to point out the means em- 
ployed by the " beast " in conferring this " mark," etc. 
" He doeth great wonders, so that he makeihfire to come 
down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men, and 
deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by the means of 
those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of 
the beast ; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that 
they should make an image to the beast, which had the 
wound by a sword, and did live : " not, mark, as the re- 



152 POLITICAL ECOKOMY OF PKOPHECY. 

vived seventh, but as the eighth head. For " the im- 
age " here spoken of was not set up under the former 
headship. It is just here where the transition in the 
prophecy takes place from the revived seventh to the 
eighth headship. And so, in confirmation of his author- 
ity as the revived seventh head to impose said " mark " 
etc. upon the eighth, it is said that " he had power to 
give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of 
the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as 
would not worship the image of the beast should be 
killed." 

Without presuming to be wise above what is writ- 
ten, we pretend not to positively decide in what this 
" image " will consist. It is pertinent, however, to ob- 
serve, that it will form the counterpart of its ancient 
archetype, the " golden image" set up by the Babylonian 
monarch, Nebuchadnezzar, in the plains of Dura, in the 
province of Babylon, and which all " people, nations, 
and languages were commanded to fall down and wor- 
ship," under pain of being " cast into the midst of a 
burning, fiery furnace," in case of disobedience. 1 It is in 
place to remark, however, that the Napoleonic " image " 
has no " mark, or name, or number, assigned to it. That 
is reserved for " the beast " alone. Hence we read, that 
the seventh revived head " causeth all," by his decree, 
" both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to 
receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads : 
and that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the 
mark, or name of the beast, or the number of his name." 
In a word, it is clear that the two headships, united as 
they were in the same person, cooperate each with the 
other in the transfer of the functions of the former to the 

i Dan. iii. 1-7. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 153 

latter, the first using its influence in the support of the 
tyranny of the last. 

But one important thing was omitted in this transac- 
tion. That was, to decipher " the number of the beast." 
That omission, in mercy to us, w r as reserved to be dis- 
closed by the Holy Spirit. Hence the additional state- 
ment : — " Here is wisdom. Let him that hath under- 
standing count the number of the beast / for it is the 
number of a max : and his number is six hundred 

THREE-SCORE AND SJX." 

Now, the veriest tyro knows, that it was customary 
with the Hebrews, Greets, and Romans, to use the letters 
of their alphabets to keep accounts by, instead of figures , 
which are of much later invention. This ancient custom, 
in part, prevails to this day, as may be seen in books? 
medals, monuments, and public buildings, e. </., mdccxciii. 
is put for 1793, which, in Hebrew characters, are deci- 
phered thus, 5t3T& (3971), (aleph, zayan, teth, gimmel), 
i. e. 1793 ; and in Greek, thus : a£#y (1793), (alpha, zeta, 
theta, gamma), i, e. 1793. 

Accordingly, in the above passage, the mystical 
number, 666, is represented by the Greek numerals 
X (600), £ (60), s (6), (chi, xi, sigma), i. e. 666. Our 
Saviour also, in the same book, calls Himself " a " (alpha) 
and " oi " (omega), i. e., " the first and the last" these 
two letters being the first and the last in the Greek al- 
phabet. Nor is it a little astonishing, that the above 
number 666, without a single unit over or under, as we 
shall show, should be found in the composition of the 
name of " this beast," as the eighth " head " spoken of 
in the above passage when written and counted as nume- 
rals in the three languages, Hebrew, Greek, and Latin^ 
that composed the inscription placed by Pilate over the 
head of our blessed Lord on the cross. 

7* « 



154 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 



In order, however, to give completeness to the revela- 
tions concerning this eighth head, it is reasonable to ex- 
pect that some light would be famished on the subject of 
his zoological origin. Nor will it lessen our amazement, 
should it turn out that the " mark, or name, or number " 
of his ancestry, and that of his own, when counted as nu- 
merals, should be found to produce the exact number of 
666. Let us, then, apply it, 

I. To his Ancestry — The name and character of 
Papal JRome^ as found in the Hebrew, Greek, and Latin 
languages. When applied to the Papal Beast as a man, 
a Roman of the Latin nation, this number will be found 
exactly to make out the "mark" of his name in the 
above three languages, thus: , ©l53?)2 , "b Homanus, Xara- 
vos, Latinus. But when considered as numerals, or 
figures (of which both words entirely consist), they may 
then be called the number of his name, the Hebrew 
words, ,ti)l53?^l5 a Homan, from Romulus, the founder 
of Rome, and JTP^II' Homiith, the city of Rome, and 
with which corresponds the Greek word, Xaruvos, Lati- 
uus, thus 



Romanns — a Roman. 



-| Raish, 
ft Mem, 
9 Tzadi, 
} Noon, 
*! Wav, 
E3 Sheen, 



200. 

40. 

10. 

50. 

6. 

300. 

666. 



Romiith. 
*\ Raish, 
1 Wav, 
ft Mem, 



Yod, 
Yod, 
Pay, 



y 



200. 
6. 

40. 

10. 

10. 
400. 

666. 



Latinus. 
A Lambda, 
a Alpha, 
t' Tau, 
e Epsilon, 
i Iota, 
v Nu, 
o Omieron, 
s Sigma, 



30. 
1. 

300. 

5. 

10. 

50. 

10. 

200. 

666. 



From this we pass to observe, as a singular circum- 
stance in reference to the character of the Papal " little 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 155 

horn," that the title or frontlet, — Vicarius filii Dei — 
(Vicar of the Son of God), which the Popes of Rome- 
have assumed to themselves, and caused to be inscribed 
over the door of the Vatican, exactly makes up the num- 
ber of 666, when deciphered according to the numerical 
signification of its constituent letters, thus : 



Vicar 


of the Son 


of God. 


V ICAKIYS 


FILII 


DEI 


5,1,100, 1,5 


1,50,1,1, 


500, 1 



Total, 666. 

One other fact. It is a matter of historic verity, that 
in a. d. 666^ Pope Vitalian first ordained that public 
worship should be exclusively performed in the Latin 
tongue, from which time they latinized everything — 
masses, prayers, hymns, litanies, canons, bulls, the acts 
of councils — etc., etc. ; nor are the Scriptures read — and 
that by priests alone — in any other language under popery 
than the Latin. Hence this language has been commu- 
nicated unto the people as the mark and character of the 
whole empire ! 

Now for the fact just alluded to. Another designa- 
tion is applied to this power, on the principle of the in- 
terchangeable use of the terms king and kingdom, as de- 
noting the same thing, viz., that of " The Latin King- 
dom." Dr. Adam Clarke, in his commentary on Rom. 
xiii. 1, in connection with verses 6, 7, having shown by 
quotations from the acts of Romish councils, Papal bulls, 
etc., that they apply to the hierarchy of Rome the above 
name, says : " if this application of this name to that 
power be correct, the Greek words signifying c the Lat- 
in kingdom,' must have this number." He then adds, 
that the most concise method of expressing this name 
among the Greeks was as follows: H Xanvrj /JaorAaa, 
which is thus numbered : — 



156 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 

The Latin Kingdom. 

H \ a t i v 7] fi a or i A € t a 
8, 30, 1, 300, 10, 50, 8, 2, 1, 200, 10, 30, 5, 10, 1. Total 666. 

" No other kingdom on earth," says this learned divine, 
" can be found to contain 666. This is the y o-o<£ia, the 
wisdom or demonstration. A beast is the symbol of 
a kingdom / and H Xanvr] /5ao-tXeta, being shown to con- 
tain, exclusively, the number 666 , is the demonstra- 
tion." 

But, in regard to the facts here presented, it is to be 
specially noted, that however these various titles, orders, 
etc., may be applicable to the purposes above specified ; 
yet, that they can only be used as designating the Papal 
" little horn " of Daniel as an Antichrist ; and hence, 
that they cannot be restricted to a suceessio?i of Popes is 
evident from the circumstance that a complete fulfilment 
of all the conditions of this prophetic " mark, or name, or 
number of the beast," relates to a single individual- 
some one man. Hence the Holy Spirit declares em- 
phatically, that this number 666 is the number jamais-," 
i. e.j of one who shall be, pre-eminently, the Antichrist, 
or that " Wicked One" (ai/o/^os, anomos), "the man of 

SIN AND SON OF PERDITION," of St. Paul. 

And now, having demonstrated that Louis Napoleon 
III. is the revived seventh head of the Roman beast, in 
which capacity he now exercises the secular power of the 
Franco-Roman emperorship ; and also, that, as the eighth 
head, being zoologically " of the seven," he undergoes a 
mutation — which takes place when the " ten horns " or 
" kings " of the Roman earth, being " of one mind, agree 
to give their power and strength or kingdom to him " — 
at which time he assumes the functions of a religious or 
spiritual head : let us see whether his name, in Hebrew, 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 157 

Greek, and Latin, furnishes this significant number of 
666. Take the name thus : — ■ 



Louis. (Lydovicvs.) 

The two names, Louis Napoleon, are those by which 
the present ruling Emperor of France is universally 
known. The laws of symbolic prophecy, however, re- 
quire that they be translated into languages in which the 
letters are used as numerals. Take then, first, the Latin. 
This, as we have seen, is the language of the Roman em- 
pire and of the Papal church, of which the French emperor 
is reputed as " the eldest son," and who, in the prayers 
offered up for him in the church of Notre Dame, is styled 
Ludovicus, the French of which is Louis. Take this 
name, 

LY DOYI C YS. 

50, 5, 500, 5, 1, 100, 5. Total 666. 

But, to this it is objected, that though the name of 
Ludovicus, the Latin for Louis, does, according to the 
Latin valuation of its letters, make up the number 666^ if 
the o and the s are left out of the account, yet it is de- 
manded, " by what principle of interpretation or fairness 
are they left out ? Spell the name without the o and the 
s, and you do not have Ludovicus. Spell the name with 
the two letters, and you have two letters which cannot 
enter into its numeral value, and, therefore, Ludovicus == 
666, as the name and number of the ' beast ' is fancy, and 
nothing; more." 

To this objection we reply, " that there are only seven 
letters that have any numerical value in the Latin alpha- 
bet, viz. : M = 1000, D = 500, C == 100, L = 50 ? X = 10, 
V or U = 5, and 1 = 1, and all the rest are counted as 



158 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

ciphers, and of course the addition of ever so many ciphers 
to a given number can never increase its value. There 
is, in truth, no point whatever in such an objection. The 
fact has never been disputed by prophetical writers, that 
Ludovicus does not really contain 666. Seebachius was 
the first that fixed upon Ludovicus as the name of the 
Beast, on account of France being considered the princi- 
pal of the kingdoms of the beast, but many others have 
adopted the name." 1 . 

And so, if we take the other name, 

Napoleon, 

by putting it into the Greek form, dative case, in the 
word Na7roXcoj/rt, as if inscribed upon a monument, we 
arrive at the same result, thus : 

N CC 7T A. 6 O V T I 

50, 1, 80, 10, 30, 5, TO, 50, 300, 10. Total, 666. 

But it is demanded : " By what system of interpreta- 
tion or fairness is the name Louis Napoleon deliberately 
misspelt, when using the Greek letters, in order to make 
that name square with this theory of the beast's number ? 
Louis is spelt Aot?, whereas it ought to be made to spell 
Aovls. In like manner Napoleon is turned into ~NaTro\eov, 
whereas it ought to be turned into Na7roAccm/," etc. 

The answer to this is, that, in reference to the name 
Louis, " the proper sound of the first syllable is Lo-o, or 
Loo. Now, ou, expresses oo or o, in French ; but it has no 
legitimate sound in English." Webster says, " Missouri, 
in Fr. Missouri, all very proper for Frenchmen: for Eng- 
lishmen the letters used lead to a false pronunciation. It 

1 SecProph. Times, June, 1864, p. 95. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 159 

is to be regretted that our language is doomed to be the 
heterogeneous medley of English and foreign languages." * 
And again : " It is much to be regretted that British 
authors and travellers admit into their writings foreign 
words, without conforming them in orthography to reg- 
ular English analogies. . . I would not refuse to admit 
foreign words, but I would compel them to submit to the 
formalities of naturalization.' 5 2 

" By tRese principles, which pervade Webster's entire 
Introduction, the u in Louis would never have been per- 
mitted in English." " From the sentence ' Louis Bona- 
part emperor governor,' we have dropped a u from every 
word but the first ; and it has no business in that. We 
want the sound of o in move, or oo in boot, and ou does 
not in English legitimately express that sound ; nor does 
oo express the sound definitely, but o does ; and there- 
fore I am advocating no chimera or fancy, but a strictly 
scientific and exact fact. Louis is, in English, false or- 
thography. Lois is specifically correct. Move and prove, 
are in French, mouvoir and eprouvoir. The e in Napo- 
leon in English sound, is short. Now this, as has been 
shown, gives the exact number of the name Aots Na7ro- 
Aeoy." 

Again : " In Liddell and Scott's Lexicon, under the 
head of the letter o, it is shown that Aots is a usual inter- 
changeable form for Aovls, the diphthong oa being fre- 
quently written as the single letter o, where it is stated 
that ' in early times the vowel o was not called o/MKpov 
but ou.' Bock remarks that in Attic inscriptions before 
Euclides (01, 94, 2), the diphthong ou is found only in 
ov : ovk, ovtos with their derivatives, and in some proper 
names : elsewhere always o. That o in many words must 

1 Die. p. 9. 2 lb. p. 77. 



160 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY/. 

have sounded very like the diphthong ov t appears from 
divers GElic forms, such as (3o\a for /3oiAa, fioXofxa for 
fiovXojjia, opai/os for ovpavos. We have in the Attic, fiowos, 
vovaos, kovo-os, owo/xa for fMovos, voaos, koo~os, oi/o/xa, and ouSos, 
ovpos for oSosj opo5. Hence it appears that ov is sometimes 
written as o and vice versa. 

. " Furthermore. With regard to Na.7roA.eo1/, it is stated 
in the same Lexicon that o (omicroti) was a usual (Elic 
for cd (omega), so that Na7roAeoi/ might thus, according to 
one of the Greek dialects, be spelt Na.7roA.eo1/ without do- 
ing inadmissible violence to its proper Hellenistic ortho- 
graphy. But an additional reason for writing the word 
in Greek with a short, rather than a long penultimate w, 
is found in the fact that we do not pronounce or spell 
Napoleon in English as Napoleoon, and therefore, in 
translating it into Greek, it does not seem reasonable to 
spell its last syllable with a long or double w, as w (oon), 
but rather with a short o as ov (on). 

" Thus the Greek Lexicon furnishes us with satisfac- 
tory warrant for translating the words Louis Napoleon 
into Aocs Na7ToAeov . . . and hence, by the institution 
of this critical and exegetical scrutiny into the alleged 
untrustworthiness of the above-mentioned hermeneutical 
interpretation of the apocalyptic number of the pre-figur- 
ative wild beast, the above-named objection is demon- 
strated to be substantially fallacious and untenable. 

" It is here worthy of remark, that there is a third 
method in which Louis Napoleon's name contains 666 in 
Greek. If his name, Buonaparte, be turned into Greek, 
it becomes KaXo/xepos or KaAoi//xepos ; and, indeed, the 
Duchess of Abrantes describes Napoleon's lineal descent 
from the Greek family of Oalomeros. Now the initials, 
L. N., for Aots Na7roAeoi/, placed before KaAo^/xepos, con- 
tribute to make together the number of 666, thus : 



\ 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 161 

AN k a \ o v fi g p o s. 

30, 50, 20, 1, 30, 70, 50, 40, 5, 100, 70, 200, 6QQ. 

And, in conclusion, "it should be remembered, that 
the principal form in which Louis Napoleon's name is 
considered to contain the fatal number of 666 in Greek, 
is in the dative case in the word Na7roXcorrt ; and no one 
is able to discover the slightest flaw in this method. 
Now, whether Napoleon be written in Greek in the nomi- 
native as Na7roXcov, or, as before proposed, 'NawoXewv^ it 
will, at least, be unhesitatingly admitted that Na7roXcovrt 
is the dative form of the word ; and the reason why An- 
tichrist's name ought to contain 666 in the dative rather 
than in the nominative case, is thus explained by the 
Rev. Robert Polwhele in his pamphlet, " The Sealed 
People, or those who escape the Great Tribulation : " 

" The name to be deciphered in the number 666, is the name of the 
beast, to be borne by those who worship his image. Not being the 
name of those who are to bear it upon their foreheads or hands, it is not 
in the nominative case; but it is a mark or sign of dedication, and 
therefore in the dative case, just as might be inscribed on temples or al- 
tars, implying that the temple or altar was dedicated or devoted to such 
a deity. The perception of this truth, that the name is one to be borne 
by the worshippers as a sign or mark of dedication, is that exercise of 
the understanding which is to be inferred from the expression with which 
the enigma is introduced (Rev. xiii. 18), and which is necessary in or- 
der to solve it. And the word NaTroAeom, the name of Napoleon, by 
its dative inflection, suggestive of dedication or subserviency to him by 
the worshippers who .bore his name, is the solution of this wonderful 
enigma." 

The English author of " Napoieonism Unveiled " sim- 
ilarly observes, in reference to the view that the Apoca- 
lypse was written in the Greelc language, and that, con- 
sequently, the name of the beast, and his number, must 
also be in Greek, that, 

" The dynastic name of the Emperor Napoleon in its dative case, 



162 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 



NairokeovTi (the inflection used in the Greek and other languages when- 
ever dedication or subserviency is implied), forms the number of the 
beast in the very language in which the Apocalypse was written. Tak- 
ing all things into consideration, so extraordinary a fulfilment has never 
before taken place. The mysterious origin of the name, and its signifi- 
cant meaning, the political power and influence with which it is invest- 
ed, the desire of the Emperor to perpetuate its use by his successors, and 
lastly, its forming the mystical number 666, all contribute to impress 
upon the mind strong convictions of its being the very number of the 
beast of which St. John prophesied in Patmos." 

Finally, on this subject. We cannot omit a reference 
to an additional fact, namely : that the whole name of 
this eighth head 



LOUIS NAPOLEON BONAPAKT, 

when put in Hebrew, furnishes precisely the same result, 
as~the preceding in Latin and Greet, thus : 



5 Lamed. 30. 

8 Aleph. 1. 

*1 Wav. 6. 

h Yod. 10. 

5 Samech. 60. 
2 Noon. 50. 

6 Phay. 
J Lamed. 
^ Aleph. 



1 

n 



Wav. 
Noon. 

Baith. 
Noon. 
Phay. 
Raish. 
Teth. 



LOUIS 



8 Aleph. 



80. 
30. 

1. 

6. 

50. 

2. 

50. 

80. 

200. 

9. 

1. J 



* NAPOLEON 



- BONAPART, 



Total, 666. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 163 

The writer from whom this article is quoted very 
justly remarks : " If there has ever been another case of 
so many and such remarkable coincidences in harmony 
with the scriptural designations of the last Antichrist, 
it has never come to our knowledge." To this we would 
add that, taken in connection with the foregoing proofs 
that Louis Napoleon in. is the predestined eighth head 
pointed out in Rev. xvii. 11, and it amounts to a moral 
demonstration, that it was to him alone whom our 
blessed Lord referred in His address to the Jews of His 
day when He said : " If another come in his own name, 
him ye will receive" In a word, this last Antichrist will 
be constituted of an embodiment of the " many Anti- 
christs " predicted by St. John (1 John ii. 18), in all their 
Pagano-Papal, Mohammedan, and democratico-infidel 
characteristics ! 

In the light of these facts, therefore, we shall claim it 
as having been demonstrated by a lexicographical, mathe- 
matical, and moral certainty, that Louis Napoleon III. is 
the predestined eighth head or leader of the last great 
democratico-atheistic confederacy that is soon to be ush- 
ered upon the stage of action. Now, the prophecy 
declares, 

1. That in regard to this antichristian confederacy, or 
universal Latin empire, it will embrace " all, both 
small and great, rich and poor, free and bond," who 
" receive the mark, or name, or number of the beast in 
their right hands, or in their foreheads." In other words, 
that it will include all those nationalities throughout 
Christendom, political and ecclesiastical, which, by en- 
listing under his banner, or dedicating themselves to his 
service, shall swear allegiance to him. On this subject 
permit us here to repeat what we have often observed, 
that the secular press, compared with the religious, and 



164 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

including the pulpit, are by far the more reliable, though 
undesigned, expounders of God's prophetic word in re- 
gard to the " signs of the times " we live in. We 
would refer you, in illustration of this remark, to an edi- 
torial article in the Neio York Herald of August 23d, 
1865, occasioned by the trial, in Buffalo, of one Charles J. 
Colchester, who, claiming to be a spiritual medium (that 
is, one who holds communication with the spirit world, 
and who performs the miracle-working wonders of raps 
and table-tippings, etc.), and having been required to take 
out a license as a juggler, has peremptorily refused to 
do so, on the ground of his religious rights as a spiritual- 
ist : and has been prosecuted by the Commissioner of the 
United States Government. This writer, after speaking 
of the importance of this " very curious trial," and expa- 
tiating on the pending issues pro and con, says : 

a The signs of the times convince us that something extraordinary is 
going to happen in the religious world. Perhaps a new religion is to 
be inaugurated with miracles and wonders and the opening of the heav- 
ens. The upheavals of all the old forms and creeds which usually an- 
nounce the beginning of a new dispensation, are not wanting in this dis- 
pensation. In England we find Bishop Colenso and his party denying 
the truth of the Pentateuch, and the pious authors of i Essays and Re- 
views ' ridiculing the thirty-nine Articles of the Church of England. In 
France, Kenan argues against the divinity of Jesus. In Germany Strauss 
is the apostle of poetical infidelity. At Rome, the Pope denounces all 
other religions as false, and praises his own to perfection, while Protes- 
tants, in their turn, stigmatize the Pope as an impostor. In New Eng- 
land, the parsons all differ, each one seeming to consider himself a little 
Christ. The ' North American Review ' calls Theodore Parker a mod- 
ern Jesus. The Mormons have started a new church, and are obtaining 
thousands of proselytes. The Universalists, who are convinced that no- 
body will be damned, fraternize cordially with the Beecherites, who 
believe that everybody will be damned except themselves. The greatest 
laxity of opinion is almost everywhere allowed. Throughout Christen- 
dom, it is tacitly conceded that the Bible must not be believed literally, 



POLITICAL ECOKOMY OF PROPHECY. 165 

which is the next thing to not believing it at all" And then the writer 
adds : " In the midst of all this confusion of creeds and breaking up of 
sects, come the phenomena of spiritualism ! Who can say that there 
is not going to be a new revelation, and that it will not begin at the 
court-house in Buffalo ? " etc., etc. 

Now, despite the flippancy which characterizes some 
portions of this article, we must insist upon its general 
truthfulness, as a picture of the existing moral aud reli- 
gious condition of things throughout Christendom — ridi- 
culing the fundamental truths of our common' Christian- 
ity, whether as set forth in " the thirty-nine articles of 
the Church of England " or other formularies ; denying 
the Divinity of the Lord Jesus Christ ; the tendency of 
the unregenerate mind to self-deification ; the latitudi- 
narianism and fraternizing of religious sects whose 
teachings are as divergent as the nether poles ; the denial 
that the Scriptures are to be interpreted literally, and 
which, as this writer says, " is the next thing to not be- 
lieving them at all ; " the conflict which is now being 
waged between Popery and Protestantism ; and, though 
last, not least, the wide-spread influences of Mormonism 
and spiritualism : these, and a " legion " of other moral 
antagonisms to " the faith at first delivered to the saints " 
as " the sigxs of the times," are but a verification of 
the Pauline prophecy, that " the time would come when 
men would not endure sound doctrine," but that, " after 
their own lusts they would heap to themselves teachers, 
having itching ears ; " and that they would " turn away 
their ears from the truth, and be turned unto fables" l 

Such, then, being the present aspect of things through- 
out the Christian world, what, suppose you, will they be 
when, superadded to all these unchristianizing and de- 

» 2 Tim. i\\ 3, 4. 



166 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

moralizing and disorganizing influences, the apocalyptic 
" three unclean frog spirits " or " spirits of devils " shall 
be let loose upon " the kings of the earth and of the 
whole world ? " Can we reach any other conclusion than 
that, being prepared for their mission by the preexisting 
state of things, " God," as He has said, " will put it in 
their hearts to agree, and give their kingdom to the 
beast ? " And this act, on their part, will involve the 
surrender of themselves to his power, by receiving his 
" mark, or name, or number of his name in their right 
hands and in their foreheads," and by their idolatrous 
worshipping of his image. But, in the next place, the 
prophecy forewarns us, 

2. " That no man may buy or sell, save he that hath 
the mark, or the name of the Beast, or the number of his 
name." Yes, a being deprived of the ordinary sources 
of subsistence, confiscation of property, etc., will be the 
penalty to all such ! 

This, then, will be that unparalleled tribulation 
that shall come on all the nations of the earth predicted 
by our Lord, " Such as never was since the beginning of 
the creation which God created unto that time, nor ever 
shall be." 1 Nor this only. It will be that apocalyptic 
"hour of temptation " to the nominal church of God, 
which will " try them that dwell upon the earth ; " 2 or the 
same with that ordeal predicted by St. Paul in the words, 
" Every man's work shall be made manifest : for the day 
shall declare it, because it shall be revealed by fire : and 
the fire shall try every man's work of what sort it is. If 
any man's work abide, ... he shall receive a xeward. 
If any man's works shall be burned, he shall suffer loss : 
but he himself shall be saved, yet so as by fire" 3 

1 Matt. xxiv. 21. Mark xiii. 19. 2 Rev. iii. 10. 3 1 Cor. iii. 11-13. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 167 

CHAPTER VI, 

[continued.] 
SECTION IV. 

THE PROPHETICO-HISTORIC EXPLOITS OP THE APOCALYPTIC EIGHTH HEAD 
AND HIS ANTICHRISTIAN CONFEDERACY. 

I. TJie first act of the eighth head — Restoration of the Jews to their 
own land — Palestine — Its successive changes — Seven maps in 
illustration. 

II. His second act. — Desecration of the temple, etc. 

Haying now shown, I., the custom of the ancient 
Hebrews, Greeks, and Romans, in keeping their accounts 
by the use of the letters of their alphabets instead of 
figures ; and also that Christ himself and the apostle St. 
John adopted the same custom in the apocalypse; and 
having, II., demonstrated the mystical " mark, or name, or 
number" 666, as occurring in Rev. xiii. 16-18, points us 
to the apocalyptic eighth head of Eev. xvii. 11, and 
that this number, in the Hebrew, Greek, and Latin nu- 
meral figures, is found in the name of the present empe- 
ror of the Franco-Roman empire in all those languages, 
irrefragably proving thereby that he is the veritable pre- 
destined "Man of sin and son of perdition " predicted by 
St. Paul : we proceed in accordance with our plan, to 
furnish an exposition, 

IV. Of the prophetico-historic exploits of this eighth 
apocalyptic head and his antichristian confederacy. We 
are now about to enter into and explore a field of scrip- 
tural exegesis, which may appear new to most of our 
readers. Let us not forget, however, that the great facts 
and truths of divine revelation are parabolically compared 
to " a treasure hid in the field" which " treasure," in all 



168 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

its richness and fulness, is not to be found except at the 
cost of " selling all that a man hath,'* in order to " buy 
that field." Nor can we gain possession of it separate 
from the severest toil and perseverance. Some miners in 
a golden region, with pick-axe and spade in hand, hav- 
ing obtained afeio ingots of the precious metal, but tiring 
in the way, may imagine that they have exhausted the 
field of their explorations, and abandon the work ; while 
others, having entered the same region, undismayed by 
apparent obstacles, and digging far down below the sur- 
face, at length, to their great joy, strike ihs principal vein 
of the coveted ore, and their persevering toil is crowned 
with an abundant reward. 

We are aware that this illustration, when applied to 
the subject in hand, maybe thought invidious, and that 
it savors of self-adulation. We are not, however, respon- 
sible for either inference. We leave the facts to speak 
for themselves. Of this we are sure, that all boasting is 
excluded, for, to use the language of St. Paul, " Who 
maketh us to differ from another ? And what have we 
that we have not received ? And if we have received it 
why should we glory, as if we had not received it?" 1 
This we know, that there are in the inexhaustible " treas- 
ury " of God's deeply " hidden mysteries of His will," 3 
" things " that are " new " as well as " old ; " 3 not indeed 
that there are or can be any " things " superadded to 
those already given ; 4 but, that those who seek " wis- 
dom " as they " seek silver, and search for her as for hid 
treasures," shall " understand the fear of the Lord, and 
find the knowledge of God ; " 5 and so, like unto a " scribe 
which is instructed unto the kingdom of heaven, shall 
bring forth out of his treasure things new and oldP 6 

i 1 Cor. iv. 7. 2 2 Eph. 1-9. 3 Matt. xiii. 52. 

4 See Rev. xxii. 18, 19. 5 Prov. ii. 1-5. 6 Matt. xiii. 52. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 169 

How far we may have succeeded in exhuming from this 
" treasure hid in the field," any of the " new" but ignored 
and long neglected " things " which God hath revealed 
for our "instruction in righteousness," * we shall leave for 
the reader's candor to decide, in regard to those facts 
and truths which we are now about to submit to their re- 
flections. They relate to, IVth, 

THE PEOPHETICO-HISTOEIC EXPLOITS OF THE APOCALYPTIC 
EIGHTH HEAD AND HIS ANTICHRISTIAN CONFEDERACY. 

Having already explained those prophecies which 
point out, first, the agents — the " ten horns " or " kings " 
of the Roman earth — who by their united act " give their 
power and strength and kingdom " to this eighth head ; 
and second, his inauguration at their hands into "his 
seat, and power, and great authority ; ' ' and third, the 
" gathering together of the kings of the earth and of the 
world," by the wonder-working miraculous influences of 
the " three unclean frog spirits " or " spirits of devils," 
and their consolidation into the last antichristian con- 
federacy, etc. ; we now observe, 

I. That the first act of this eighth head will be, the 
restoration of GocVs covenant people, the Jeics, to their own 
land. 

No subject occupies a more prominent place in the 
prophecies of the Old and New Testaments, than those 
which relate to the future restoration of Judah and Israel, 
or the ten tribes, to the land called Canaan or Pales- 
tine, promised to their fathers. Before proceeding to an 
exhibit of this first act of the eighth head in their resto- 
ration, therefore, the importance of an historical acquaint- 

i 2 Tim. iii. 16. 



170 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 

ance with the 'changes to which the Holy Land has been 
subjected, from its first occupancy to its final possession 
by the covenant seed of Abraham, will justify the space 
appropriated to a consideration of — 

THE PREDICTED ENLARGEMENT AND NEW DIVISION OP 
THE PROMISED LAND AMONG THE TWELVE TRD3ES 
OF ISRAEL, WHEN RESTORED. 

This would seem very naturally to occur to a reflect- 
ing mind not only as possible and probable, but as ne- 
cessarily arising from those changes to be produced by 
the mundane convulsions of various portions of the earth 
spoken of in Scripture. For example : The rending of 
Mount Olivet on the east of Jerusalem by an earthquake, 
removing one half of it toward the north, and the other 
half toward the south, with a very great valley between, 1 
cannot fail to produce a total alteration in the topograph- 
ical aspect of Palestine from what it now is. Indeed, 
the design of the covenant God of Israel in subjecting 
the land of promise to these and the like great physical 
revolutions, is, to verify to them the possession of it, in 
accordance with the geographical boundaries assigned to 
it in the stipulations of the compact originally made with 
their fathers, Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, but the 
full extent of which they have never yet enjoyed. Let 
us, then, take a view, 

I. Of the successive geographical developments of 
this remarkable country, from its earliest history down to 
the present time. 

1. Prior to Abraham's call to leave Ur of the Chal- 
dees in Mesopotamia to repair to Canaan, 2 that country 

i Zech. xiv. 4, 5. 2 See Gen. chap. xii. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPBECY. 171 

was occupied by the following heathen nations, viz., 
the Kenites, and the Kennizites, and the Kadmonites ; 
the Hittites, the Perizzites, and the Rephaims ; the Anior- 
ites, and the Canaanites, and the Girgashites, and the 
Jebusites." l Their respective localities are all laid down 
in the Scriptures of the Old and New Testaments, thus : 
— The Kenites were located westward of the Dead Sea, 
and extended their southern boundary into the confines 
of Arabia Petraea. 2 The Kadmonites, or eastern people 
(supposed to be the same with the Hivites 3 ), occupied the 
northeast, south of Mount Lebanon, in Mispeh or Gile- 
ad. The Hittites, descendants of Heth, the second son 
of Canaan, dwelt in the south, near Hebron. 4 The JPeriz- 
zites occupied the central parts of Canaan, scattered, 
more or less, among the other tribes. 5 The Replicants, a 
race of giants, dwelt on the west of the Dead Sea, ex- 
tending to the Mediterranean. 6 The Amorites were lo- 
cated both on the east and west of Jordan, and possessed 
the two powerful kingdoms of Sihon and Og, with 
others. 7 The Canaanites embraced some of the tribes 
of that name, which dwelt in the midland between the 
Mediterranean and the Dead Sea, and extended also 
toward the coast of Jordan eastward. The Girgashites 
(supposed to be the ancestors of the Girgasenes of the 
New Testament, Matt. viii. 28 ; Mark v. 1 ; Luke viii. 

1 Gen. xv. 19-21. 

2 Compare Exod. iii. 1, with Judg. i. 16 ; Numb. xxiv. 21 ; and 1 
Sam. xv. 16. 

3 Numb. xiii. 20-22 ; Josh. ix. 1 ; xi. 3 ; Judg. iii. 3. 

4 Judg. i. 26 ; 2 Sam. xi. 6 ; 1 Kings vii. 6 ; xi. 1. 

5 Gen. xiii. 7; Josh. xvii. 15; Judg. i. 4; iii. 5; 1 Kings ix. 20, 21; 2 
Chron. viii. 7 ; Ezra ix. 1. 

6 Josh. xv. 8 ; xviii.*5, 16-20; 2 Sam. v. 18, 22; xxiii. 13 : 1 Chr. xi. 
15; xvi. 9 ; Isa. xvii. 5. See also Gen. xiv. 5; xv. 20. 

7 Numb, xxi.-xxxii. ; Deut. i. 44 ; Josh. xii. — xv. — xix. ; Judg. vi. 10; 
2 Kings xxi. 11 ; Amos ii. 9. 



172 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 

26) occupied the country directly north and east of the 
sea of Tiberias. 1 The Ke?mizites appear to have been 
located southeast of the Kenites. 2 And the Jebusites 
dwelt between the Mediterranean and the northern 
part of the Dead Sea, in the mountainous regions ad- 
jacent. 3 

(The opposite map will illustrate their respective lo- 
calities.) 

But, as we have said on a former occasion, these 
heathen tribes were reputed by Him " whose is the earth 
and the fulness thereof" 4 as intruders into a territory 
which, in His divine purpose, had been selected as the 
theatre for the display of his mighty wonders, through 
that people whom He should " choose to be his peculiar 
treasure above all the nations of the earth." 5 Hence the 
call of Abram, in a. m. 2083, to leave his native country 
and kindred in Ur of the Chaldees, and repair to Ca- 
naan. 6 Obedient to the Divine mandate, Abram " came 
forth " and " dwelt " for a while in " Haran." Thence 
he passed through the land by the way of Sichem, and 
came to "the plain of Moreh {and the Canaanite was 
then in the land). And the Lord appeared unto Abram, 
and said, unto thy seed will I give this landP 7 " Lift 
up thine eyes, and look from the place where thou art, 
northward, and southward, and eastward, and westward. 
For all the land which thou seest, to thee will I give it, 
and to thy seed for ever." 8 But, upon the changing of his 
name from Abram to Abraham, this covenant of God 
was renewed to him, and subsequently to Isaac and Ja- 

4 

1 Josh. xxi. 11. See also Gen. x. 16. 

2 Josh. xv. 17 ; Judg. i. 13 ; iii. 9-11 ; 1 Chron. iv. 13 ; xxvii. 15. 

3 Numb. xiii. 29 ; Judg. i. 21 ; 2 Sam. v-xxiv. 16 ; Zech. ix. 7. 

4 Ps. xxiv. 1. 5 Exod. xix. 5. 6 Gen. xii. 1. 

7 Gen. xi. 31, 32 j xii. 6, 7. 8 Ibid. xiii. 14, 15. 



&JFiu e 




POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 173 

cob. 1 A period, however, of 470 years (including the 
430 years of sojourn and bondage of his seed as " stran- 
gers " in Egypt, and the 40 years of wanderings in the 
wilderness after the exode), was to elapse, 2 before they 
were to enter into the possession of the promised land. 
The time having at length arrived, under their leader, 
Joshua, the successor of Moses, the Israelites crossed the 
Jordan, and entered into Cakaajt. From this point, 
therefore, we are to take a view of the geographical ex- 
tent of the Holy Land, 

2. From the time of Joshua, in a. m. 2583, to the end 
of the Judges, in a. at. 3057, It is to be borne in mind, 
that the entire extent of the land of Canaan, as preoccu- 
pied by the heathen tribes above named, was bounded 
on the north by Mount Lebanon ; on the west by the 
Mediterranean ; on the east by the Desert of Arabia, and 
the land of the Ammonites, Moabites, and Midianites ; and 
on the south by the land of Edom, and the wilderness of 
Paran, etc. It was about 200 miles in length from north 
to south, and about 80 miles from east to west ; and lay 
between the 32d and 34th degrees of north latitude, and 
the 36 th and 37th degrees of east longitude, from London. 

Of this land, however, in its full extent, as we shall 
see, the Israelites were not to be put into immediate pos- 
session. As already stated, the Most High, having, for 
the purpose of His own glory, given the land in covenant 
to Abraham and his seed, issued the command, " And ye 
shall dispossess the inhabitants of the land, and dwell 
therein ; for I have given you the land to possess it? 3 
But he adds, concerning the nations to be ejected and 
destroyed, " I will not drive them out before thee in one 



1 Gen. xvii. 5-8 ; xxvi. 2, 3 ; xxviii. 13, 14. 

2 Ibid. xy. 7-16 ; Numb. xiv. 26-35. 3 Numb, xxxiii. 53. 



174: POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 

year, lest the land become desolate, and the beasts of the 
field multiply against thee. But by little and little, I will 
drive them out from before thee,« until thou be increased 
and inherit the land." 1 

And now, Joshua, having received the Divine com- 
mand " to divide for an inheritance " the whole land 
" from the wilderness, and this Lebanon, even unto the 
Great River, the river Euphrates, all the land of the Hit- 
tites, and unto the Great Sea," 2 or Mediterranean ; yet, 
although in his first expedition against its heathen intru- 
ders, he subdued all the southern part of the promised 
land, and in his second the northern, together with all 
his other extensive conquests, " there remained yet very 
much land to be possessed." 3 Five years were devoted 
to the division of the land by Joshua. 4 

(The opposite map, compared with No. I., will show 
the exact correspondence between the extent of the land 
before and after its division.) 

After the death of Joshua, it was the great sin of 
Israel, that when they were able, they " did not utterly 
drive out " their enemies from the land, as they had been 
commanded. For this sin they were severely rebuked 
and chastised during the time of the Judges. 5 These 
conquests were reserved for farther completion by David 
and Solomon. 6 Particularly under the reign of the latter 
king, there was a nearer approximation toward the se- 
curing of the utmost geographical boundaries stipulated 
in the original covenant compact. This may be gath- 
ered, 

3. From a view of the geographical extent of Canaan 

i Exod. xxiii. 29, 30. . 2 Josh. i. 4, 6. 

3 Josh, xii.-xiii. 1 : 2-6 ; xi. 18. 

4 Compare Kumb. xiv. 30, 33, 34; with Josh. xi. 18; and xiv. 10. 
s Judg. i. 21-26 ; ii. 1-3. • 2 Sam. viii. 3-14; 2 Chron. ix. 26. 



'■'■ lE i nJlaxjB 




E ' S 

f* Tverejrwbafrb, oarroed/into 
captivity £" Nelmdiathiez 
zeiV?jv years a/kr Jerusalem, 
and restored by Cyrus 



V 







4f 



TcJace Bag£' 




POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 175 

during the period of the Kings. Thus we read : " And 
Solomon reigned over all the kingdoms from the river 
(Euphrates) unto the land of the Philistines, and unto 
the border of Egypt ... for he had dominion over 
all the region this side the river (Euphrates) from Tiph- 
sah (or Thapsacus, situated thereon), even to Azzah, or 
Gaza, with her towns and villages, unto the river of 
Egypt (or the Nile) southward, and the Great Sea (the 
Mediterranean) westward, 1 even over all the kings on 
this side of the river," 2 (Euphrates). 

It is to be observed, however, that though the na- 
tions occupying the adjacent countries to the then pos- 
sessions of Israel were tributary to David and Solomon ; 
yet this was not their possessing the land according to 
the original grant, as promised by their covenant God. 
Nor did they invalidate the divine grant, in that they 
occupied a part only of the specified territory, and the 
subjection merely of others. Otherwise it could not be 
proved that the Lord had promised them any part of the 
land for actual possession. But Heaven stands pledged 
to Abraham, that unto his seed shall the whole prescribed 
territory be given. 

(The accompanying maps will illustrate the geograph- 
ical boundaries of the Holy Land, in three different as- 
pects, viz., the first, under the Icings / the second, during 
the captivities ; and the third, as they were in the time 
of Christ. It will be seen at a glance, that they under- 
went no material change from that of their first arrange- 
ment, when occupied by the Canaanites.) 

This event, however, is still future. It awaits, 

4. The enlargement of the Holy Land, in accordance 

i Josh. xv. 47. 

2 1 Kings iv. 21-24. See also Home's Introduction, etc. Yol. III. 
pp. 4-6. 



176 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 

with the whole extent of the boundaries prescribed by the 
original stipulations of the covenant. These extensive 
boundaries may be gathered from the following state- 
ments : First. When Abram dwelt in the plains of Mam- 
re, " In that same day, the Lord made a covenant with 
him, saying, Unto thy seed have I given this land, from 
the river of Egypt {the Nile)) unto the Great River, the 
river Euphrates? l The " river of Egypt," or the Nile, 
as the boundary mark of the promised land in this pas- 
sage, necessarily includes Idumea and the land of Goshen, 
north of the eastern branch of that river ; while the al- 
lotment embraces also a considerable part of Syria, com- 
prehending the whole territory from the Euphrates on 
the northeast, and the whole of Idumea to the Nile on 
the southwest. Again, 

Second. After the giving of the law at Mount Sinai, 
saith the Lord, " J will set from the Red Sea even unto 
the sea of the Philistines and from the desert unto the 
river" etc. 2 As, by other specifications, we find that part 
of Stony Arabia included, which is embraced between the 
gulphs and the Red Sea, it is evident that the expression, 
" from the Red Sea even to the sea of the Philistines," 
points to the Elanitic Gulph on the southeast, and all 
west from it to the Mediterranean, or " sea of the Philis- 
tines." And so also the phrase, " from the desert to the 
river," gives us the desert of Egypt and Arabia, 3 through 
which the Israelites were just passing, as their southern 
boundary, from which, " the whole land unto the river," 
(Euphrates), is embraced in this important grant. This 
promise was again renewed, when Moses and the Israel- 
ites were in Horeb. 4 Now, Mount Horeb lay between 

i Gen. xv. 13-31. 2 Exod. xxiii. 31. 

3 Gen. xvi. 7 ; Exod. xv. 22. 

4 Deut. i. 6-9. See also chap. xi. 22-24 ; Josh. i. 2-4. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 177 

the gulphs and the Red Sea, 140 miles south of what 
subsequently became the boundaries of the land as pos- 
sessed by them ; yet, in the wide range thus set before 
them, they are still called to go into all the places even 
" in the south of ' JEToreb" which is situated only about 50 
miles north of the most southern extremity of the penin- 
sula. But, 

Third. These boundaries, as laid down in Numb, 
xxxiv., taken in connection with others with which it 
corresponds in the parallel passage from Joshua, chap. 
xv., will tend to show in a clearer light the limits of the 
land in its full extent. It is here said, that the " south 
quarter shall be from the wilderness of Zin [southward, 
or leading toward the south, Josh. xv. 1,] and " along by 
the coast of Edom [or Idumea], which was the uttermost 
part of the south coast." And again. " And your south 
border shall be the outmost coast of the salt sea, east- 
ward," or from the southeast corner of the Dead Sea. 
" And your border shall turn from the south to the ascent 
of Akrabbira," or the mountains of Accaba (Arabic, as- 
cent), which run toward the head of the Eianitic or east- 
ern gulf of the Red Sea. " And as for the western bor- 
der, ye shall have the Great Sea," (or the Mediterranean), 
for a border." l " And this shall be your north border : 
from the Great Sea you shall point out Hor-ha-hor," 2 
(not " Mount Hor," as rendered in our English Bible, 
confounding it with that on the southern border, but) 
"the double mountain," or Mount Lebanon, which 
formed the northern frontier of Palestine, dividing it 
from Syria, and running eastward from the neighbor- 
hood of Sidon to Damascus. " And ye shall point out 



1 Numb. xxiv. 6. 

a Compare also Numb. xxi^. 7 ; Josh. xiii. 5; Ezelc. xlviii. 1. 

8* 



178 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

your east border from Hazar-Enan to Shephan, and the 
coast shall go down to Riblah, on the east side of Ain : 
and the border shall descend, and shall reach unto the 
side of the sea of Chinneroth eastward. And the border 
shall go down to Jordan, and the goings out of it shall 
be at the salt sea : this shall be your land, with the 

COASTS THEREOF ROUND ABOUT." 

Such was the admirable geographical chart of the 
original land of promise, dictated by the covenant God 
of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and described with so 
much precision by Moses, as an eye-witness of it. With 
a map before us, an ideal line drawn from the Mediter- 
ranean on the west, to Thapsachus on the Euphrates in the 
east (latitude 35 degrees 20 minutes north), will give the 
northern boundary ; and on the south of Idumea, extend 
the view from Eziongeber along the shores of the Red 
Sea, including the various curvatures forming its gulphs, 
till the line reaches Suez (the Etham of Scripture, Exod. 
xii. 20 ; Numb, xxxiii. 6), and stretching over to Cairo ? 
in lat. 30 deg. north, and long. 31 deg. 14 min. east (the 
Rameses of Scripture, Exod. xii. 37 ; -Numb, xxxiii. 3), 
traverses the northern bank of the eastern branch of the 
Nile to the Mediterranean, which gives the southern 
boundary. The Mediterranean north from the river Mle, 
and west to the 37th degree north latitude, will give the 
western boundary. While the eastern boundary extends 
far beyond the east of Hazar-Enan, Shephan, Ain, the 
river Jordan, and the sea of Cinneroth and the Salt or 
Dead Sea. We now pass on, 

II. To the new division, which awaits the above en- 
larged extent of the Holy Land among the twelve tribes. 
That the two houses of Israel and Judah, when restored 
to their own land and reunited into one nation, shall en- 
ter upon the possession of it to the full extent of the 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 179 

original promise, is most explicitly declared by Ezekiel, 
chap, xlvii. 13, 14. "Thus saith the Lord God; this 
shall be the border whereby ye shall inherit the land, 
according to the twelve tribes of Israel (Joseph shall have 
two parts). And ye shall inherit it, one with another ; 
concerning which I lifted up mine hand to give it rmto 
your fathers : And this land shall fall to you for inherit- 
ance" The prophet then proceeds, verses 15-21, to give 
the exact boundaries of the land, which will be found to 
correspond with those given in the preceding articles. 
And then follows its division among the twelve tribes, 
in the closing chapter of his book. This division will be 
totally different from that made by Joshua. That divi- 
sion, as the most casual inspection of the map of Pales- 
tine adapted to his time will show, 1 was regulated by no 
regard to regularity or order. It was made evidently 
with a respect to what territory was from time to time 
acquired, and which could therefore be made available 
for occupancy by the different tribes. Indeed, its ex- 
ceeding irregularity cannot but impress any mind with 
the conviction, that it was not designed to be permanent. 
And this is confirmed by the fact, that the new division 
is marked by the most distinct specifications in regard to 
the relative situations of the whole, all running parallel 
to each other in a straight line from east to west. These 
specifications are recorded in Ezek. chap, xlviii. verses 
2-7, and 23-27. They will proceed in the following or- 
der : Beginning at the north border, they will mark out 
the portions of Dan, of Asher, of Naphthali, of Manas- 
seh, of Ephraim, of Reuben, and of Judah. The prophet 
then describes another portion of the land called " the 
holy oblation," verses 8-22. Then follow the allotments 

1 See the map, page 174. 



180 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 

of the remaining tribes — of Benjamin, of Simeon, of Issa- 
char, of Zebulun, and of Gad. The regularity of these 
new divisions of the land among the twelve tribes is so 
obvious, that further remark is unnecessary. We must, 
however, ask your indulgence for a further notice of that 
part of this new arrangement called, 

" The Holy Oblation." This is reserved as " an 
offering unto the Lord" Its length is given at 25,000 
reeds, 1 and its breadth 10,000, being the first half of that 
portion in the centre of which will be erected " the sanc- 
tuary," or new temple, according to the model of Ezekiel. 
The area of this sanctuary will cover a square of five 
hundred cubits, with an additional fifty cubits round 
about for the suburbs thereof. 2 (The opposite view will 
give an idea of the ground plan and internal arrange- 
ments of the various apartments in this new temple, and 
of their uses.) To this first half of " the holy oblation," is 
added another portion of the same dimensions, i. e., 25,000 
reeds in length by 10,000 in breadth. 3 Thus, "All the 
oblation shall be 25,000 by 25,000 (reeds) : ye shall offer 
the holy oblation four square, with the possession of the 
cityP* Then further: " The holy portion of the land" 
adjoining " the border of Judah," 5 besides that it em- 
braces " an holy place for the sanctuary," it " shall be 
for the priests " also, " the ministers of the sanctuary, 
which shall come near to minister unto the Lord, and it 
shall be a place for their houses" 6 The other portion of 
the same size which joins " the border of the priests," 
" shall also the Levites, the ministers of the house," who 
formerly had no inheritance, " have for themselves, for a 

1 The reed being 6 cubits long (Ezek. xl. 5), or nearly 11 feet English. 

2 Ezek. xlv. 1-3 ; and xlviii. 8. 3 lb. verse 13. 
4 lb. verse 20. 5 lb. xlviii. 8. 
6 Ezek. xlv. 4. 



To Face 1 'age 



A VIEW OF THE. GROUND WORK OF THE SANCTUARY. 



y^^j-\£&T\i&*»\. '• t r w ^^?i 




Which shall 7ien&after h& hvifo for Divine Worship by the twelve Tribm 

of Isme&; wi^v notes eocplanatmy, of titers arm :■ . 



EXPLANATORY NOTES. 



A. East Gate of the Outer Court and Porch, 

with its Chambers Ezek. ch. xl. 6 — 9. 

B. North Gate " " 20—23. 

C. South Gate " " 24—27. 

D. Courts " xlvi. 21—24. 

E. Paved Outer Courts, 100 cubits broad, 

with 30 Chambers round about " xl. 17—19. 

F. North Porch of the inner court and tables. " " 35 — i3. 

G. East Gate of the inner court and porch.... " " 32 — 34. 
H. South Gate " " 28—31. 

I. Singers' Chambers " " 44 

J. The Inner Court, with the Altar " xliii. 13—27. 

K. Priests' Chamber " xl. 45— 46. 

L. Holy Chambers and Walk between " xlii. 1 — 14. 

M. Kitchen for the Priests " xlvi. 19 — 20. 

N. Most Holy Place " xli. 3—4. 

P. Table before the Lord - " " 22 

S. Porch of the Temple " xl. 48 — 49. 

T. The Temple or Holy Place " xli. 1—2. 

U. Side Chambers of the Temple, and Walk 

between " " 5—11. 

Y. Wall, 90 cubits long and 5 thick, around 

the building « " 12 

W. The building before the separate place, 70 

cubits broad, 90 long " " " 

X. The Separate Place. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 181 

possession of twenty chambers" 1 Still, this leaves 5,000 
reeds in width, over against the 25,000 from east to 
west, to complete the square of the oblation. It is sup- 
plied thus : — " And the 5,000 that are left in the breadth, 
etc., shall be a profane place for the city, for dwelling 
and for suburbs, and the city shall be in the midst there- 
of." 2 . . " And they that serve the city, shall serve 
it out of the tribes of Israel." 3 

These three compartments, therefore, into which " the 
holy oblation" is divided, consisting of two of 10,000 
reeds each in breadth, and one of 5,000, all being of 
equal length, render it in whole a square of 50 miles. 

And finally, the prophet, speaking of " the residue in 
length" i. e. the land which lay u over against the obla- 
tion* of the holy portion," says, it "shall be 10,000 east- 
ward, and 10,000 westward. . . And the increase 
thereof shall be for food to them that serve the city." 4 

(The accompanying map will illustrate the original 
covenant boundaries of the Holy Land, as already de- 
scribed, and also the new division of it among the twelve 
tribes of Israel, together with the holy oblation, etc., 
which occupies the central portion of it between the al- 
lotments of Judah on the north and of Benjamin on the 
south.) 

Now, as we have said, the land of promise, as for- 
merly possessed by Israel, was very limited, compared 
with that given to them in the original covenant com- 
pact. This will appear from one of the marks by which 
the new boundary on one side, viz., the east, is to be as- 
certained. The former boundary extended only to the 
west side of the river Jordan : " From the land of Israel 
to Jordan." 5 Whereas, when they shall enter into the 

1 Ezek. xlv. 5. 2 lb. xlviii. 15. 3 lb. verse 19. 

4 lb. verse 18. B lb. xlvii. 18. 




KaeSmiLh l.iLh. N .Y. 



182 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 

whole possession, the limits will extend far east of that 
river. 

This, then, is the land to which Israel will be restored 
at the hand of the eighth head. 

But it is here to be specially noted, that this restora- 
tion of the Jews will take place while they are still in 
their nationally unconverted state, and under circum- 
stances of great suffering. Thus the prophet Ezekiel : 
"And the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Son 
of man, the house of Israel" (or Judah, for so they are 
styled in several places) " is to me become dross : . . 
and because ye are all become dross, I will gather you 
into the midst of Jerusalem ... as into the midst 
of a furnace, to blow fire upon it and to melt it : So will 
I gather you in mine anger and in my fury . . . and 
I will leave you there, and will melt you. . . And ye 
shall know that I the Lord have poured out my fury upon 
you." l 

We repeat : it is under these circumstances that the 
Jewish nation will be restored to the land promised to 
their fathers. 

But, at whose instigation will the Jews be brought 
back to Palestine ? Recalling to mind what we have said 
of their restoration in a nationally unconverted state, etc., 
we now return to consider, I. The first act of the apocalyp- 
tic eighth head in regard to them. Louis Napoleon III., 
having placed himself at the head of his antichristian 
hosts, the prophet Daniel tells us that he will enter into 
a u league " 2 with them, to restore them to their own land. 
This " league," however, he tells us, will be made with 
them as those who " do wickedly against the covenant? a 



1 Ezek. xxii. 17-22. See also chap. xx. 33-< 

2 Dan. xi. 23. 3 lb. verse 33. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 183 

etc., inasmuch as it will involve their continued rejection 
of Jesus as " the minister of the circumcision for the truth 
of God, to confirm the promises made unto their fathers." ' 
And so, this eighth head, whom Daniel styles " a vile per- 
son" taking advantage of their eagerness to enter into a 
league with him for their restoration, "shall corrupt them 
by flatteries." 2 That is, he will guarantee to them a 
restoration to Palestine, upon condition of their promised 
allegiance to him, when he shall have u entered peaceably 
even upon the fattest places of the provinces," where he 
" shall do that which his fathers have not done, nor his 
father's fathers." 3 Nor this only. For, " after the league 
made with him, he shall work deceitfully"* etc. 

But, we must turn over to the prophet Hosea, for a 
more detailed account of this transaction. Having charged 
" the priests and house of Israel " that they " had dealt 
treacherously against the Lord," he says : " Now shall 
a mouth devour them, with their portion." Then he ex- 
claims : " Blow ye the cornet in Gibeah, and the trumpet 
in Ramah : cry aloud at Beth-aven, after thee, O Ben- 
jamin. The princes of Judah were like them that re- 
move the bound : therefore will I pour out my icrath upon 
them like water. . . I will be unto Ephraim as a moth, 
and to the house of Judah as rottenness," 5 etc. 

Now, these terrible denunciations are directed against 
Ephraim and Judah, at the time immediately prior to 
their restoration, the manner of effecting which, the 
prophet proceeds to describe in the following words : 
"When Ephraim saw his sickness, and Judah saw his 
wound, then went Ephraim to the Assyrian, and sent to 
King Jareb : yet could he not heal you, nor cure you of 
your icound" 5 etc 

i Rom. sv. 8. 2 Dan. xi. 33. 8 lb. verse 24. 

4 lb. verse 23. 5 Hosea v. 8-14. 



184 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 

The import of the above prophecy is simply this : that 
Ephraim, or those remaining fragments of the ten tribes 
who returned to Jerusalem in the time of Jeroboam I., 
and Judah, sensibly feeling their degraded condition, will 
devise a plan to extricate themselves. To this end, they 
apply to the King of " Assyria," — the antitypal apocalyp- 
tic eighth head, vel Louis Napoleon III., 1 as adumbrated 
by those cruel oppressors of Israel and Judah, the Assyrio- 
Babylonian King, Nebuchadnezzar, and his predecessors. 
This is confirmed by the historic fact, that the Assyrian 
monarchs exercised the prerogative to mediate in the set- 
tlements of all difficulties in reference to inferior and de- 
pendent powers, and to dictate the conditions with the 
authority of despots. This antitypal " Assyrian " grants 
their request, and this results in a joint " league" by which 
the Jews become incorporated with his confederacy. 
But, although their covenant God leaves them to their 
own device to consummate their plans, yet He declares 
that this eighth head will utterly fail to restore them to 
national peace and prosperity, not only, but that He from 
whom they have once more turned away, will execute the 
most terrible vengeance both upon them and their As- 
syrian ally. 

We pass to another point in this connection. The 
prophet Isaiah calls upon " all the inhabitants of the world, 
and dwellers on the earth," thus : " See ye, when he lift- 
eth up an ensign on the mountains ; and when he bloweth 

1 We have recently received information from two well authenticated 
sources, that a deputation from the associated Jewish Society throughout 
Europe have been sent to the Emperor of the French, desiring him to 
issue a decree for the restoration of the Jews to their own land ; but that 
his reply to them was, that though he would grant their request, yet that 
the time for it had not fully come, etc. In that he was right. The above 
edict must await his transfer, by the " ten kings," from his revived seventh 
to his eighth headship, which cannot be till after the close of a. d. 1868. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 185 

the trumpet, hear ye," 1 etc. Now, who is it, that answers 
as the antecedent to the relative pronoun " he," in this 
passage ? The answer is, that it is none other than the 
apocalyptic eighth head, who, having made the " league " 
which guarantees to the Jews their restoration to Pales- 
tine, now lifts up his " ensign," — that is, the " mark, name, 
or number of his name," — and " blows the trumpet " — 
which is the edict issuing from the " mouth " of him who 
" speaks as a dragon," — to his antichristian confederated 
hosts and their allies; for the predicted time will then 
have come, when " the present shall be brought unto the 
Lord of hosts, of a people scattered and peeled, and from 
a people terrible from their beginning hitherto ; a nation 
meted out and trodden under foot, whose land the rivers " 
— the typical Assyrians above alluded to — " have spoiled " 
in ages past, " to the place of the name of the Lord of 
Hosts, the Mount Zion." l 

And now, talk about the political and moral upheav- 
ings, and commotions, and revolutions which, like the un- 
derground earthquake commotions of terra firma, are 
convulsing all the time-worn dynasties of the old world, 
with their hoary-locked ecclesiastical institutions ; why, 
they will dwindle into absolute insignificance, compared 
with the effects produced by the " lifting up of this en- 
sign " to the nations by, and the issuing of this edict from 
the mouth of, this eighth head. 

But, do the prophecies throw any light upon the 
agencies that are to be employed in this ingathering of 
the unconverted Jews to Palestine ? Let us see. We 
turn to the prophecy of Isaiah, chap, xviii. 1-3 : — a Ho! " 
— mark here, not " Wo to," as in our English translation, 
but — " Ho ! the land of overshadowing wings, which 

1 Isa. xviii. 7. 



186 POLITICAL ECONOMY. OF PROPHECY. 

is beyond the rivers of Ethiopia : (or Cush) : that sendeth 
ambassadors by the sea, even in vessels of bulrushes upon 
the waters, saying, Go, ye swift messengers, to a people," 
i. e., the Jews, " terrible from the beginning hitherto ; 
a nation meted out and trodden down, whose land the 
rivers have spoiled. All ye inhabitants of the world, and 
dwellers on the earth, see ye, when he lifteth up an ensign 
on the mountains ; and when he bloweth a trumpet, hear 
ye,'' l etc. 

Now, the question here is, to what nation or people, 
occupying " the land of overshadowing wings," does this 
prophecy point us ? Expositors have written much on 
this subject, only to " darken counsel by words without 
knowledge." Evidently, the metaphorical phraseology, 
" sendeth embassadors by the sea, even in vessels of bul- 
rushes upon the waters," points to some great maritime 
power. But, there are a number of such powers. How 
are we to determine which one is intended by this pro- 
phecy ? This much we know. " That the ancient pro- 
phets designated different countries by metaphors, or by 
their national emblems or ensigns." For example. They 
spake of Babylon under the symbol of the winged lion ; 
Medo-Persia of a bear / Greece of a four-headed and 
four-ioinged leopard ; and Rome of a non-descript beast. 
Then also, Cyrus is symbolized by a ram ; Alexander the 
Great, by a he-goat ; and Rome, or the Roman army, 
by an eagle, etc. So, too, in modern times, we see the 
same thing. Turkey has her crescent ; England has her 
lion and unicorn / Scotland her thistle / Ireland her sham- 
rock ; and, the United States of America, her eagle. 

But, here are two nations, as we see, the Roman and 
the American, each having the eagle as their respective 
ensigns. Does the above prophecy give any clue by 

1 Isa. xviii. 2, 7. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 187 

which to determine which one is meant ? It does, and 
that most emphatically. On the one hand, the Roman 
Eagle is always represented as " perched up on high with 
folded icings, betokening its selfishness and self-com- 
plaisancy, with its piercing eye gazing on all around, and 
watching an opportunity to pounce upon asd devour the 
hapless bird that might chance to come within its reach." 
Whereas, on the other hand, the American Eagle, with 
its outstretched or " overshadoicing wings? grasps with 
one foot the olive-branch, and with the other, the weapons 
of defence ; the former betokening the emblem of peace 
and welcome to the agitated and oppressed nationalities 
of the old world ; and the latter of protection to all who 
seek for repose under her expanded embrace. 

This fact, therefore, taken in connection with the 
locality of this " land of overshadowing wings," viz., that 
it lies " beyond the rivers of Ethiopia," or Cush, and we 
must insist that it can refer to none other than to the 
United States op America ! For, doubtless, by the 
"rivers" in this prophecy, we are to understand the 
Nile and other Ethiopian rivers which lay to the west ; 
and as the prophecy points to " the land of overshadow- 
ing wings," and not to that of the lion and unicorn, or 
those of the thistle or shamrock, as laying " beyond these 
rivers," it can refer to none other than to the northern 
and southern continent of America ! 

Little, probably, did our forefathers think, when they 
adopted as their national insignia the eagle with out- 
stretched wings, that they were giving birth to a mighty 
maritime nation spoken of by prophecy at least 2,500 
years before the " Declaration of Independence of these 
United States ! " For however England, at the present 
time, may bear away the palm in comparison with the 
maritime power of France, yet we ask, — and this fact 



188 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 

will furnish additional evidence of the truth of the appli- 
cation of the above prophecy to these United States, — to 
whom are both England and France indebted for all that 
is really valuable in their floating craft, but to the pre- 
eminent genius of the sons of " the land of overshadow- 
ing wings, which sendeth ambassadors by the sea, even 
in vessels of bulrushes upon the waters ? " Besides, it is 
conceded on all hands, if we mistake not, that the United 
States, both in a commercial and naval point of view, 
commands the sea by a floating craft which, in number, 
quality, power, and swiftness, outrivals that of any other 
nation. And, though neither a prophet, nor the son of a 
prophet, we nevertheless express a strong conviction, as 
predicated of " the signs of the times," that this " land 
of overshadowing wings " is designed, in the purpose of 
God, to retain the preeminency she now holds over all 
other nations, in the field of new and more astounding 
modes of travel than the world has ever yet known. 

In regard, then, to the agents that will be employed in 
the great maritime work of restoring the Jews to Pales- 
tine. Yielding all that may be justly claimed by France 
and England in this matter — and, in that initiatory pro- 
cess, as we have seen, France will take the lead — and 
hence, not intending to deny them a participation among 
"the ships of Tarshish " in conveying the Jews back to 
their long-alienated land ; yet we must nevertheless in- 
sist, that it is principally to this " land of overshadowing 
wings," to whom the command will be issued, " Go ye 
sioift messengers^ to a nation scattered and peeled ; to a 
nation terrible from their beginning hitherto ; a nation 
meted out and trodden down, whose land the rivers" 
(i. e., the Babylonian, Medo-Persian, Grecian, and Roman 
invaders of Palestine) " have spoiled," — during the long 
period of the " seven times " or 2,520 years of their exile, 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 189 

as a " present to be brought to the Lord of hosts in the 
mount ZionP 1 

Well. You are perhaps ready to ask, " Is this ' land 
of overshadowing wings ' — this ' land of the star-spangled 
banner ' — this c land of the brave and home of the free,' to 
be merged into and form a part of the last great demo- 
cratico-atheistic confederacy of nations under this eighth 
head? " To this we reply, No. 2 Unlike Great Britain — 
including England, Scotland, and Ireland, all embraced 
under one crown, — 

The United States of America is not one of the 
" ten horns " of the territorial roman earth, 

Whose " ten kings give their power, and strength, and 
kingdom to the beast." 

We repeat : unlike Great Britain. This, of course, 
implies that Great Britain is one of the " ten horns " of 
the territorial Roman earth. We have heretofore as- 
sumed this as an historical fact. We are aware, how- 
ever, that since the time of the Reformation, and espe- 
cially under the crown of Edward VI. and of the martyrs, 
Cranmer, Latimer, and Ridley, it is alleged that Great 
Britain, having thrown off the Papal yoke, has been and 
still remains thoroughly Protestant. The question there- 
fore turns upon the single point, whether Great Britain 
was originally a Protestant nation, but for a time sub- 
jected to the obedience of Rome ; or whether, from the 
first, she was purely Romanized, and as such took her 
place among the " ten horns of the beast," and that, 
maugre her professed Protestantism, she still holds her 
position among them as such? 

1 Isa. xviii. 2, and verse 7. 2 See pages 22-23 of this work. 



190 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 

Against this latter hypothesis, our minds, from long 
cherished associations with her character as a Protestant 
nation, are ready to recoil. -We must, however, in this 
matter, as in others of a like nature, yield to the force of 
evidence. In this view, we beg to submit the historical 
facts following : 

In the first place, we concede the fact of the early in- 
troduction of Christianity into the British isles. Tertul- 
lian of the second century says : that " all nations have 
believed . . . and those places of the British isles, which 
were unapproachable to the Romans, are altogether sub- 
ject to Christ." x Bede also, speaking of the tenth perse- 
cution under the bloody Diocletian in the early part of 
IVth century, says : " At length it reached Britain also, 
and many persons, with the constancy of martyrs, died in 
the confession of their faith." 2 And so, Gildas, the ear- 
liest British historian whose works are preserved, says 
that " the sun of righteousness shone upon this frozen 
isle a little before the reign of Boadicea by the Roman 
legions, a. d. 61." 3 Gildas wrote about a. d. 560. 

But, from the testimony of Churton, regarding the 
period between a. d. 303 and 314, it is more than doubt- 
ful if any Christian churches could be found in England 
at this time. He says : " In the time of Diocletian, it 
pleased the Almighty to permit the cause of the truth, 
for the space of ten years (a. d. 303 to 314), to undergo 
the severest trial which the world has ever known. Gil- 
das, the earliest British historian, tells us that at this 
time the Christian churches throughout the world were 
leveled with the ground ; all the copies of the Scriptures 
which could anywhere be found were burned in the pub- 
lic streets, and the priests and bishops of the Lord's house 

i Adv. Jud. C. 7. 2 Bede, B. 1, c. 6. 

3 Gildas de Excid. Gent. Britannia, p. 9. Ed, Joss. Evan's Prim. Ages. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 191 

were slaughtered, together with their charge ; so that in 
some provinces not even a trace of Christianity could be 
found. 1 Then, pursuing the track of history up to a. d. 
426, although the Romans sent an army to assist the 
natives of Britain against the inroads of the Picts and 
Scots ; and even admitting the exemption of that prov- 
ince from the fate of the others as just alluded to ; yet, 
the Saxons, a. d. 449, possessed themselves of the eastern 
parts of the island, and, pushing on in savage war, drove 
great numbers of the Britons westward, even into Wales, 
where their posterity and language are preserved to the 
present day. Mr. Churton, in reference to these calami- 
tous times, says : " It is impossible to find anything more 
disastrous than the state of Britain at this time. A 
famine had followed the ravages of the Picts and Scots ; 
then arose a bloody war among the native chiefs and the 
Roman Britons ; those who had lived with the Romans in 
their cities, [i. e. the native Britons], and learnt their lan- 
guage, were cut off almost to a manP . . . " From this 
time," he continues, " Christianity began to disappear 
from the most important and fruitful provinces of Britain. 
As the Saxons founded, one after another, their petty king- 
doms, they destroyed the Churches, and the priests fled 
before them." 2 

Then again : even admitting the presence of a large 
number of British bishops at the council of Aries in ^. d. 
315, still it by no means follows, as is alleged, that they 
were prelatical bishops in an uninterrupted line of succes- 
sion from (St. Paul or ?) St. John, and that from them 
were derived the English succession of bisho]3S. For, 
besides the incongruity of these statements, with the 
above historical facts from Churton, between a. d. 303 and 

i Churton's Early Eng. Chh. p. 20. 
2 Churton's Early Eng. Chh. p. 82. 



192 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

449; during the long interval that elapsed of 150 years, 
while some of the refugees from the persecutions under 
Diocletian found their way to France, and settled in that 
part " called Brittany (or Aries) — from which it received 
its name," — Britain was now occupied by two peoples 
totally distinct in language, in religion, and in laws, viz,, 
the old Britons^ who, with their flocks, had fled to 
Wales, and the Saxon invaders of their once peaceful 
homes, all the latter of whom were enveloped in heathen 
darkness, and were engaged in the most rancorous hatred 
and " deadly wars" up to a. d. 596, when Pope Gregory 
the Great sent Augustine, with other Romish monks, to 
convert the Saxons to Christianity, The source of his 
mission, its objects, the sphere of its operations, its char- 
acter, and its results, each require a passing remark, in 
connection with the subject in hand. 

And first : of Gregory the Great. In reference to the 
period of which we now speak, the once mighty empire 
of Rome was a mere wreck, forlorn and powerless. And 
yet, marvelous as it may seem, at this very time, the mind 
of Gregory conceived the gigantic project of making Pome 
the centre of an universal spiritual kingdom. It was 
the offspring of that ambition which often survives the 
wreck of fortune. The political state of the world, and 
the aspirations of ecclesiastics after "the preeminence," 
were maturing the way for the extension and establish- 
ment of the office of " universal bishop." This title, as 
conferred upon the Bishop of Rome, John II., by Jus- 
tinian in a.d. 533, being subsequently ignored by the east- 
ern church, it was now actually assumed by Gregory's 
cotemporary and rival, John, the patriarch of Constanti- 
nople, whose " strange and daring arrogance " Pope 
Gregory denounced as indicating " that the times of Anti- 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 193 

christ were at hand." * And yet the Roman breviary 
tells us that Gregory " crushed the arrogance of John ! " 2 
Gibbon says of him, that " his virtues, and even his faults, 
a singular mixture of simplicity and cunning, of pride and 
humility, of sense and superstition, were happily suited to 
his station and the temper of the times. In his rival, the 
patriarch of Constantinople, he contemned the anti- 
christian title of universal bishop, which the successor 
of St. Peter was too haughty to concede, and too feeble to 
assume." 3 

The idea of the conversion of the Saxons was con- 
ceived by Gregory before his election to the popedom. 
Bede 4 informs us, that being one day at Rome in the 
market-place, among other articles of merchandise ex- 
posed to sale were " some boys, their bodies white, their 
countenances beautiful, and their hair very fine." Having 
asked what was their country and their religion, he was 
told that they were "Pagans, from the island of Britain." 
. . . " He therefore asked again, what was the name 
of the nation? " And it was answered that they were 
called Angles. " Right," said he, " for they have an an- 
gelic face, and it becomes such to be co-heirs with the 
angels in heaven." " What is the name," proceeded he, 
" of the provinces from which they are brought ? " It 
was replied, that the natives of that province were called 
Deira. " Truly are they De iraf* said he, " withdrawn 
from wrath and called to the mercy of Christ. How is 

i Bede's Epist. Lib. IV., 78. 

2 Die XII. Martii. In festo Sanctii Gregorii. 

3 Gibbon's Decline and Fall. 

4 Called " the venerable Bede ; " he was a monk, and, though a native 
historian of the eighth century, yet he paid unreserved obedience to the 
Pope of Rome ; and so highly are his works esteemed by the Romish 
church, that they are referred to as evidence in the Catechism of the Coun- 
cil of Trent, and quoted for edification in the Roman breviary. 

9 



194 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

the king of that province called ? " They told him his 
name was iElla ; and he, alluding to the name, said, " at- 
Mujah, the praise of God the Creator must be sung in 
those parts." l 

Under these circumstances it was, that Gregory I., 
the alleged 64th Pope, in the apostolical line of succession 
from Peter, a. d. 596, "sent Augustine, with other 
monks, to preach to the English," or Saxons, the Pope 
having appointed that Augustine should " be consecrated 
bishop, in case they were received by the English." 2 The 
whole company, at first intimidated by fear of the fierce 
and barbarous character of the Saxons, and from their ig- 
norance of their language returned home. 3 But " Augus- 
tine, being strengthened by the confirmation of the bless- 
ed Father Gregory, returned to the work of the word of 
God, with the servants of Christ," i. e., the monks, about 
forty in number, " and arrived in JBritaiyiP They landed 
on " the large island of Thanet on the east of Kent," of 
which " Ethelbert was at that time the most powerful 
king." Through " interpreters of the nation of the 
Franks," furnished " by the order of the blessed Pope 
Gregory," 4 they were admitted to hold audience w r ith 
the king, who, though at first influenced by a superstitious 
fear of an exposure to " magical arts," yet, " bearing a 
silver cross for a banner, and the image of our Lord and 
Savior painted on a board," 5 "Augustine," says Bede, 
" by God's assistance, supported with miracles," (though 
not possessed of " the signs of an apostle," the miraculous 
gift of tongues), " reduced king Ethelbert and his nation 
from the worship of idols to the faith of Christ." 6 Bede 
then informs us, that the king a permitted them to reside 

1 Bede, Book II., c. 1. 2 lb. Book I., c. 23. 

3 lb. Book I., c. 23. 4 lb. c. 24. 

5 lb. 6 lb. Book II., c. 3. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 195 

in Canterbury, which was the metropolis of all his do- 
minions." ' And from thence, Bede tells us, " Augustine 
sent Laurentius the priest, and Peter the monk, to 
Rome, to acquaint Pope Gregory that the nation of 
the English " (the Saxons) " had received the faith of 
Christ, and that he (i. e., Augustine) was himself made 
their bishop." 

Thus, then, as it appears, Augustine was the first 
Anglo-Saxon bishop of Canterbury in York, of which he 
subsequently became the first archbishop. But the question 
is — was Augustine a popish or an tmta'-popish prelate? 
If the former, then it follows that the Anglo-Saxon church 
of Great Britain, under the mission of Augustine, be- 
came one of the " ten horns " of the ecclesiastico-political 
papal beast. If the latter, then — as is alleged by those 
who deny the popish origin of Augustine's mission — it 
follows that Great Britain has " ever been legally and 
ecclesiastically independent of," the church of Rome. 2 

In support of this latter statement, it is affirmed that 
Augustine was consecrated by the Archbishops of Aries 
and of Lyons in Gall, (France,) and that " the Galilean 
churches derived their episcopate " according to " the an- 
cients themselves," from St. John ; and hence, that Augus- 
tine, being " the first Saxon bishop, as well as the first Arch- 
bishop of Canterbury," therefore, " the English bishops 
received their succession, not, as is often affirmed, from 
Rome, but from Aries," 3 etc. But, were these Gallican 
Archbishops of Aries and Lyons JProtestants ? So far 
from it, even admitting that they derived their consecra- 
tions through the line of the bishops of Ephesus, as alleged 
to have been founded by St. John ; yet, following the 
ecclesiastical records up to a. d. 533, by the edict of 

i Bede, Book II., c. 3. 2 Chapin's Primitive Church, p. 359. 

3 Chapin's Prim. Church, p. 392. 



196 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 

Justinian, as we have shown, 1 John II, the Patriarch of 
Home, was constituted the universal head of all the 
churches throughout Christendom, and hence, these 
Gallican bishops became subordinated to his authority. 
Papal France, is one of the " ten horns " of the " Beast." 
Gall and Lyons are in France, and are also Papal. 

Then further : in addition to this fact, as we have seen, 
Augustine derived his mission for the conversion of 
the Anglo-Saxons from Gregory, Bishop of Rome. Ac- 
cordingly, " in a. d. 598, he (Augustine) wrote to 
Gregory, Bishop of Home, for advice touching certain 
points of inquiry. One of the questions was, in what 
manner he ought to deal with the bishops of Gall and 
Britain? . . . In answer, Gregory tells him, that he 
had nothing to do with the bishops of Gall, who were 
subject to the Bishop of Aries as their metropolitan ; 
but, that he ought to have authority over the British 
bishops," 2 etc. It is hence affirmed from this statement, 
that there were canonical and lawful bishops in Britain be- 
fore Augustine went there ; " and consequently that, 
" according to the existing canons of the church— the 
sixth canon of the council of Nice, a. d. 325," which 
enacts, " that the ancient customs and rights of the church 
should not be changed," — "he (Augustine) owed alle- 
giance to the metropolitan of Britain,"* etc. And in 
proof, it is alleged that there were seven British bishops 
who met Augustine in the conference held on the banks 
of the Severn. But if this be so, it follows inevitably, 
that Augustine, through whom, as the connecting link 
between the Anglo-Saxon succession and that of ' JEphesus 
through the lines of Lyons and Aries, and who is declared 
to be " the first Saxon bishop " and " the first Archbishop 

1 See pages 125-129 of this work. 2 Chapin's Prim. Church, p. S3. 
3 lb. 860. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 197 

of Canterbury/' (agreeably to the above canon,) was a 
schismatical USURPER of the preexisting "customs and 
rights " of the British church ! What then becomes of 
the alleged unbroken succession of the English Protestant 
church ! 

But, no. For, on the one hand, while we are assured 
that " the earliest history of the British church has been 
involved in much obscurity, by the destruction of the 
records of that church ; V and that " much doubt and un- 
certainty have been thrown over it, by the manner in 
which it has been treated by later monkish historians, to 
whom we are indebted for very much of the history of 
those times ; " 1 yet, authentic history shows how much 
at variance with fact is the pretense of Augustine's schis- 
matical infringement of " the customs and rights of the 
so-called preexisting metropolitan ship of the old British 
church. That no such order existed in that part of the 
dominion of Ethelbert, where Augustine was established 
as the Archbishop of Canterbury, is evident from the 
fact already alluded to, namely, that " the old British 
churches, existing anterior to the Anglo-Saxon invasion, 
had been utterly swept from North Britain." Mr. Churton 
says : " The last British bishops, Theonas of London, and 
Thadioc of York, retreated with the remnants of their 
flocks into Wales." 2 And, in regard to " the number of 
bishops in England " in the time of Augustine, the vener- 
able Bede makes mention of one — " the Bishop of Luid- 
hard, whom the pagan king, Ethelbert of Kent, had 
agreed (as the condition exacted by her parents) should 
accompany his wife, Bertha, a Christian lady of the royal 
family of the Franks, to preserve her faith," 3 etc. Beyond 
this one bishop, therefore — and who with his royal protege 

i Chapin's Prim. Church, p. 362. 2 The Early Eng. Ch., p. 33. 
a Bede, Book XXV., c. 25. 



198 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

were of the Romish church — there was none other in 
England " at this time." And, as to those who met Au- 
gustine on the banks of the Severn, they were the ex- 
patriated bishops of the old British churches^ exist- 
ing anterior to the Anglo-Saxon invasion, and who, as 
already stated, fled for refuge, some to JBrittany in 
France, and some to Wales. Bede informs us, that " the 
bishops, or doctors," whom Augustine, with the assistance 
of the converted king Ethelbert, drew together to con- 
fer with him at a place which is to this day called " Au- 
gustine's Ac " (Oak), were " of the next province of the 
Britains," etc., i. e., Wales. The object of Augustine and 
the king in this conference with them was, to convert 
them over to the Romish faith. The first effort how- 
ever having signally failed, a second conference was ap- 
pointed, which brought together seven of the above 
expatriated bishops, and many of their most learned men 
from the monastery of Baucornaburg, or Bangor, over 
which the abbot Binooth, who bore a prominent part in 
the debate with Augustine, is said to have presided at 
that time. 1 

In regard, therefore, to this particular period of the 
history of these old expatriated British bishops who fled, 
to Wales, it is by a confounding the two, or an identify- 
ing of the English succession with the old British 
churches, that it is sought to sustain the presence of " at 
least one archbishop, and seven bishops in England, when 
Augustine landed there." In support of this hypothesis, 
it is further urged that the alleged " arch-episcopate of 
Gaerleon" to which these bishops belonged, was iden- 
tical with what is claimed to have been " the Anglo- 
Saxon portion of it " in Kent, England, " when Augus- 

1 Bede. See also Chapin's Prim. Chh., p. 361. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 199 

tine landed there." But we ask : what "portion n of 
the old " British church " could that have been, when 
Mr. Churton . tells us, that " the last British bishops, 
Theonas of London and Thadioc of York, retreated with 
the remnants of their flock, into Wales ? " and that, as # 
another writer states, six years before the conference 
between Augustine and Dinooth, they having fixed their 
seats at " Kaerleon ar Wye — Caerleon upon WisJce" l 

But, even granting that there was a " portion " of the 
old British church in Kent " when Augustine landed 
there." It is nevertheless an historical fact, that, though 
at first they " practically denied at the very outset, the 
supremacy of the Pope, as it is now claimed ; " yet we 
are assured that " the Anglo-Saxon portion of it " was 
" converted by missionaries from Home" 2 And who, 
pray, were these missionaries, but Augustine and his 
forty monks ? Aye, and their Romish conversion fol- 
loioed that denial of the Papal supremacy which they at 
first made ; for what sort of conversion can that be, 
against which the mind rises up in revolt "from the very 
outset ? " It is clear, therefore, that this " portion " of 
the British church, whether large or small, became 
Roman. 

The manner in which this was brought about may be 
gathered from the following*: This triumph of the " mis- 
sionaries from Rome " was occasioned on the one hand 
by Wilfred's refusal, on the appointment to his bishopric 
of York, to receive consecration at the hands of the Scot- 
tish bishops of Lindisfarn or Durham, and Litchfield, and 
his repairing to Paris, where he obtained it from Agil- 
bert, the archbishop ; and on the other, from the re-ordi- 
nation of Chad, at the instigation of Theodore, he having 

i Chapin's Prim. Chh., p. 861, note. 2 lb. p. 371. 



200 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

been previously ordained bishop of York, on which occa- 
sion two Welsh bishops were present and assisted." 1 
These bishops were of that class of the old British bish- 
ops of Wales, whom, on the banks of the Severn, Augus- 
tine failed at the first conference to subdue to the obe- 
dience of the Roman see, which did not transpire till 
about a. d. 668, as above stated. 

And finally, as to the agency employed by Rome in 
the accomplishment of this work, it was on this wise. 
In reply to their second refusal to comply with Augus- 
tine's demands, " that they would do none of those 
things, nor receive him as their archbishop," Bede re- 
ports him " in a violent manner to have foretold, that in 
case they would not join in unity with their brethren, 
they should be warred upon by their enemies ; and if 
they would not preach the way of life to the English na- 
tion, they should at their hands undergo the vengeance 
of death. All which, through the dispensation of the 
divine judgment, fell out exactly as he had pre- 
dicted" 2 

Yea, verily. For, " under Theodore and Wilfred, the 
Welch Christians were not even allowed to receive the 
Sacrament with the English, unless they conformed" 
Bede relates, that at one time " there were slain of them 
who came to pray (Presbyters) about 1,200 men, and 
only 50 escaped by flight." 3 

Thus, says Mr. Churton, speaking of Theodore, " he 
found the church {English) divided, he left it united ; he 
found it a missionary church, scarcely fixed in more than 
two principal provinces ; he left it — what it ever will be 
while the country remains in happiness and freedom — 



i Churton's Early Eng. Chh. pp. 75-86. 2 Bede, Book II. c. 2. 

3 Bede, lb. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 201 

THE ESTABLISHED CHURCH OF ENGLAND." 1 From the 

above facts, therefore, it appears, 

1. That Augustine, by whom, under the auspices of 
Pope Gregory, the Saxons were converted to the Roman 
faith, was by him appointed the first Saxon bishop, and 
the first archbishop of Canterbury, his consecration 
having been received at the hands of the papal arch- 
bishops of Lyons and Aries. 

2. That Augustine was not a usurper of the pre- 
existing " customs and rights " of the British church. 

3. That Great Britain, having been " at the very 
outset" reduced to the obedience of the Roman church, 
was thereby constituted one of the " ten horns " of the 
Papal " beast." And, 

4. As it is admitted on all hands, that " the Church 
of England as by law established," derived her alleged 
unbroken succession of bishops in a direct line from the 
Canterberian archiepiscopate of Augustine ; it follows 
that, maugre her professed Protestantism, she has never 
lost her position as one of the " ten horns " of the Roman 
beast. 

Like his predecessors from Leo X. in the time of 
Henry V1JLL, Pio ISTono, the present reigning pontiff, so 
far from having relinquished his claim to her as such, 
has seized upon and holds her, as one of the brightest 
gems which adorns his triple crown. The church of 
Rome has ever looked upon her simply as guilty of 
schism ; and " schism " consists of a rupture " in the 
body," 2 not of severance from it. And, though excom- 
municated by the Papal bull of Leo X., yet excommuni- 
cation implies possible submission and restoration. This 
restoration the Church of Rome claims to have already 

» Ckurton's Early Eng. Chh. pp. 75, 7G. 2 1 Cor. xii. 25. 



202 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

virtually achieved. For this, " the Church of England 
as by law established," — though partaking largely of the 
Protestant element of the Reformation, yet — having re- 
tained in her Ritualism so much of the leaven of the 
Romish missal, she is indebted to herself. The Rome- 
ward tendencies thence resulting is seen in the develop- 
ments of the virus of Tractarianism, which, like a sinew 
of " iron and brass," binds her to her original sphere, as 
one of the " ten horns " of papal Rome. 

And, in regard to the political and moral character 
of the British nation, one of her own writers, in speaking 
of her, says : 

« We repeat, once more, that this country is, at this 
moment, the most guilty of the whole world. That our 
Indian wars have been massacres more bloody than the 
massacre of St. Bartholomew ; that our opium-poisoning 
in China is, with one exception, the greatest crime ever 
committed by the human race ; that we persist in these 
enormities from year to year, until our hearts are har- 
dened beyond remedy ; that we,' alone, maintain the 
Mahommedan empire of Turkey, and we alone, have set 
up the crescent and trampled on the cross ; that these 
dreadful sins must have a dreadful end, and that the least 
we can expect is, the humiliation of the British empire, 
as a commutation of sentence, in place of the humiliation 
of the British name ; and that we shall never be a pros- 
perous, happy, or Christian nation, until we are stript of 
every atom of our ill-gotten spoil. Until then, the day 
of the Lord will be against us, as against all iniquity." 
. . " A haughty spirit is before a fall ; " but " be- 
fore honor is humility" 1 

The following satire from the same pen is placed in 

i Pardon on " The Last Vials," March 1st, 1862, pp. 11, 12. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 203 

juxtaposition with the political and moral characteristics 
and acts of Napoleon III. 

" But what we at least ought most to admire, is the 
moral and religious excellence of this man. We are, as 
every one knows, the best of nations — the most moral, 
upright, and pious. We have never yet committed a 
fault, except in that unfortunate invasion of Affganistan. 
That was the Uriah case of the modern David. And is 
not the Emperor Napoleon following our example? 
Shall not he make false pretenses as well as we ? Shall 
not he rob other nations as we have robbed the East ? 
Shall not he provoke men to quarrels, and then kill them 
by thousands because they have been provoked ? Shall 
we enjoy the luxury of slaughtering 80,000 Hindoos in 
one year, from love to the .Gospel, and not indulge him 
with a little carnage from love to something else ? This 
would be most unreasonable indeed. Shall we poison the 
souls and bodies of 400,000 Chinese every year, with 
opium, and not allow the Emperor to destroy a tenth 
part as many by any other process he pleases ? It is true 
that he is not so bad as we ! He does not destroy one 
tenth as many lives — but still he does his best, and we 
must make allowance for the timidity of young begin- 
ners. It is not every man who has had so long an ap- 
prenticeship in robbery, poisoning, and hypocrisy, as the 
British nation has enjoyed. But our good example will 
not be thrown away, and in the mean time let us not dis- 
courage our weak but willing imitator P l 

No. It will be found ere long, that the " example " 
of the British nation " will not be thrown away." Let 
the reader but fix his eye on those " coming events which 
cast their shadows before.;" especially in connection 

i Purdon on " The Last Vials," March 1st, 1862, pp. 14, 15. 



204: POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

with the events of the year 1866 and 1867. He will 
find within that interval, that the British nation will 
acknowledge herself to be one of the " ten horns " of the 
Roman beast ; and he will find, immediately after the 
close of a. d. 1868, her recognition, willingly or unwil- 
lingly, of the headship of Louis Napoleon III. over "the 
universal Latin empire." 

On the other hand, in regard to this " land of over- 
shadowing wings," alias, the United States of Amer- 
ica. Founded upon the principle of a universal tolera- 
tion of all religions, we are " a church without a bishop 
and a state %oithout a king" The principles of our 
Protestantism flowed, down to us through another chan- 
nel than that of Rome. Far back in the annals of the 
past, the source whence has flowed, in unbroken contin- 
uity, the stream of primitive Christianity in contrast with 
its Romish perversions, must be sought for in those an- 
cient dwellers among the Cottian mountains of the Alps, 
called the Vaudois, or Waldenses, the faithful remnants 
of whom are to this day to be found in the valleys of 
Piedmont, whom neither the fire nor sword of Papal per- 
secutions have ever succeeded either to subdue or exter- 
minate. The same un corrupt stream was transmitted 
from them through the Albigensian and Bohemian 
Protestants against the corruptions of Rome, until at 
length it diffused its healing waters over large portions 
of continental Europe, while it extended its hallowed in- 
fluences to England also, whence the rise of the Wick- 
liffites or Lollards. But there is a marked difference 
to be observed in those characteristics which distinguish 
the continental from the Anglican Reformations. The 
former consisted in a throwing off and a total separation 
from the long protracted dominancy and prevalent cor- 
ruptions of the Church of Rome. Hence, however they 




POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 205 

may be reputed as separatists, they cannot in consistency 
be denominated schismatics. Hence, too, those English 
non-conformists, when driven by persecution from their 
fatherland to seek for shelter on American soil landed 
on Plymouth Rock, planted those seeds of civil and 
religious liberty which, according to the " voice of proph- 
ecy," was to give birth to this "Land of overshad- 
owing wings." It is these antagonistic principles to 
the despotic and monarchical systems of the Old World, 
both in church and state — so indelibly stereotyped in the 
" Constitution of these United States," — that renders her 
at once the object of the hate and the dread of the 
crowned heads of Europe, and particularly those of 
France, Austria, and England. Save the Jewish nation, 
there is none other under the wide heavens, which, 
within the same short period, has been signalized by 
such national strides ; and, with the above exception, 
none other that is destined to so glorious a future. 

Nevertheless, it becomes us, in deep humility, to con- 
fess before God that we are a sinful nation, laden with 
iniquity. Blest of the Most High as no other Gentile 
nation has been blest, we have " despised the riches of 
God's goodness, and forbearance, and long-suffering ; not 
knowing that the goodness of God leadeth to repent- 
ance." 1 May we not,* therefore, reasonably fear that we 
shall be called again to "pass under the rod" of Divine 
chastisement ? And, so, coming down to our own times, 
and resuming the subject of previous remark; from the 
widely-diffused influences of the miracle-working wonders 
of the " three unclean frog spirits," or " spirits of devils," 
who go forth to " deceive " not only the " ten kings " of 
the Roman earth, but also of " the whole world," other 

1 Rom. ii. 4. 



206 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

nationalities, not of the " ten horns," will become allies 
to this eighth head, and of which ours, unless we repent, 
will be one. On the other hand, the unconverted Jewish 
nation, when first restored, though not one of the " ten 
horns," will not only be absorbed into, and form a part 
of, that great antichristian confederacy, but they will 

HAIL THIS EIGHTH HEAD AS THEIR MESSIAH ! 

But you d.oubt — you hesitate. The very suggestion 
even of such eventualities is so astounding— and especi- 
ally to those who look into the Bible as they look into an 
old counting-room waste-book or ledger — that you are 
ready to pronounce it improbable, not only, but impossi- 
ble. Let me then say that, as it respects our own coun- 
try, while blest with equal light, and with far greater 
advantages for good than any one or indeed all nations 
beside, yet it is undeniable that, partaking with them of 
that moral depravity common to fallen creaturehood, we 
are at the same time subject to the influence of that same 
haven of antichristianism in all its forms, national, po- 
litical, civil, social, and religious, though not of so ran- 
.corous characteristics, as that of the nations of the Old 
World. "Who, then, w T ill venture to affirm the impossi- 
bility, in view of these facts, that this " land of overshad- 
owing wings " will not form an alliance with this apo- 
calyptic eighth head, for the purposes above specified ? 

And as to the other statement, that the Jews, when 
restored in their unconverted state, will hail this eighth 
head as their Messiah, what will this be, we ask, but a 
literal verification on their part, of that notable prophecy 
of our Lord respecting them as a nation, — "J" am come in 
my Father's name, and ye receive me not : if another 
shall come in his own name," — i. e., with the " mark, or 
name, or number of the beast," already explained, " him 
ye will receive." We appeal then, from what you 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 207 

know of the antecedents and existing characteristics, poli- 
tical and moral, of that world-renowned "pacificator" 
and draconic-mouthed dictator of all the crowned heads 
of Europe, the present reigning emperor of France ; who 
can say that, when, having passed from his revived seventh 
to his eighth headship, and exhibiting before them " all 
the power and signs and lying wonders," with all the 
" deceivableness of unrighteousness " of the last Anti- 
christ, the Jews will not " receive him " as their Mes- 
siah ? True, when Jesus was upon earth, and claimed to be 
the yeritable " King of Israel," that was to " Sit upon 
the throne of His Father David," the Jewish nation de- 
manded of Him, " Show us a sign from heaven that we 
may believe." And " signs " the most marvellous, stu- 
pendous, and unprecedented, such as healing the sick, 
giving limbs to the maimed, eyes to the blind, ears to the 
deaf, tongues to the dumb, the casting out of devils, still- 
ing the boisterous waves of the sea, yea, and raising the 
very dead to life, were continually wrought before them. 
And yet, " Him they received not ! " Wherefore ? Ah, 
the manger at Bethlehem as His birth-place ; His being 
the reputed son of an humble carpenter ; and being so 
poor that He had not where to lay His head, with them 
eclipsed all these evidences of His Messiahship, and they 
rejected and crucified Him as an impostor! But, how 
changed the scene, when this eighth head shall have stept 
upon the stage ! With a prestige which inheres in no 
other one man ; attended with those gorgeous and capti- 
vating trappings unparalleled in the history of earthly 
potentates ; and, as Daniel says, " shall have power over 
the treasures of silver and gold." * etc. ; and withal, " shall 
do great wonders, so that he mdketh fire come down 

» 1 Dan. xi. 43. 



208 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

from heaven on the earth in the sight of men, in attesta- 
tion of his mission ; ah, who, we repeat, will affirm that, 
under such circumstances between the two claimants, the 
true and the false, the Jews will not hail Napoleon III. 
as their Messiah ? 

Well. Let us now suppose the Jews to have been 
restored, and to have placed themselves under the rule 
of their false Messiah. What then? We must here pre- 
mise by the way, that, besides that the Jews can boast 
of numbering among their race many of the most re- 
nowned scholars in every country whither they are scat- 
tered, and who exert a powerful influence in the diplo- 
matic, professional, literary, commercial, and other depart- 
ments of state ; they are also the wealthiest of any other 
nation in the world. Indeed, it is doubtful whether at 
this time there is a single cabinet of all the crowned heads 
of Europe, which is not in one way or other, held in sur- 
veillance by those mammoth bankers, the Jewish million- 
aire Rothschilds of France,, Hence, having once reached 
their destination, from their undying love to their covenant 
soil, each will emulate the other in wiping out the last 
vestiges of those footprints of the destroyers from among 
the Gentiles who have so long laid it waste. " For I will 
cause to return the captivity of the land as at the first, 
saith the Lord. Thus saith the Lord of hosts : again in 
this place, which is desolate, without man and without 
beast, and in all the cities thereof, shall be an habitation 
of shepherds causing the flocks to lie down," l etc. ISTor 
this only. >For, " Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, 
that the city," i. e. Jerusalem, " shall be built to the 
Lord, from the tower of Hananeel unto the gate of the 
corner," 2 etc. And, this rebuilding of " the Holy City," 

1 1 Jer. xxxiii. 11-13. 2 lb. xxxi. 13. 






POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 209 

will include the he-erection of the temple after the 
model prescribed by the prophet Ezekiel, (see Ezek. xli — 
xlii.), which in its dimensions, costliness, and magnifi- 
cence, will incomparably surpass those of either Solomon, 
Zerubbabel, or Herod. 

And so, the restored commonwealth of " the house of 
Judah " will speedily rise to national and political distinc- 
tion in the earth. But mark : this will all transpire while 
the Jews are yet in " league" with their false Messiah. 
Accordingly, the prophet Ezekiel, referring to this very 
period, says : " And the word of the Lord came unto me, 
saying, Son of man, say unto her, 'Thou art the land that 
is not cleansed, nor rained upon in the day of indignation. 
There is a conspiracy of her prophets in the midst there- 
of, like a roaring lion ravening for prey. . . . Her priests 
have violated my laws, and have profaned my holy things: 
. . . Her princes in the midst thereof are like wolves 
ravening for the prey, to shed blood, and to destroy 
souls, to get dishonest gain. And her prophets have 
daubed them with untempered mortar, seeing vanity, and 
divining lies unto them, saying, Thus saith the Lord God : 
and the Lord hath not spoken. The people of the land 
have used oppression, and exercised robbery, and have 
vexed the poor and the needy ; yea, they have oppressed 
the stranger wrongfully." * And no marvel this, when we 
consider that they have placed themselves under the iron 
rule, and are influenced by the example of him who, hav- 
ing come to them " in his own name," has come " after 
the working of Satan, with all power and signs and lying 
wonders." 

But, the Jews will not yet have reached the climax 
of their national jsins. This is to be gathered from the 

1 1 Ezek. xxii. 23-30. 



210 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

V 

following : " And thou shalt say to the rebellious, even to 
the house of Israel, (or Judah), Thus saith the Lord God, 
O ye house of Israel, let it suffice you of all your abomina- 
tions ; in that ye have brought into rny sanctuary r ," — i. e. 
into their newly erected temple — " strangers, uncircum- 
cised in heart, and uncircnmcised in flesh, to be in my 
sanctuary, to pollute it, even my house, when ye offer my 
bread, the fat and the blood, and they have broken my 
covenant, because of all your abominations." 1 By this 
we are to understand, that upon the rebuilding of the 
temple in Jerusalem, the ordinance op sacrifices, etc., 
shall be restored for the people, and the priests and Le- 
vites, as aforetime, shall stand to minister before them. 2 
Now God commanded that these offices should be filled 
by u the sons of Zadoh, of the tribe of Levi." 3 But, in- 
stead of this, and as a consequence of their compliance 
with, the conditions stipulated in their a league " with 
their false Messiah, it opens up the way for, 

II. His second act in this tragical drama. For, we 
read that, as the last Antichrist, " who shall oppose and 
exalt himself above all that is called God, or that is wor- 
shipped," he as God, shall seat himself in the temple of 
God, showing himself that he is God." * And therefore, 
as such, he will proceed to select his priests, etc., not from 
the legitimate and divinely appointed " sons of Zadok," 
but from his Gentile confederates, " strangers," like him- 
self, " uncircnmcised both in heart and in the flesh ! • 

And now see : on account of these and - the like 
" abominations " of the restored Jews, their covenant 
God brings upon the nation, Jeremiah's and Daniel's pre- 
dicted time of" Jacob's trouble," B or that season of un- 

i 1 Ezek. xliv. 6, 7. 2 lb., verses 10-16. 

3 lb., verse 15. 4 2 Thess. ii. 3, 4, 

« 1 Jer. xxxi. 7 ; Dan. xii. 1, 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 211 

paralleled " tribulation " spoken of by our Lord, 
" Suck as was not since the beginning of the creation 
which God created to that time, nor ever shall be." * Yes, 
they will once more be brought " to pass under the rod " a 
of God's chastising hand. For, " He will gather them in 
the midst of Jerusalem ; " . . . and " He will blow upon 
them in the fury of his wrath, and they shall be melted in 
the midst thereof, as silver in the midst of a furnace," 
etc. 

Now, this fearful visitation of the Lord's wrath upon 
the Jews as figuratively portrayed in the above prophecy, 
as we shall show, will be literally verified to them at the 
hand of that very false Messiah, who had " corrupted 
them by flatteries " to enter into a " league " with him. 
It will be on this wise. We read, Dan. xi. 23, that " after 
the league made with them, " he shall work deceitfully P 
Aye, still practising the same deeply mysterious, cunning, 
deceitful, and treacherous policy therij as that which has 
thus far marked his diplomatic career as the revived 
seventh secular head of the Franco-Roman empire ; the 
Jews, having at length discovered by their bitter expe- 
rience the " deceitfulness " of him with whom they had 
entered into a " league " for their protection, and hor- 
rified at the desecration of their temple by his blasphem- 
ing footsteps, together with that of their God-appointed 
priesthood and rites ; with one voice they will exclaim, 
" My leanness, my leanness, woe is ?ne ! the treacherous 
dealers have dealt treacherously : yea, the treacherous 
dealers have <?ealt very treacherously." And, under the 
deep conviction withal that Louis Napoleon HI., as the 
eighth apocalyptic head is the Antichrist, they will rise 



1 Matt. xxiv. 21 ; Mark xiii. 19 ; Lukexxi. 25, 26. 

2 Ezck. xx. 3G, 37. 



212 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

up as one man in open revolt against him and his athe- 
istic Gentile confederates ! , 

We are now approaching the end of these prophetico- 
historic expositions. The above-named revolt of the 
Jewish Nation against Napoleon III., although at first 
not cognizant of the purpose of God in regard to it, will 
be found to initiate those last acts in this connection, 
with which these prophetical revelations close. 

The subject will conclude with our next chapter. 



CHAPTER VI. 

[concluded.] 
SECTION Y. 

CONTINUATION OP THE PROPHETICO-HISTORIC EXPLOITS OP THE APOCALYP- 
TIC EIGHTH HEAD AND HIS ANTICHRISTIAN CONFEDERACY. 

III. His third act — Invasion of the Holy Land, and ks capital, Je- 
rusalem. — IV. His final doom, with that of his Magogian con- 
federacy. — Conclusion. 

The close of the preceding section left the Jewish na- 
tion in open revolt against the blasphemy and treachery 
of their false Messiah. This revolt introduces upon the 
prophetical platform the next act of this despot, 

III. His invasion of the Holy Land and its capital, 
Jerusalem. Daniel's " wilful king," alias, the last Anti- 
christ, having " planted the tabernacle of his palaces be- 
tween the seas in the glorious holy mountain," l being in- 

i Dan. xi. 3C-45. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 213 

cited by emotions of jealousy at the rising greatness and 
prosperity of the Jewish commonwealth, and of indigna- 
tion at their revolt against his authority, resolves to mar- 
shal his confederated hosts, — the Gog and Magog army 
of Ezekiel, 1 — with a view to invade the Holy Land, bury 
its capital in ruins, and to totally annihilate the Jewish 
race. This will be his " going forth unto the kings of 
the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the 
battle of the great day of God Almighty," mentioned 
Rev. xvi. 14 ; and it is the same with the Lord's " gath- 
ering all nations against Jerusalem to battle," of which 
the prophet Zechariah speaks, chap. xiv. 1, 2. This mighty 
confederacy of the antichristian nations will be consti- 
tuted, principally, as we have said, of the kingdoms or 
principalities of the " ten horns "or " kings " of the 
Latin earth? but will also embrace as its allies, those na- 
tions enumerated by the prophet Ezekiel, chap, xxxviii. 
1-7 : — " Gog of the land of Magog, the prince of Rosh, 
Mesech, and Tubal ; and Persia, Ethiopia or Cush, Libya 
or Phut, Gomer and Togarmah," etc. 

We must here observe, by the way, that the reader 
will do well to compare Ezek. chapters xxxiv.. 17-21 ; 
xxxviii. 1-17 ; and xxxix. 1-24, on this subject. We 
also remark, that the learned Mr. Faber, in his work on 
the Jews 3 (pp. 234-247), argues at great length that the 
above invasion of Jerusalem refers exclusively to the 
" compassing of the camp of the saints about, and the 
beloved city," by the " Gog and Magog " army at the 
close of the millennial era, recorded Rev. xx. 8, 9. But 

1 Ezek. xxxviii. 2, 3, 16, 18, xxxix. 11. 

2 Rev. xvii. 12, 13, 17 ; xix. 19. 

3 " A General and Connected Yiew of the Prophecies relative to the 
Conversion, Restoration, and Future Glory of the Houses of Judah and 
Israel," etc. Boston. Published by Andrews & Cummings, 1809. 



214 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

what is decisive in proof, that the Gog and Magog hosts 
of Ezekiel are entirely separate and distinct from those 
of the Apocalypse, is the fact, that in Ezek. xxxviii. 1G, 
the gathering of Gog and Magog against the Jews in the 
latter days, and their signal overthrow by the interposi- 
tion of " the Lord" in their behalf as described in Zech. 
xiv. 3. 4, and Rev. xix. 11-21, that it is to the end that 
" the heathen may know God ; " that is, that they shall, 
by being witnesses of these things, be turned from dumb 
idols to serve the living God" an event which is undeni- 
ably pre and not ^>os£-millennial. - 

Then, in addition to this, Ezekiel's description of the 
magnitude of this army, the number of their weapons, 
and the process prescribed for burying their carcasses, 
and burning the weapons used by it (Ezek. xxxix. 9-13), 
can never be applied to the apocalyptic Gog and Magog 
hosts. 

Again. Mr. Faber is entirely in error when he repre- 
sents, as in page 245, that " the antichristian confederacy 
is a Roman one," whereas " the Magogean confederacy 
is not." This error arises from the failure on the part of 
Mr. Faber to recognize the fact of the continuation of 
the old national landmarks during the millennial era, and 
also after its close. Thus Zechariah, referring to that 
era, says : " And it shall come to j>ass, that every one of 
them that is left of all the nations that came against Je- 
rusalem, shall even go up from year to year to worship 
the king, the Lord of hosts, and to keep the feast of 
tabernacles." Now, these are they of the Ezekiel Ma- 
gogean confederacy who shall escape the destruction that 
will fall upon the main body ; and will form a large por- 
tion of the nations of the Gentiles during and after the 
millennial era, out of whom will spring the apocalyptic 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 215 

Magogean confederacy. 1 The vast dimensions of this lat- 
ter confederacy compared with that of Ezekiel ; and also 
the difference in the agents and the method employed in 
effecting the destruction of each, — the former by the con- 
quering hand of the Reoer on His white horse and His 
white-robed cavalry ; 2 and the latter by fire from heaven? 
— may be adduced as further proof on this point. 

But, passing from this momentary digression, we now 
proceed to remark, that before the great battle for which 
this Ezekiel Gog and Magog confederacy are summoned 
together, the eighth head and his army, flushed with the 
pride and success of their unchecked career, resolve to 
invade the Holy Land, and, besieging its capital, Jerusa- 
lem, " the city is taken, the houses are rifled, the women 
are ravished, and half of the city is led forth into cap- 
tivity." 4 

These calamities, therefore, — which is that very " fur- 
nace of fire " in which the prophet Ezekiel declared that 
the Lord would w blow upon them and melt them, even 
as silver is melted," 5 — taken in connection with all that 
they will have suffered since the formation of their un- 
holy " league " with the false Christ, will exceed in se- 
verity any other that has ever befallen them since they 
have been a nation ! 

1 If it be asked, But how is this ? seeing that it is said of the subjects 
of the millennial era, that " all shall be righteous, from the least of them 
even unto the greatest of them," (Jer. xxxi. 34), the answer is, that 
this to the contrary notwithstanding, the millennial era is not a state of 
indefutable grace. Isaiah says, that " the child that is a sinner , being an 
hundred years old, shall die and oe accursed" (Isa. lxv. 20.) And Zech- 
ariah states that " some will not come up of all the families of the earth 
unto Jerusalem, to worship the king," etc. (Zech. xiv. 17.) And so, at 
the close of the millennial era, when Satan is " loosed for a little season to 
deceive these nations" it is easy to account for that great apostate Magogean 
confederacy described in Rev. xx. 9. 

a Rev. xix. 11-16 ; and 17-21. 3 lb. xx. 9. 

* Zech. xiv. 1, 2. s Ezek. xxii. 17-22. • 



216 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

There is, however, another scene, which speedily fol- 
lows the apparently unchecked triumphs of this false 
Christ and his confederates, over the afflicted but " still 
"beloved " * covenant people of God. Their assault upon 
the Holy City, Jerusalem, eventuates, 

IV. In " the battle of that great day of God Al- 
mighty " spoken of Rev. xvi. 14. The result of this bat- 
tle, however, in their boastful, self-reliant spirit, as we 
shall see, formed no part of their reckoning. Yes, at this 
point, it will be found that the ordinary far-reaching mil- 
itary tactics and diplomatic sagacity of their leader is at 
fault. This "man of destiny" will then find that the 
attribute of prescience forms no part of his endowments. 
The Devil incarnated in his person will not be omni- 
scient ! 

But before passing on to this " battle," we must in- 
troduce you to the locality of the "field " selected for 
this mighty conflict. And here observe, the words are, 
not "a place, which may be called," etc., but it is — tov 
tottov tov KaXovfievov — i. e. } " the place which is called in 
the Hebrew tongue, Armageddon." The meaning of 
which is, that this is here actually applied in the Hebrew 
Scriptures, not to some vague, but to a definite and as- 
certainable locality. Allow us then to premise, that 
names applied by one prophet as a comparison or figure, 
are used by a subsequent prophet as an appellation or 
proper name. Thus, the figurative phrase, the " Branch," 
as used by the earlier prophets Isaiah and Jeremiah to 
denote Christ, 2 is applied to Him by Zechariah as a prop- 
er name. 5 Precisely the same principle is here applied 
by St. John. The name of " Armageddon," is a combi- 



1 Rom. xi. 11. 

2 See Isa. xi. 1 ; Jer. xxiii. 5. 8 Zech. iii. 8. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 217 

nation of two passages in Zechariah, the one in chap. xii. 
10, 11, where the prophet uses the great mourning occa- 
sioned by the death of the good king Josiah, — who was 
a type of Christ, — and the scene of which was in the 
valley of Megiddo, — to illustrate the general mourning 
of the Jews, when " the spirit of grace and of supplica- 
cation being poured out upon them, they shall look upon 
Him whom they pierced, and mourn." * " In that day 
there shall be great mourning in Jerusalem, as the mourn- 
ing of Hadadrimmon in the valley of Megiddo." But, 
the place where this mourning of the Jews shall occur, is 
called by the same prophet a mountain, not a valley. 
" And His (i. e. Christ's) feet shall stand in that day," — 
the day of the overthrow of the Antichrist and his con- 
federates — " upon the mount of Olives which is before 
Jerusalem on the east," 2 etc. Hence these passages, 
combining the two parts, ar (a mount), and megiddo, 
form the name " Armageddon," which signifies mount 
Megeddon, the " place " alluded to by St. John as " so 
called in the Hebrew Scriptures." We submit, there- 
fore, that by a comparison of Zech. xii. 9-11, with chap. 
xiv. 1, 2, and verse 4, the future " battle " between the 
Antichrist and his Magogean confederacy, and the true 
Christ and His army, takes place on the same spot desig- 
nated by Zechariah as the place for the future mourning 
of the Jews over their sins. 

The former of these two events, the battle of that 
great day of God Almighty, is that to which we now 
turn our thoughts. The prophecies which foretell the 
certain destruction of the last Antichrist and his Mago- 
gean army under the cover of those types by which they 
were pre-figured in the Old Testament, — the Canaanites, 

i Zech. xii. 9, 10. 2 ib. xiv. 4, 5. 

'10 



218 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 

Moabites, Ammonites, Philistines, Edomites, etc., and 
those of Assyria, Tyre, and Sidon, and also the four great 
monarchies of Gentilism, the Babylonian, Medo-Persian, 
Grecian, and Roman — these prophecies being too numer- 
ous for quotation, we must be content to refer you to the 
following passages as inserted in the margin below. 1 It 
must suffice to observe that Antichrist and his confeder- 
ates, exulting in having " planted themselves between 
the seas in the glorious holy mountain," 2 — that is, " in 
the place called in the Hebrew tongue, Armageddon," — 
and elate with the pride of victory, will little dream 
that they are madly rushing upon the terrible doom 
which soon awaits them, by provoking the God of Israel 
to bring upon them swift destruction. For, in the midst 
of that unparalleled " tribulation " brought upon the Jew- 
ish nation at their hand, and just at the point of time ot 
those unchronological 3 events of " that generation which 
is not to pass away till all the things spoken of shall be 
fulfilled," 4 lo ! like " the lightning " that flashes athwart 
the heavens, 5 that visible manifestation of the Rider 
whom St. John saw " seated upon His white horse," and 
upon whose thigh a name was written, King of kings 
and Lord of lords," now takes place, when " every eye 
shall see Him , and they also which pierced Him, and when 
all the kindreds of the earthy — L 6., the Gentile anti- 
christian confederated nationalities aforesaid, — " shall wail 
because of HimP 6 Aye, and the same also with that 

1 Isa. xxvi. 19-21 ; xlvii. 1-15 ; xlix. 24-26 ; Jeremiah xii. 14r-17 
xxxiii. 1-7 ; Ezekiel xxi. 28-32 ; xxv. 1-17 ; xxvii. 1-19 ; xxviii. 1-17 
xxxi. 1-17; xxxii. 17-22; xxxiv. 16-23 ; xxxv. xxxvi. 1-7 ; xxxviii. 1-17 
xxxix. 1-24 ; Micati vii. Zechariah xii. 1-5 ; xiv. 1-6. 

2 Dan. xi. 45. 

3 See on " Short Unchronological Period," etc., " Our Bible Chron.,* 
pp. 80, 166, 182. 

* Matt. xxiv. 34. & ib. 27. * Rev. i. 7. 






POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 219 

appearing of the Lord Jesus Christ described by the 
prophet Zechariah, chap. xiv. 5 : " And the Lord my 
God shall come, axd all the saints with Him," i. e., 
His white-robed cavalry riders of " the first resurrec- 
tion : " — which event transpires at the first or invisible 
manifestation of Christ, as described in 1 Thess. iv. 13-18 
— " and His feet" the prophet continues, " shall stand in 
that day upon the mount of Olives, which is before Je- 
rusalem on the east," etc. (verse 4). 

But the momentous question here is, For what comes 
He and His risen and glorified saints? First, let the 
prophet Zechariah answer. Referring to the invasion of 
the Holy City, etc. by the last Antichrist and his Magogian 
confederates, he says, chap. xiv. 3, " And the Lord shall 
then go forth, and fight against those nations, as when 
He fought in the day of battle." With this exactly cor- 
responds St. Paul's prophecy of the overthrow of " the 
man of sin and son of perdition," etc. : " And then shall 
that wicked be revealed, whom the Lord shall consume 
with the spirit of His mouth, and destroy with the bright- 
ness of his, (-Trapowia, i. <?., His personal) coming." (2 Thess. 
ii. 3, 4, and verse 8.) 

Yes, we repeat : rfj €7Uc£ai/€ia ttjs Trapovataq avrov — 
" with the brightness of His (personal) coming." Now, 
when the apostle is speaking of "that wicked " (ai/o/xos), 
who is to " be revealed," verse 8, he uses the word a7ro/<a- 
Auc/^o-erai, apohalypse : and to show what he means by 
the apocalypse or revelation of " that wicked one," he 
Says, verse 9, ov larriv rj irapovcricL k<it ivepyuav rov Sarava, 
etc. ; " whose coming is after the working of Satan ; " 
which " coming," as we have already shown, 1 and all Prot- 
estant commentators admit, is to be a personal coming 

i See pages 121-122. 



220 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

of the last Antichrist. But, with an inconsistency 
which defies all comparison, these same commentators, 
when they come to apply this identical word irapovaia to 
the Lord Jesus Christ, insist that it denotes a spiritual 
coming ! 

Let us however look at this matter. Zechariah says : 
" Then shall the Lord go forth, and fight against those 
nations, as token He fought in the day of battle." Allu- 
sion is here made to the overthrow of the Egyptian army 
in the Red Sea, when they were pursuing the Israelites. 
And how did the Lord then fight against the Egyptians ? 
Was it by His spiritual presence ? To determine this 
point, we have but to turn to the book of Exodus, chap, 
xiv, 24, 25. " And it came to pass that in the morning 
watch, the Lord looked unto the host of the Egyptians, 
through the pillar of fire and of the cloud, and troubled 
the host of the Egyptians, and took off their chariot 
wheels, that they drave them heavily : so that the Egyp- 
tians said, Let us flee from the face of Israel, for the 
Lord fighteth for them against the Egyptians." Now, 
whatever may be said of this passage by that class of 
modern expositors who, if they do not fully adopt, yet to 
an alarming extent are copying after such theological 
models as Bp. Colenso, who denies the truth of the Pen- 
tateuch ; of Renan of France, who impugns the divinity 
of Jesus ; and of Strauss of Germany, with his captivating 
poetical infidelity : still, " the Lord who looked upon the 
Egyptians " in the midst of the sea through that " pillar 
of cloud and of fire," was none other than " the angel of 
God," or that divine " messenger op the covenant," 
mentioned in the 19th verse of this chapter, and who so 
often visibly manifested Himself to his people under the 
Old Testament dispensation. Yes. He was none other 
than the manifested Jehovah-Elohim, whose "voice 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 221 

Adam heard in the garden in the cool of the day ; " ' who 
spake to Moses out of the midst of the burning but un con- 
sumed bush; 2 who visited Abraham in the plains of 
Mamre and ate of his cakes, butter and milk, and the calf 
which he had dressed; 3 who wrestled with Jacob at 
Penuel ; 4 aye, and besides numerous other instances of 
similar manifestations, who took up His permanent abode 
as the Shektxah, — and which St. Paul styles " The 
Glory," 5 or visible presence of the Jehovah-Elohim, — 
first in the Tabernacle in the wilderness, and then in the 
Temple at Jerusalem, beneath the outstretched wings of 
the cherubim over the mercy-seat in the Holy of Holies ; 
but more especially when " in the fulness of time," as 
"the promised seed of the woman who was to bruise the 
serpent's head, 5 ' 6 He took upon Himself the limitations 
of creaturehood as the son of Mary in Bethlehem's 
manger ! 7 Indeed, we can know nothing of God, except 
as a revealed and manifested God in the Person of His 
son Jesus Christ ! Look at the conflict of Jesus with His 
satanic tempter in the wilderness. Was He not person- 
ally present with His arch foe during that conflict ? Look 
at the cross. Was it not a real victim who expired there- 
on ? Follow Him to the rocky tomb of Joseph of Ari- 
mathea, and watch there as did Mary till the morning of 
the third day. Was not the resurrection of Jesus from 
the dead a literal resurrection ? Then join the " men of 
Galilee forty days after," to whom, as they stood " gazing 
up into heaven" at the receding resurrected and glorified 
body of the ascending Saviour, the " two men in white 
apparel " said unto them, " This same Jesus, which is 



i Gen. iii. 8-10. 2 Exod. iii. 3-5. 3 Gen. xyiii. 1-3. 

4 lb. xxii.-24-30. 5 Rom. ix. 4. 6 Gen. iii. 15. 

7 Matt. ii. 1, 2 ; Luke ii. 7. 



222 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like man- 
ner as ye have seen him go into heaven." 1 

We have thus entered into these plain Scriptural de- 
tails on this subject in order to demonstrate, that when 
the time shall have come that " the lord shall go forth 
to fight against these antichristian nations as in the day 
of battle," it will be a personal face-to-face conflict be- 
tween the Antichrist and his Magogean hosts, and the 
Lord Jesus Christ as the " King of kings and the Lord 
of lords," whose divine title is the " Faithful and True." 2 
Yes, in that day, "His feet shall stand upon the Mount 
of Olives which is before Jerusalem on the east." 3 

And mark : when Daniel and Jeremiah predicted of 
the time of " Jacob's trouble " already alluded to, they 
also foretold that " he should be saved out of it." 4 And 
so, this is the time predicted by St. Paul, 2 Thess. i. 7-9 : 
" When the Lord Jesus shall be revealed from heaven 
with his mighty angels in flaming fire," — because, as saith 
the prophet Isaiah, " by fire, and by his sword, will the 
Lord plead with all flesh, and the slain of the Lord shall 
be many" & — thus " taking vengeance on them that know 
not God, and that obey not the gospel of our Lord Jesus 
Christ;" — i. e., these living antichristian na/tions — "who 
shall be punished with everlasting destruction from the 
presence of the Lord, and from the glory of his power," 6 
etc. The phrase in the above passage — " And the slain 
of the Lord shall be many " — requires a passing remark. 
These words imply that some shall escape those judg- 
ments that shall fall upon the main body of the anti- 

, l Acts i. 9-11. For a full exposition of the scriptural doctrine of the 
Second Personal Pre-Millennial coming of Christ, see our work on " The 
Second Coming of Christ, the Great Question of the day, is it Pre or Post' 
Millennial," etc. 

2 Rev. xix. 11-16. 3 Zech. xiv. 4. 4 2 Jer. xxxi. 7; Dan. xii. 1. 

s Isa. lxvi. 16. 6 2 Thess. i. 7-9. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PBOPHECY. 223 

christian hosts. These will be, first, that portion of the 
Jewish nation, constituting "the residue of the people 
that shall not he cut off from the city " — Jerusalem — at the 
time of its last invasion by Antichrist, as described Zech. 
xiv. 1, 2. And second, those of the Gentiles that shall be 
" left of all the nations which came against Jerusalem," 
verse 16. These, therefore, are those parts of "the in- 
habitants of the world," Jewish and Gentile, which, 
" when the judgments of God," as above described, " are 
abroad in the earth, will learn righteousness ." (Isa. xxvi. 
9). And so, while of the " residue " of the escaped Jew- 
ish nation, it is declared, " and it shall come to pass in 
that day, that I will pour upon the house of David and 
the inhabitants of Jerusalem the spirit of grace and of 
supplications : and they shall look upon me whom they 
have pierced, and shall mournf etc. (Zech. xii. 9, 10) ; 
those of " the land of overshadowing wings," though hav- 
ing formed an alliance with the Antichrist for the pur- 
pose already specified, 1 shall constitute a large portion of 
\h$X Gentile retinue of whom it is said, Zech. xiv. 16, that 
they " shall even go up from year to year to loorship the 
King, the Lord of hosts, and to keep the feast of taber- 
nacles." And this brings us to our concluding remarks 
on the subject in hand, namely: 

V. The final doom of the last Antichrist and his Ma- 
gogean confederacy. Marshalled in hostile array on the 
battle-field of " Armageddon," you behold the antag- 
onistic hosts. On the one side, you descry the apocalyp- 
tic eighth head, with his antichristian confederates, en- 
gaged in their assault against Jerusalem, the Holy City. 
On the other side, " the house of Judahy a mere handful 
compared with the " all nations " arrayed against them, 
and as yet without a visible and efficient Head to lead them. 

1 See pages 185-189 of this work. 



224 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

He is, however, nigh at hand, even He who has said, 
that He would " make the house of Judah as His goodly 
horse in the day of battle ; yea, that they shall be as 
mighty men which tread down their enemies in the mire 
of the streets in the battle : and they shall fight because 
the Lord is with them, and the riders on horses shall be 
confounded." l We are here to bear in mind, that these 
are " the residue of the Jewish people that were not cut 
off from the city," 2 when first invaded by the enemy. 
Their arms, however, are nerved to the conflict with a su- 
pernatural energy, for " the Lord is with them," leading 
them on to victory " by the spirit of Sis mouth! " 3 

But, as the battle advances, and the Magogean hosts 
have their personal leader, the eighth head of the apoca- 
lypse, so at length " the house of Judah." Thus St. John : 
" And I saw heaven opened, and behold a white horse : 
and He that sat on Him was called Faithful and True, 
and in righteousness doth He judge and make war. His 
eyes were as a flame of fire, and on his head were many 
crowns : and He had a name written which no man knew, 
but He himself. And He was clothed in a vesture dipt 
in blood : 4 and His name is called, The Word of God." 5 
Then, too, He has his army. We must not here forget 
the statement of Zechariah : " And the Lord my God 
shall come, and all His saints with Sim : " 6 L e., His risen 
and raptured saints of the first resurrection. And 
so St. John, " And the armies which were in heaven " — 
for they had all been previously " caught up to meet the 



1 Zech. x. 3-5. 2 Zech. xiv. 2. 3 2 Thess. ii. 8. 

4 By comparing Isa. ix. 5, and 1. 17, with chap, lxiii. 1-3, it will be 
seen that the latter verse refers, not to the first, but to the second coming 
ofChrist. 

5 Rev. xix. 11-13. e Zech. xiv. 5. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 225 

Lord in the air " 2 — followed him upon white horses, 
clothed in linen white and clean. 2 

And now for the battle ! St. John says : " And I saw 
the Beast" — that is, the Beast who came to the Jews with 
the " mark, or name, or number of his name " (" 666 "), and 
who had been " received " by them as their Messiah, alias 
Louis Napoleon III., — " and the kings of the earth and 
their armies J* or his Magogean confederates, " gathered 
together to make war against Him that sat on the horse, 
and his armies." On the other hand, says Zechariah, 
" Then shall the Lord go forth and fight against those 
nations, as when He fought in the day of battle." 

Finally, the result of the battle. St. Paul says : " Whom 
the Lord shall consume with the spirit of His mouth, and 
destroy with the brightness of his coming." 3 And St. 
John says of the " eighth " head, that he " goeth into per- 
dition." 4 First then : Of the Lord Jesus Christ it is de- 
clared, that " out of His mouth, as the King of kings and 
Lord of lords, goeth a sharp sword, that with it He should 
smite the nations and rule them with a rod of iron," 
and that " He treadeth the winepress of the fierceness 
and wrath of Almighty God." 5 

In the next place St. John adds : " And I saw an 
angel standing in the sun : and he cried with a loud voice, 
saying to all the foiols that fly in the midst of heaven, 
Come and gather yourselves together unto the supper of 
the Great God." 6 . . . " And the Beast was taken, and 
with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before 
him, with which he deceived them that had received the 
mark of the Beast, and them that worshipped his image. 
These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with 



i 1 Thess. iv. 13-17. 2 Rev. xix. U, 16. s 2 Thess. ii. 8. 

4 Rev. xvii. 11. 6 lb. xix. 15. 6 lb. xix. 17. 

10* 



226 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

brimstone." Thus, they together "go into perdition." 
And the remnant were slain with the sword of Him that 
sat upon the horse, which sword proceeded out of his 
mouth : and the fowls were filled with their flesh." ' 

It will doubtless be interesting, in drawing these re- 
marks to a close, to advert to Ezekiel's description of the 
magnitude of this Magogean army, and of the number of 
weapons used by them in this " battle of the great day 
of God Almighty." 

First : Ofthe army. " And it shall come to pass in 
that day, saith the Lord, that I will give unto Gog a 
place there of graves in Israel, the valley of the passengers 
on the east of the sea ; " — i. e., between the Dead Sea 
and the Mediterranean, — "and it shall stop the noses 
(marg., mouths) of the passengers : and there shall they 
bury Gog and all his multitude : and they shall call it 
1 the valley of Hamon-gog,' or the multitude of Gog. And 
seven months shall the house of Israel be in burying of 
them, that they may cleanse the land." ..." And it. 
shall be to them a renown, the day that I shall be glori- 
fied, saith the Lord." 2 

Second. Of their weapons. " Behold, it is come, 
and it is done, saith the Lord God : This is the day 
whereof I have spoken. And they that dwell in the 
cities of Israel shall go forth, and shall set on fire and 
burn the iceapons, both the shields, and bucklers, and the 
bows and arrows, and the handstaves, and the spears, 
and they shall burn them with fire seven years : so that 
they shall take no wood out of the field, neither cut down 
any out of the forests ; for they shall burn the weapons 
with fire ; and they shall spoil those that spoiled them, 
and rob those that robbed them, saith the Lord." 3 

1 Rev. xix. 20, 21. 2 Ezek. xxxix. 11-13. 

3 Ezek. xxxix. 9, 10. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 227 

It is in place here to remark, by way of explanation, 
that the difference between the " seven months " in bury- 
ing the slain carcasses of the Magogean army, and the 
" seven years " devoted to the burning of their weapons, 
is accounted for by the fact that the " weapons " will 
be substituted in the place of " wood," for purposes of or- 
dinary fuel, which will supply the want of that commodity 
among the Jews for " seven years." Whereas, if con- 
sumed by the process of a general bonfire, it would re- 
quire a comparatively short period to reduce them to ashes. 

And now, we bring to a close these somewhat ex- 
tended prophetico-historic expositions of Rev. chap. xvii. 
9-17, together with those prophecies which form integral 
parts of it. We deem a general recapitulation of the 
subjects treated of unnecessary, the table of contents 
furnishing a complete synopsis of them. But in drop- 
ping the curtain at the conclusion of the tragical scenes 
that have been introduced upon the prophetical platform, 
whether as relating to the past, the present, or the future, 
it is due to ourself to say, that we have been actuated by 
one single motive — that of leading the reader's mind to 
imbibe correct views of that system of political econ- 
omy which Almighty God, as the " Governor among the 
nations " and " the -head of the church," has revealed in 
Holy Scripture for our " instruction in righteousness," 
and to prepare him for " all those things whicb are 
coming upon the earth," as foreshadowed in the present 
portentous " signs of the times." What we have said 
is open to criticism. If wrong, let it be exposed and 
corrected. If right, all we ask is, that you admit it. A 
word more, and I have done. 

The prophecy before us, as we have seen, closes this 
sublimely terrific scene with the total overthrow of Dan- 
iel's " vile person " or " wilful king " with whom the 



228 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

Jews entered into an unholy " league" and whom they 
" received " as their Messiah, and who is the same with 
St. John's eighth head and St. Paul's " Man of sin and 
Son of perdition " — the last Antichrist — Louis Napoleon 
III. And also, with the total extermination of his Ma- 
gogean confederacy, on the battle-field of " Armaged- 
don," in Palestine. 

With this " battle," therefore, terminates for ever the 
season of that " great tribulation " to the Jews, called 
by Jeremiah and Daniel "the time of 'Jacob's trouble" 

And now, this event consummated, the " more sure 
word of prophecy " opens to the enraptured eye of faith 
" the glory that shall follow the sufferings of Christ " 
and of the Abrahamic covenant seed of Israel, who St. 
Paul declares are " still beloved for their father's sake ; " 1 
together ^vith the Lord's redeemed " bride," the Gentile 
church, " taken out of (or from among) the Gentiles, to 
the praise of his name." 2 The former, together with 
the converted of the Gentile nationalities, to constitute 
the saved nations in the flesh on earth ; 3 the latter 
to reign conjointly with Christ 4 over them, 5 seated 
on their thrones 6 " in the air" 7 during the millennial 

ERA OF " A THOUSAND YEARS." 8 

" And I heard a loud voice in heaven, saying, Now 

IS COME SALVATION, AND STRENGTH, j^STD THE KINGDOM 

of our God, and the Power of His Christ; for the 
accuser of the brethren is cast down, which accused them 
before our God day and night." 9 



i Rom. xi. 2 Acts xv. 14. 3 Isa. lx. 1-7 

* Rev. iii. 21. 5 Rev. v. 10. 6 Rev. xx. 4 

7 1 Thess. iv. 13-17. 8 Rev. xx. f. » Rev. xii. 10. 



APPENDIX. 



PROPHECIES RELATING TO 



POPE PIUS IX. AND THE SULTAN OF TURKEY, 



ON THE SPEEDY OVERTHROW 



OF THE 



PAPACY AND MOHAMEDISM 



VIEWED IN CONNECTION WITH 



THE TWO FAMOUS MANIFESTOES, 



THE ENCYCLICAL LETTER OF POPE PIUS IX., 



AND 



THE FIRMAN OF THE SULTAN OF TURKEY. 



The following article was originally written at the special 
request of the Kev. A. E. Campbell, D. D., Corresponding Secre- 
tary of " The American and Foreign Christian Union," and was 
first inserted in the April number of " The Christian World," 
published by that society. It is now added as a suitable ap- 
pendix to the preceding exposition of the prophecy founded on 

Rev. chap, xvii., and others connected with it. 

R. C. S. 



POPE PIUS IX., AND THE SULTAN OF TURKEY. 



In harmony with the preceding prophetical exposi- 
tions, and particularly those connected with the Papacy 
and Mohammedanism, we observe, that it is conceded by 
every reflecting mind, that the times we live in are preg- 
nant with events of unparalleled interest and significance. 
Among all classes there is a general though undefined 
presentiment, that they forebode great changes in the 
national, political, and ecclesiastical or religious order of 
things as at present constituted. Diplomatists, legisla- 
tors, warriors, naval and military, and the learned of all 
departments and grades in the church and in the state, 
are on the tip-toe of expectation of a halcyon era, as 
speedily to take the place of the existing revolutionary 
tendencies of the times, as seen in the disorganizing and 
ruinous results thence arising. 

It is proper here to observe, that this expectation, 
which shares largely in the sympathies of the learned in 
the nominal Christian church, both clerical and lay, is 
founded upon what may be termed the levelling-up pro- 
cess of human progress as following in the track of civil- 
ization, and the evangelizing of all nations by ordinary 



232 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 

instrumentalities— the march of mind as developed in the 
progress of the sciences, philosophy, and the various re- 
ligious and benevolent agencies of the day. 

There is, however, a large and increasing class of 
thinking men in the church of Christ, who, while they 
concede our near proximity to the fulfilment of the 
prophecies — when " the Lord shall come out of his place 
to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity ; 
when the earth also shall disclose her blood, and shall no 
more cover her slain ; " J and when shall be verified the 
promise — " then the moon shall be confounded, and the 
sun ashamed, when the Lord shall reign in Mount Zion, 
and in Jerusalem, and before his ancients gloriously ; " 2 
yet have no sympathy with the prevailing view regard- 
ing those agencies by which this great moral revolution 
is to be effected. A realization of their hope of this event 
as imminent, is founded upon those prophetic " signs of 
the times," which are to immediately precede and inau- 
gurate it. They maintain that both the ecclesiastical and 
political heavens and earth are now being thronged with 
these very " signs," numerous as the stars in the firma- 
ment. The prophecy of St. Paul, Heb. xii. 26, 27, — 
" Yet once more I shake not only the earth, but heaven ; 
which word, yet once more, signifieth the removal of 
those things that are shaken, as of things that are made, 
that those things which cannot be shaken may remain " 
— they claim now is in course of fulfilment before the eyes 
of men. Hence their amazement at the " slowness of 
heart " of those who, with the plea, " show us a sign from 
heaven, that we may believe," do not discern these 

" SIGNS." 

We, on this point, however, would submit, whether, 
i Isa. xxvi. 21. 2 lb. xxiv. 23. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 233 

in this plea, we have not the evidence demonstrative of 
the fallacy of the pretence, that when a " sign " appears, 
we cannot but recognize and understand its import. Such 
a recognition of " the signs of the times " as the divinely- 
appointed forerunners of the events to which they point, 
depends solely upon our having " inquired and searched 
diligently as to what, or lohat manner of time, the spirit 
of Christ which was in the old prophets did signify, when 
they testified" of them. Neglecting to do this, the 
Jewish nation, notwithstanding the numerous " signs " 
which immediately preceded, accompanied, and followed 
the fiest coming of our Lord, involved them in the sin 
and guilt of " not knowing the time of their visitation," 
and so resulted in their crucifixion of Jesus, and the con- 
sequent judgments of God that have since rested upon 
them. And, for the same reason, even after the resurrec- 
tion, our Lord pronounced against his own disciples the 
scathing reproof — " O fools ! and slow of heart to believe 
all that the prophets have spoken " concerning me. 1 And 
does not the same hold true of all those who, in these 
" last days " or " perilous times " predicted by St. Peter 
and St. Paul, 2 neglect to "take heed to that more sure 
word of prophecy which shineth in a dark place," 3 in re- 
gard to those " signs " which are to immediately precede, 
accompany, and follow the second coming of Christ, and 
the " setting up of that kingdom of the God of heaven 
which is to break down and consume all others ? " 4 

Now, of this class of " signs," we affirm, and shall 
proceed to prove from the prophetic Scriptures, that the 
Encyclical Letter of Pope Pius IX., issued from the 
Vatican of Rome, December 8th, 1864, to all the patri- 



i Luke xxiv. 25, and verse 44. 2 2 Tim. iii. 1 ; iv. 4 ; 2 Pet. iii. 3, 4. 
s 2 Pet. i. 19. 4 Dan. ii. 43, 44. 



234 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

archs, primates, archbishops, bishops, and faithful of the 
so-called Holy Catholic Church throughout the world, on 
the one hand ;' and the contemporaneous Firman of the 
Sultan op Turkey in reference to the improvements to 
be made in the Holy City, Jerusalem, on the other ; are 
the two most significant and portentous " signs of the 
times " that have transpired during the present century. 
Pass we, then, 



I. to the Encyclical Letter of Pope Pius IX. 

In order to understand the bearing of this notable 
manifesto on the subject in hand, it will be necessary to 
furnish a brief outline of the prophetico-historic rise, 
career, and final destiny of the "little horn," which 
was to "come up among the ten horns" of Daniel's 
fourth or Roman beast, chap. vii. 8, and which all Prot- 
estant expositors admit to symbolize the Papal power. 
Now of this "little horn," the prophet says: — "I beheld, 
and the same horn made war with the saints, and pre- 
vailed against them until the ancient of days earned etc., 
verses 21, 22. He also "beheld, because of the voice of 
the great words which he spake against the Most High ; 
even until the beast was slain, and his body destroyed, 
and given to the burning flame," verse 11. And he then 
adds :-t- u as concerning the rest of the beasts, they had 
their dominion taken away, yet their lives were prolonged 
for a season and a time," etc., verse 12. 

It is here to be specially noted, by the way, that the 
" little horn " in the above prophecy is the eleventh, as 
coming up " among," and is consequently distinct from, 
the u ten horns" of the fourth or Roman nondescript 
beast. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 235 

To proceed : History attests that the Roman empire, 
in its civil or political aspect, as denoted by the " fourth 
beast " of Daniel, chap. vii. 7, was divided into two parts, 
the West and the East, as symbolized by the two legs of 
iron of the metallic colossal image, Dan. ii. 33, between 
a. d. 337 and 395. Its subdivision into ten principalities, 
as denoted by the " ten toes " of the image and the " ten 
horns " of the beast, did not transpire till a. d. 532. The 
next year, a.d. 533, the "little horn" made his appear- 
ance " among the ten horns," by the edict of Justinian, 
which constituted John II., the then Patriarch of Rome, 
the universal bishop of all the churches throughout Christ- 
endom, as the so-called vicegerent of Christ on earth." ' 

But, superadded to the spiritual prerogatives of this 
u little horn " power, was that of a temporal sovereignty 
as well. This is symbolically indicated by the words of 
the prophet, that " before him there were three of the 
first horns plucked up by the roots," chap. vii. 8, which 
was verified, as all prophetical expositors agree, when the 
exarchate of Ravenna in a. d, 730, LomKardy in a. d. 755, 
and the state of Rome in a. d. 774, fell into the hands of 
the Papal see, the emperor Pepin, meanwhile, having 
constituted the Pope in a manner king of Rome, by 
which the above three, not only, but the remaining 
seven horns of the ten were subjugated to, and ulti- 
mately terminated in, him. And so, as depicted in the 
synchronic imagery of the apocalypse, the crowns which 
were at first placed upon the seven heads of the beast, — 
denotive of the seven forms of government through which 
the empire was to pass 2 — were transferred to the " ten 
horns," as symbolic of the ecclesiastico -political sove- 



1 See pages 124-129 of this work. 

2 See pages 51-53 of this work. 



236 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

reignty of the " little horn " over the entire Roman earthy 
in token of which, after the example of his predecessors 
from a. d. 774, Pope Pius IX. still claims to wear the 

TRIPLE CROWN. 

Nor is the inspired prophet less explicit in marking out 
the period assigned to the career of this " little horn " 
power. The saints were to be " given into his hand for a 
time, times, and the dividing of time" Dan. vii. 25, at the 
expiration of which, the judgment should sit, " to take 
away his dominion, and to consume and destroy it unto 
the end," verse 26. This prophetical number, which, in 
accordance with the year-day theory of interpretation, 
is to be reckoned as 1,260 prophetical years, as nearly 
all expositors admit, is to be dated from the edict of 
Justinian in a. d. 533, as stated above, and which, when 
added thereto, brings us down to a. d. 1793. Accord- 
ingly, it was during the revolutionary reign of terror in 
France, which resulted in the decapitation of Louis XVI. 
in a. d. 1793, that the "dominion" which more imme- 
diately belonged to and depended upon the Roman see, 
at the " pouring out of the Vth apocalyptic vial on the 
seat of the beast," (Rev. xvi. 10, 11), " was talcen away" 
from the "ten horns" or "the rest of the beasts." 

Still, the power of the Papacy, though then exceed- 
ingly weakened, was not totally destroyed. " The lives 
of the kings were prolonged for a season and a time." 
Hence Daniel's addition to the 1,260 years of two other 
numbers — the 1,290 and the 1,335 days (or years) of 
chap. xii. 11, 12 — which, all having a common commence- 
ment from a. d. 533, gives to the prolonged u seaso?i," 
the period of 30 years, and to the " time" of 45 years, 
or a total of 75 years beyond a. d. 1793. 

This introduces us to that notice of the encyclical let- 
ter of Pope Pius IX., which, as occurring at this particu- 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 237 

lar juncture of affairs, forms, as we have said, one of the 
two most significant and portentous " signs of the times w 
that have marked the history of this century. It is quite 
superfluous to say, that it furnishes the evidence of the 
continued lives of the " ten horns." Yes, the Papacy 
still lives ! 

Nor can the history of that stupendous antichristian 
power since a. d. 533 furnish evidence of the putting 
forth of more arrogant and blasphemous claims to supreme 
and unlimited sway, spiritual and temporal, as alleged to 
to have been " entrusted to Pius IX. and his successors 
by our Lord Jesus Christ himself, in the person of the 
blessed St. Peter, chief of the apostles," " not only in re- 
gard to each individual man, but with regard to nations, 
peoples, and their rulers, 5 ' against those who affirm what 
his holiness calls, " the impious and absurd principle of 
naturalism" to wit — that " liberty of conscience and of 
worship is the right of every man — a right which ought 
to be proclaimed and established by law in every well* 
constituted state," etc. These extracts, as indicating the 
general character and purport of the Pope's manifesto, 
must suffice. We would only add, that it is followed by 
an " Appendix," setting forth ten classes of errors, com- 
mencing with "Pantheism, naturalism, and absolute ra- 
tionalism," and ending with those of " modern liberal- 
ism," in which is included "Protestantism." Against one 
and all of the authors and promoters of these u errors," 
the Pontiff thunders out his anathemas, in every form 
which an exasperated mind and hot words can command, 
on account of "the very great grief" which their com- 
bined assaults upon the holy Catholic church have occa- 
sioned his pious soul ! 

We shall now proceed to show, in the light of the 
great calendar of prophecy, that this encyclical letter 



238 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 

of Pope Pius IX., as the representative head of the great 
western Antichrist, analogous to the application of a gal- 
vanic battery to a diseased and decayed body, is indica- 
tive of its speedy dissolution. In other words, we mean 
to say, that the very force by which this antichristian sys- 
tem is attempted to be galvanized into renewed vitality, 
being counteracted by an inhere?it process of dissolution, 
will soon expend itself, when death will ensue. It will be 
well here briefly to recapitulate the chronological stand- 
points connected with the rise, career, etc., of this stu- 
pendous power. 

We have already shown that the whole period as- 
signed to the career of the " little horn" of Papacy and 
his " ten " vassal " kings," was 1,335 years ; which period, 
commencing with the rise of the Popedom in a. d. 533, ends 
in a. d. 1868. 1 We have also shown that "the dominion 
of the ten kings" was taken away in a. d. 1793, at the 
end of the 1,260 years during which he was to " make 
war with the saints and prevail against them." The " sea- 
son" and "time," or the 75 years beyond the 1,260, 
therefore, during which their " lives were to be prolong- 
ed," reckoning from a. d. 1793, also runs out in a. d. 1868. 
Hence, from the present year, a. d. 1866, only two years 
remain for their survival, down to a. d. 1868. 

A short time, this, the reader will say, for the accom- 
plishment of what remains, in effecting the overthrow of 
this stupendous power. But, let us see. A due consider- 
ation of what is indicated in the prophetic pages as to 
the process of this consummation, will, we opine, settle 
this point. In the first place, Daniel says, chap. vii. 26, 
that " the judgment that should sit," to w take away the 
dominion of the little horn," was " to consume and to 

i See pages 124-132 of this work. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 239 

destroy it unto the end, i. e., of the 1,335 days or years 
of chap. xii. 12. History abundantly shows that, despite 
the extraordinary efforts put forth by the Papacy to re- 
cover from the blow which the " ten horns " as " the seat 
of the beast " received during the French Revolution in 
a. d. 1793, the temporal power of the Popedom has been 
on the wane. And Louis Napoleon III., since his acces- 
sion to power as the revived Vllth Head of the Franco- 
Roman empire, has nearly swept away the last remaining 
vestiges of that power. Hence the moanings over, and 
the protestations and anathemas against, the interference 
of the civil powers of the state with the arrogant ecclesi- 
astico-political claims of the "little horn," as fulminated 
from the chair of the Vatican, in his recently published 
" encyclical." 

Let us now pass to a notice of the effects of this nota- 
ble manifesto of Pope Pius IX. True, his holiness " has 
received the members of the sacred college, and ad- 
dressed to them an allocution, in which he said that in 
the present day robbery was committed under the pre- 
text of nationality, but that the triumph of the church 
was certain, the day only of that triumph being uncer- 
tain. His holiness added, that after witnessing the de- 
struction of the enemies of the Holy See, and the triumph 
of truth and virtue, he would exclaim with Simeon — 
" Lord, now lettest thou thy servant depart in peace." 

But we may say to him, as Ahab, king of Israel, said 
to the messenger of Benhadad, the boastful king of Syr- 
ia : — " Tell him, let not him that girdeth on his harness, 
boast himself as he that putteth it off" (1 Kings xx. 11). 
It is here to be borne in mind, that the originators, abet- 
tors, and promoters of the ten classes of " errors," from 
the atheistic "pantheism of absolute rationalism," down 
to the most diluted form of " modern liberalism," consti- 



24:0 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

tute the identical " ten horns " of the Roman princi- 
palities or kingdoms, over which this " little horn " of the 
Papacy has for so many centuries swayed his gigantic ec- 
clesiastico-political sceptre. Who, therefore, can be sur- 
prised, that the journals of the day already announce, that 
" the Pope's encyclical letter had produced an extraordi- 
nary sensation in Europe. It is regarded as a formal re- 
pudiation of the convention between France and Italy for 
the settlement of the Roman question, and a refusal to 
compromise existing differences. The English, French, 
and Italian newspapers discuss it at great length, and 
generally condemn it. The French Government is said 
to be greatly annoyed by it, and it was expected that it 
would lead to a complete revision of the relations be- 
tween the Pope and the Catholic hierarchy and clergy in 
France." 

Furthermore. "A circular of the French minister 
of Justice, dated the 1st instant, addressed to the bishops, 
announces that the council of state is occupied in exam- 
ining the project of a decree for authorizing the publica- 
tion of that part of the Pope's encyclical letter, which 
grants a jubilee" The minister says : — " As regards the 
first part of the letter and the appendix, your eminence 
will understand that the reception and publication of 
these documents, which contain propositions contrary to 
the principles on which is based the constitution of the 
empire, could not be authorized" The French clergy 
had also held a meeting, to arrange preliminary measures 
for a gathering of all the prelates, chief priests, and dea- 
cons of the church in France, to concert measures for in- 
forming the Pope of the unpleasant effect produced by 
the letter throughout France." And, besides, " A French 
imperial decree appoints Prince Napoleon Vice-Presi- 
dent of the Privy Council." 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 24:1 

Again. In speaking of the recent action of Maximil- 
ian, in regard to the confiscation of the estates of the 
Church in Mexico, and the restoration of the property of 
the church as an impossibility, etc., the writer says : — 
" The assumption of the Emperor to invest prelates, pay 
the clergy, and regulate their property, is of special im- 
portance, in view of the recent bidl issued by the Pope 
against any interference of the state in ecclesiastical 
affairs. This action of the emperor of Mexico, was no 
doubt instigated by the astute emperor of France, who 
is supposed to meditate a still larger assumption of 
authority, to the extent of declaring the French Catholic 
church absolutely independent. The result of this Mexi- 
can movement will therefore be regarded with great in- 
terest, as involving the religious, as well as the political, 
destinies of the people." 

Aye. And not only of the Mexican empire, as a limb 
of the French, as one of the " ten horns " of the Roman 
earth. Louis Napoleon ffl., as the eldest son of the 
church, has only commenced the work of despoiling the 
44 little horn " of his arrogant ecclesiastico-political as- 
sumptions in these "last times." In the Apocalypse, 
chap. xvii. 1-5 and verse 15, the Holy Spirit, under the 
revived Vllth head of the beast — which is that of the 
reigning emperor of the Franco-Roman empire — the 
symbol denoting the Papacy is changed to that of a 
44 woman " called 44 the great whore, upon whose fore- 
head is written, Mystery, Babylon the Great, the 
Mother of Harlots and Abominations of the Earth," 
who a sitteth upon many waters," symbolic of the "peo- 
ples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues," over 
whom she has so long reigned, and still continues to reign, 
as also 44 over the Icings of the earth," verse 18. 

Now, this is revealed in immediate comiection with 
11 



242 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

the "judgment " which is to overtake her ; while the 
agents who are to inflict this "judgment " are those very 
vassal " kings " or " ten horns " of the " peoples," etc. 
(verse 16), who are now being so incensed at the audacity 
of the Pope's encyclical letter. We have only to turn to 
verses 15-17, as already stated, in evidence of this, and 
of the mode or manner in w T hich this "judgment " is to 
be inflicted. " And the ten horns which thou sawest 
upon the beast, these shall hate the whore, and shall 
make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and 
burn her with fire. For God hath put it into their 

HEARTS TO FULFIL HlS WILL, AND TO AGREE, and give 

their power unto the beast " — i. e., " the beast from the 
earth, having two horns like a lamb, but who speaks as a 
dragon" (Rev. xiii. 11) — "until the words of God shall 
be fulfilled." 

The inevitable conclusion, therefore, is this : that un- 
less our interpretations of the prophecies in reference to 
the rise, career, and final doom which awaits the " wom- 
an " whom St. John saw " drunken with the blood of 
the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus " 
(Rev. xvii. 6), can be shown to be fallacious, the above 
act of the ten horns or kings in destroying her, " root and 
branch," cannot be postponed beyond the close of the 
1,335 years allotted to her, which period ends in a. d. 
1868. 

But, let us now pass, 

ii. to the contemporaneous flrman of the sul- 
tan of Turkey, on the subject of the improvements 
ordered to be made in the holy clty, jerusalem. 

Here, again, we must turn back to the prophet Daniel, 
for information regarding the prophetico-historic rise, ca- 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 243 

reer, and final destiny of the Tttkco-Mohammedan power. 
It must suffice here to state, that though there are several 
striking marks of resemblance between the characteristics 
of this power and that of the Papacy, yet that they are 
not identical, as some waiters contend, is evident from 
the facts following : Unlike the Papal " little horn," 
which appears among the " ten horns " of the Roman 
beast, the Turkish " little horn " springs out of one of 
the " four notable horns " of the Grecian he-goat (chap, 
viii. 8, 9, and verse 21). This was the Arabian horn, 
which, with other provinces, fell to Ptolemy, one of the 
four generals among whom Alexander's empire was di- 
vided after his death. 1 The prophet tells us that this 
" little horn " was to " wax exceeding great toward the 
south, and toward the east, and toward the pleasant 
land" i. e. Palestine (verse 9). 

Again. The period assigned to the empire, the Medo- 
Persian, out of the conquest of which by the Grecian, 
when divided into four kingdoms, this " little horn " was 
to arise, instead of 1,260 years, was 2,300 days, or years 
(Dan. viii. 14). We submit the following, as the historic 
verification of the commencement and close of this re- 
markable and much-controverted period, only remarking 
by the way, that in the interpretation of the above proph- 
ecy, the records of ancient history must answer to the 
prophetic description of the commencement of the vision ; 
and the records of modern history, aftee 2,300 years in- 
tervening, that of the termination of the vision. Also 
that these periods, if rightly fixed, will prove strongly- 
marked and well-defined epochs, thus furnishing us with 
a double argument and a double test to the determina- 
tion of the exact epoch required. 

1 See pages 122-124 of this work. 



244 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 

This period, then, it is to be remembered, compre- 
hends the duration of the whole period of events predict- 
ed in the vision ; of them, and of no more. For, the 
question of the one angel to the other angel is not, How 
long shall be a part of the vision ? But, " How long 
shall be the vision ? " — called a vision, to distinguish it 
from that which is its principal subject, — " the vision 
concerning the daily sacrifice." Nor, again, is it said, 
How long shall be the vision from some era (as of Dan- 
iel's seeing it, 1 for example) antecedent to the commence- 
ment of the vision ; or, from some era (as of Alexander's 
victories 2 ) subsequent to its commencement : but simply, 
" How long shall be the vision ? " 3 L e., of what dura- 
tion, from its commencement to its close. 

What, then, marks the date of its commencement? 
" I saw in a vision," says the prophet, " and behold, there 
stood before the river a ram which had two horns " — 
" the kings of Media and Persia " — (verse 20) : " and the 
two horns were high ; but one was higher than the other, 
and the higher came [or had come] up last. I saw the 
ram pushing westward, and northward, and southward, 
so that no beast might stand before him ; neither was 
there any that could deliver out of his hand," 4 etc. 

Let it here be observed, that as. with the taking of 
Babylon by Cyrus began the renown of the Medo-Persian 
empire, and that its supremacy continued to the time of 
Xerxes, and no longer / so the commencement of the 
vision must be dated either from Cyrus' taking Babylon, 
b. c. 536 or 538 ; or Xerxes' defeat in Greece, b. c. 480. 
The interval, as history attests (if we except a few isolat- 
ed defeats, as in Scythia and Marathon), was marked by 

i Dan. viii. 1-4. 2 lb. verse 4. 

3 lb. verse 13. 4 lb. verses 3, 4. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 245 

the unchecked victorious pushing of the two-horned ram, 
"so that no beast could stand before it ; " and so contin- 
ued down to the time of Xerxes' expedition against the 
Greeks, when, at the battles of Salamis, Plataea, and My- 
cale, Persian preemi?ience received a mortal blovj, from 
which it never recovered. Henceforward, the two-horned 
ram was no longer enabled to " do according to his will." 
It is clear, therefore, that the " vision " cannot be dated 
earlier than b. c. 536 or 538, nor later than b. c 480. 
This, it will be perceived, leaves a space of only 56 years, 
within which to fix the exact epoch. In either case, the 
2,300 years, if reckoned from the former dates, must have 
ended in a. d. 1762 or 1764 ; and if from the latter, in 
A. d. 1820. 

It requires, however, but an impartial glance at the 
history of the Persian empire during the above interval 
of 56 years, to determine the point in question. For, 
first, though the successes of the two-horned ram (Cyrus), 
would seem to verify the commencement of the 2,300 
years with b. c. 536 or 538, so far as ancient history is 
concerned ; yet the modern era at which this number 
would have expired, furnishes no corresponding event to 
that indicated by the prophecy, viz., the overthrow of the 
Turkish power, or the cleansing of the Christian coun- 
tries or the Jewish sanctuary from the Mohammedan 
yoke. The same remarks will apply, second, to the 
first Persian expedition into Greece, that ended with the 
battle of Marathon, b. c. 490, there being no correspond- 
ing event in modern history, to the close of the 2,300 
years, if reckoned from that date, to indicate the over- 
throw, etc., of the Turkish power. There remains, 
therefore, third, the era of Xerxes' expedition, of which 
the setting out from Susa is determined by a famous 
eclipse of the sun to the year b. c. 481, and which arrived 



246 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 

at Thermopylae soon after the summer solstice, in the 
year following. That this event fully meets the terms of 
the prophecy in every essential particular, will, we opine, 
appear from what follows. 

The epoch in question is expressly set forth by Daniel 
himself, chap. xi. 2, as one prominent, and to be noted in 
the history of Persian greatness. " Behold, there shall 
stand up three kings in Persia (Cambyses, Smerdis, and 
Darius) ; and the fourth (Xerxes) shall be far richer than 
they all : and by his strength, through his riches, he shall 
stir up all against the realm of Grecia" etc. Now, 
mark : It was at the above-named date, b. c 481, that the 
two-horned ram, eager for conquest, collected his whole 
strength in preparation for a conflict with the united 
forces of the Grecian he-goat : and, so general was the 
impression "that none could deliver out of the rarrfs 
hand," that, as a matter of self-preservation, many of the 
smaller republics of Greece itself succumbed to the de- 
manded acknowledgment of subjection to the Persian 
monarch, by the delivery of earth and water. And yet, 
Xerxes, with his waving banners of twenty-nine tributary 
nations accompanying (as Herodotus describes it), col- 
lected from Scythia north to Ethiopia south, and from 
India east to Thrace and Libya west> having advanced 
" westward " across Asia Minor to Sardis, " northward " 
across the Hellespont into Thrace and Macedon, and 
"southward" from Macedon to his conflict with the 
Greeks in the passes of Thessaly, was there humbled by 
the much smaller force, yet superior valor of the latter, 
and Persian supremacy ended, by the emancipation of the 
Asiatic Greeks from a foreign yoke. Thus, we have the 
testimony of ancient history to verify the commencement 
of the 2,300 years with 480 b. c. Then, next, 

Counting from this era, the 2,300 years ended m a. d. 



t 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 247 

1820. Accordingly, in this year, as modern history at- 
tests, the Greek insurrection broke out, from which began 
that dismemberment of the provinces of the Turkish em- 
pire, which has ever since been going on ; and by which, 
from Greece, from Moldavia and Wallachia, from Algiers, 
Egypt, and the Holy Land, taken in connection with the 
events of recent date, is clearly indicated a recession, to 
an immense extent, of the overflowing waters of this 
mystical Euphratean power. 1 But more on this subject 
anon. 

In this connection, there is a need-be to enter a little 
more into detail in regard to the Turco-Mohammedan 
power. The " little horn" which denotes it, you will 
observe, was not to appear upon the prophetical stage un- 
til " the last end of the indignation," i. e., in " the latter 
time " of the Arabian kingdom out of which it was to 
arise. (Dan. viii. 19, 23.) To determine this point, we 
must repair to the Apocalypse, where, in chap. ix. 1—11, 
we have depicted the symbolic rise of the Saracenic 
power, denoted by the symbolic " locusts," the followers 
of the great Arabian impostor, Mohammed, whose name in 
the Hebrew tongue is Abaddon, but in the Greek tongue 
hath his name Apollyon, i. e., the destroyer ; and whose 
hegira or era is dated from his flight from Mecca in a. d. 
622. 

Now, these Saracens were introduced upon the pro- 
phetic platform as a scourge to the apostate devotees of 
the Roman beast in the eastern or Greek branch of the 
united empire, whom they were empowered to " torment 
for the space of five months " (verse 5), or 150 years of 
prophetical time, i. e., " each day for a year." This pe- 
riod, it is to be observed, is to be dated, not from the 

1 See Rev. ix. 14, and xvi. 12. 



24:8 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

hegira in a. d. 622, but from the Arabian impostor's first 
'proclamation of his sanguinary mission in a. d. 612, when 
Mohammed demanded, — " Who will be my vizier ? " To 
which Ali replied, " O prophet, I am the man. Whoever 
rises up against thee, I will dash out his teeth, tear out his 
eyes, break his legs, and rip him up ! » According^/rom 
this year, the Saracenic hordes issued forth in propagandist 
swarms like " locusts," swift as horses, firm as lions, and 
cruel as the sting of scorpions, to make proselytes to their 
faith, and to punish the eastern provinces of Christen- 
dom. Hence, after having desolated Damascus and Jeru- 
salem, in A. D. 630, THEY ERECTED THE MOHAMMEDAN 

mosque oe Omar on Mount Moriah, — the very spot on 
which once stood the glorious temple of Solomon, — and 
proclaimed to the helpless subjects of their wrath: "Ye 
Christian dogs, ye know your option — the Koran, the 
tribute, or the sword." Thus this " little horn waxed ex- 
ceeding great toward the pleasant land," Palestine. 
(See Dan. viii. 9-12.) Suffice it to say, that the Saracenic 
empire continued to extend itself almost unchecked from 
a. r>. 612, till at length it began to decay, and so con- 
tinued down to a. d. 762, — a period of exactly 150 years, 
according to the above prophecy — when its once united 
power was rent in twain, and the eastern dynasty of the 
Abyssides became the antagonist of the west. Its last re- 
maining vestiges, however, disappeared in a. d. 1057, 
when Tangrolipix, the Turk, put an end to it by the con- 
quest of the caliph of Persia. 

Hence the rise of the Turco-Mohammedan or Islamic 
power, which was another scourge in God's hand, for the 
punishment of the unfaithful of his professed followers, 
both Christian and Jewish. These Turks, as warriors, 
differed from the Saracens as infantry differs from 
cavalry. The Saracenic locust army were " like unto 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 249 

horses prepared for battle " (verse 1) ; whereas the Turks 
mounted " horses " (verse 17). In Rev. ix. 13-15, they 
are introduced upon the stage of the Roman earth under 
the symbol of " four angels," or messengers of judgment, 
which, for a time, are represented as being "bound" on 
the other side of " the great river Euphrates," but are 
now " let loose " to pass that river, to make inroads into 
the eastern or Grecian branch of the Roman empire, and 
to erect themselves into a monarchy upon the ruins there- 
of. They are called " four angels," for the reason that, at 
the time of their remarkable passage over the river Eu- 
phrates, they were under the command of Solymun Sha- 
hum, and his three sons / and, upon the father being 
drowned in crossing, they brought themselves under 
" four other captains," Adz., Otrogulus, and his three sons, 1 
of whom one was the famous Othmun, who, a little after, 
established on a firm basis that great empire, the Otto- 
man, over which his family sways the sceptre to this 
day. 

Again : That the phrase, " the great river Euphrates " 
(Rev. ix. 14), symbolizes the Turco -Ottoman empire, 
will appear from the fact that, as the term Euphrates in 
Isa. viii. 7 } was symbolically employed to denote the ter- 
ritory of the Assyrian army which bordered upon that 
river, so, by analogy, the twice-repeated phrase as a sym- 
bol in Rev. ix. 14 and xvi. 12 under this Vlth trumpet 
and the Vlth vial, as all the best expositors admit, cannot 
represent any other than the Turkish power, they being 
no less borderers upon the Euphratean territory, or the 

1 As early as a. d. 507, a deputation of ambassadors from Turkey told 
the emperor Justinian, that their empire was divided into four sultanies* 
viz., Bagdad, Aleppo, Antiocfi, and Iconium, as is related by one of the 
Byzantine historians, and noticed by all their writers. (See Pocock's Re- 
searches, ad Abnl-phar, pp. 106, 108, and Lauuday, Hist. p. 86.) 
11* 



250 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

inhabitants of the same tract, than were the Assyrians. 
Their being " hound on the great river Euphrates," indi- 
cates a pause, or season of repose, during which those 
judgments which had been inflicted upon the eastern or 
Greek church by the Saracens under the Vlth apocalyp- 
tic trumpet were suspended. Not that there was a total 
cessation of the Saracenic power as a scourge to the 
apostate Christians of the east ; for, although their empire 
was ruptured in a. d. 762, yet their sceptre was not com- 
pletely broken, until, as already stated, Tangrolipix snap- 
ped it asunder by the overthrow of the caliph of Persia 
in a. d. 1057. 

We now observe, that the period assigned to the mis- 
sion of this Turco-Ottoman or Mohammedan power, was 
for " an hour, and a day, and a month, and a year^ for to 
slay the third part of men," 1 etc. As the phrase " an 
hour " is uniformly used in the Apocalypse to signify an 
indefinite period of time, it will be so applied in this 
place. The sense then is, that the Turks were loosed 
from their confinement on the borders of the Euphrates 
as the predestined instruments of God, to inflict ruin upon 
the eastern or Grecian empire, even " for a day, a month, 
a year," etc., which, as a definite prophetical period, com- 
puting "each day for a year," stands thus:— a day, 1 
year; a month, 30 years; a year, 360 years, of sacred 
lunar time. This period, therefore, — (1 + 30 + 360 = 
391 years) — reckoning from a. d. 1057, when Tangrolipix 
erected the Turkish empire upon the ruins of the Sara- 
cenic, brings us down to a. d. 1453. Accordingly, on this 
very year (the interval from a. d. 1057 having been filled 
up by a series of the sorest judgments ever inflicted upon 
Christendom, first, by the hand of Togrel-Beg, and sub- 

1 Rev. xix. 15. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 251 

sequently by that of Alp Arslan,) the Turks, with the 
sultan Hincmar as their leader, besieged the capital of 
Constantinople, that city which for centuries had held 
before the world the position of " the queen and mistress 
of the east," and which, by conquest, has been retained 
by them down to this day. 

Aye. This Turco-Mohammedan " little horn," like that 
of the Papal, still lives. The Turkish crescent still sur- 
mounts the dome of the Mosque of Omar on the Mount 
Moriah in the Holy City, Jerusalem, and the Sultan of 
Turkey, like the Pope of Rome, Pius IX., has just issued 
the following firman, which appears in "The Christian 
Advocate and Journal," published by " the Methodist 
Book Concern" in this city, bearing date Jan. 12, 1865, 
under the head of — 

"SIGNS OF THE TIMES." 

"The l Jewish Intelligencer' (published in Constantinople), gives 
the following passage of a recent letter from Jerusalem, by the Rev. W. 
Bailey : 

'• Jerusalem, which is generally so quiet at this season, has been all 
astir this week in consequence of an order from the Porte, that all the 
streets should be levelled and paved, and that all obstructions should be 
removed. This order has been executed in true Turkish style, and 
many a tale of loss and oppression can probably be told by the poor 
store-keepers and some houseowners ; but the improvement to the city 
and the public benefit will be great. We shall now have broad and airy 
streets, where before we could scarcely move. When the work is com- 
pleted, it will, indeed, be an advance in civilized effort, and quite an 
achievement for Turkey. The Jews are very much concerned about this 
gathering up of the stones, and making broad the ways of Jerusalem : 
they say, 'Now we are certain Messiah's coming is very near.' " 

We must here observe, by the way — and well they 
may say so. For, reference is here made by them to the 



252 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

following prophecy of Isaiah, chap. lxii. 10-12 : " Go 
through^ go through the gates / prepare ye the way of 
the people ; cast up, cast up the highway ; gather out 
the stones ; lift up a standard for the people. 
Behold, the Lord hath proclaimed unto the end of 
the world," — that is, by this very Firman of the Sultan 
of Turkey, though undesigned on his part — " Say ye to 
the daughter of Zion, Behold, thy salvation cometh / be- 
hold, his reward is with him, and his work before him. 
And they " (i. e., " the world," all nations) " shall call 
them, the holy people, the redeemed of the Lord: and 
thou " (L 6., Jerusalem) u shalt be called, Sought out, a 
city not forsaken" With the eyes of the Jews, therefore, 
fixed upon this prophecy of Isaiah, it is no marvel that 
they recognize in the above Firman of the Sublime Porte 
in reference to the Holy City, a clear and explicit " sign " 
that their " Messiah's coming is very near." It is nothing 
less than the "lifting up of that standard" before all 
the nations of " the world," which betokens one of the 
principal steps in preparing the way for the national 
restoration of the Jews to their own land, Palestine, 
and the bringing to them of that " salvation " which is 
to immediately follow, by the personal appearance to 
them of their Messiah. 1 But, to return to the letter. It 
continues thus : 

" You have, perhaps, heard that there is a telegraph at Jaffa, which 
connects Egypt with Beyrout. It is now decided, I believe, that a 
branch line is to be made to this city. I also find it is very probable we 
shall ere long have a carriage-road to Jaffa, as two engineers, one Eng- 
lish, the other Turkish, report says, are to arrive here in a few days to 
make preparations for it. A survey for a railway has already been 
completed, and a plan, sixty-five feet long, to lay before the Sultan, left 
here about a month ago." The writer adds — " I do not think, however, 

1 See Zech, xii. 9, 10 ; compared with chap. xiv. 1-6. 






POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 253 

that the time for a railroad in these parts has yet arrived." But we 
must deferentially differ with him on that point. He then goes on to 
say — " Jaffa is now undergoing a similar change to Jerusalem. A num- 
ber of coffee and other unsightly shops, outside the gate on the Jerusa- 
lem road, are to be removed, and the land sold, with the condition that 
it shall be built upon ; another gate is also to be made. Our Pasha 
went three days ago to see that these important changes and improve- 
ments are properly done. A better landing place from the sea was 
nearly completed last week, and it is just possible that ere long a light- 
house may be built near it. Soon there is to be a lighthouse on Mount 
Carmel, and two or three others, it is said, will soon be placed on the 
Syrian coast We have now two lines of English steamers touching 
monthly at Jaffa, in addition to the usual foreign ones, and the French 
will henceforth come oftener than formerly. Thus Jerusalem and the 
Holy Land will necessarily be brought more than ever into no- 
tice. Surely these, and many like changes which are taking place 
around us, have much meaning in them. I must believe they have." 



With this evidence, then, before us, that the " sick 
old man," as the Czar of Russia styled the Turco-Mo- 
hammedan power, like that of the Papacy, still lives, it 
now only remains that we furnish the evidence that the 
above manifesto of the Sultan of Turkey in regard to Je- 
rusalem, as the representative head of the eastern Anti- 
christ, is the sure precursor of its final and speedy ex- 
tinction from the list of nations. 

The prophet Daniel, when speaking of the " king of 
fierce countenance, and understanding dark sentences," 
who was to " stand up " or appear " in the latter time of 
the kingdom," — i. e., the Arabian branch of " one of the 
four notable horns " of Alexander's divided empire which 
fell to Ptolemy — he says : " ^But he shall be broken with- 
out handP 

We have now only to turn back to our historic yerifi- 
cation of the commencement of the prophetic period of 
the 2,300 days or years of Dan. viii. 14, in the year b. c. 



254: POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

480, and of its close in a. d. 1820, and at the breaking 
out of the Greek insurrection against the Sublime Porte ; 
and to mark the historic waning of the Turco-Mohammed- 
an power from the latter date, for an illustration of its 
predicted doom in accordance with the above prophecy. 

It has been God's plan all along, to punish those very 
powers, the Babylonian, Medo-Persian, Grecian, and 
Roman, and especially the last, that have been engaged 
in persecuting his saints, both Jewish and Christian ; and 
also those powers — the Saracenic and the Ottoman — that 
have been used as " rods " in His hand to scourge the 
apostate nations of Christendom. Hence, as the Sara- 
cenic empire was subjugated by the Turks ; so now this 
latter poioer is destined to be blotted out from the 
list of nations. On this subject, I submit what fol- 
lows : — 

Of the Jews who escaped the edge of the sword at 
the destruction of their national polity and temple by 
Titus in a. d. 70, our Lord predicted, that they " should 
be led captive into all nations, and that Jerusalem should 
be trodden down of the Gentiles, until the times of the 
Gentiles be fulfilled," (Luke xxi. 24.) Now, that this 
period, for the wisest of purposes left indefinite in the 
above prophecy, was nevertheless to embrace a long pe- 
riod, is evident from the fact, that the Jews still remain 
captives among all the Gentile nations of Christendom, 
while " Jerusalem " continues to this day to be " trodden 
down" by the proud foot of the Ottoman power. Indeed, 
that power constitutes the only remaining impediment 
to the national restoration <*f the Jews to their own long 
alienated " land." But, the Holy Spirit has revealed the 
removal .of that impediment, in exact harmony with the 
prophecy of Daniel, that " it shall be broken without 
hand." It is to transpire under and during the " pouring 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 255 

out of the Vlth apocalyptic vial upon the great river 
Euphrates," which, as has been shown, symbolizes the 
Turco-Mohammedan power; the effect of which is to " dry 
up the waters thereof; " w T hile the final result is, " that 

THE WAY OF THE KINGS OF THE EAST MAY BE PREPARED," 

etc. (Rev. xvi. 12), i. e., the "kings of peoples," or the 
multitudinous seed of Abraham, that was to come forth 
of "Sarah" as "the mother of nations," (Gen. xviii. 
15-19). 

Well. And what is the record of history on this sub- 
ject ? The answer is, that during the wars that grew 
out of the French Revolution in a, d. 1793, while the 
armies of France desolated Spain, Portugal, Germany, 
Holland, Russia, Prussia, Italy, and Austria, down to a. d. 
1820, the Ottoman empire, peaceful within and without, 
appeared to the world, and was respected, as a powerful 
and mighty nation. But it was that calm which presaged 
a terrific storm. For, commencing with 4 his very year 
a. d. 1820, was the effusion of the Vlth vial upon this 
" great river Euphrates," by the act of Ali Pasha of Al- 
bania, in declaring his independence of the Sublime Porte. 
And, from that period down to the present time, judg- 
ment has been w r onderfully poured out upon him from 
this " vial " of the Almighty's wrath, whether it has been 
effected by the hand of man, or more directly by the 
hand of God. Yes, we repeat; she has been made to 
suffer alike from internal commotions and foreign inva- 
sions ; from plague and pestilence ; from conflagrations 
and inundations ; from storms and earthquakes ; and 
though last, not least, from the ruinous effects of exorbi- 
tant taxations, exactions, and despotic robberies to such 
an extent, as to draw from the lips of that renowned his- 
torian, orator, and poet, M. de Lamartine, when speaking 
of the " drying up" or progressive wasting away of the 



256 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PEOPHECY. 

Ottoman empire, in the Chamber of Deputies in Paris, 
the following : 

" The Ottoman empire, 5 ' says he, " is no empire at all ; 
it is a misshapen conglomeration of different races without 
cohesion between them, with mingled interests, without a 
language, without laws, without religion, without unity 
or stability of power. You see that the breath of life 
which animated it, namely, religious fanaticism, is extinct. 
You see that its fatal and blinded administration has de- 
voured the race of conquerors, and that Tuekey is pee- 

ISHING FOE WANT OF TtJEKS." 

With this statement accords the fact, that at this pre- 
sent hour, the last streamlet is scarcely discoverable in the 
once full and overflowing channel of the great mystical 
Euphrates ; and though, at this moment, the Anglo- 
Feench alliance, by a strange combination of the Pa- 
pacy with Protestantism, is still spreading over it the 
shadow of its protecting wings, in the hope to prevent its 
entire evaporation, they will not succeed. God has pro- 
nounced the doom of that temporarily galvanized body ; 
and no power on earth can prevent its speedy accomplish- 
ment. It will be found that, w r hile man proposes, God 
disposes. And now mark: the very firman just promul- 
gated by the Sultan of Turkey in regard to the improve- 
ments now going on in the Holy City, Jeeusalem, by 
stirring up the jealousies of the crowned heads of Europe, 
Roman, Greek, and Protestant, will only tend to precipi- 
tate that consummation. The time has now fully come 
"for Russia to commence a movement so long thirsted 
for — so long imposed upon her rulers by their predecessors 
— the conquest of Turkey and the possession of Constanti- 
nople. Peter the Great first declared that " Nature had 
but one Russia and she should have no rival*" The 
efforts of every successive sovereign, from Catherine dow r n, 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 257 

were directed to extend the empire to the Mediterranean, 
to drive the Turks out of Europe, construct a new Byzan- 
tine empire, and make Constantinople the southern capi- 
tal of the Russian empire, and the centre of the Greek 
church." . . Accordingly, "true to the traditionary 
policy 'of his family," Nicholas I. did not abandon his de- 
signs on Constantinople, although he was unwise in the 
selection of the time for the attempt in a. d. 1854. He 
"did not foresee that France and England were then free 
to form an alliance, in conjunction with Sardinia, and 
force him into the Crimean war, which lost him a large 
portion of his army, and a good deal of his military pres- 
tige. But the times are different now. The opportunity 
which had not arrived then, is at hand. Hence, Alexan- 
der H., having been " convinced of his father's error," ter- 
minated the Crimean war immediately upon his acces- 
sion to the throne. But, urged on by " the hereditary 
policy of his race," he is reported to have recently sent a 
large invading army into the frontiers of the Turkish 
empire, with a resolve to push on to its very centre, and 
that with a view to the accomplishment of the grand 
project which originated with Peter the Great ; and that, 
too, with the assurance oino further interference on the 
part of any of the allied powers of Europe. , 

We repeat, therefore, that the total evaporation of 
this symbolic Euphratean power, as the only obstacle in 
the " preparation of the way of the kings of the east," or 
the national return of the Jews to Palestine, cannot be 
extended beyond a. d. 1868, that being the utmost limit 
of the period called " the times of the Gentiles." ■ 
On the other hand, as we have seen, the fall of the 



1 See pages 39-41 of this work. Also * Our Bible Chronology," 
chap. ix. sec. iii. pp. 145-147. 



258 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

Papacy takes place coetaneously with it ; and that, imme- 
diately thereupon, the agents of its destruction — the 
" ten horns," or " kings " of the Roman earth — " give 

THEIR POWER UNTO THE BEAST HAVING TWO HORNS LIKE A 
LAMB, BUT WHO SPEAKS AS A DRAGON." 

On this momentous subject, beyond what ha*s been 
affirmed in the preceding pages, we cannot now enlarge. 
Suffice it, therefore, to say, that the simultaneous destruc- 
tion of these two long-lived scourges of mankind, opens 
the way for the introduction upon the prophetical plat- 
form of other scenes, national, political, and moral, of a 
nature, character, and extent, such as the world has never 
known — scenes of grace and of mercy, on the one hand ; 
scenes of justice and of judgment, on the other. Let us, 
in few words, present a summary view of 



"THE CONCLUSION OF THE WHOLE MATTER." 

We once more reiterate, what we have so often 
affirmed as a Millenarian, namely, that there is no Mil- 
lerism in our expositions of God's prophetic word. By 
this we mean to say, that there is no connection between 
the second personal coming of the Lord as ^r^-millennial, 
and the subjection of the globe we inhabit to the fire of 
the universal conflagration, as alleged by that theory. 1 
So far from it, time will run on, and nations will 
continue to exist, though under a total change in the 
physical, political, moral, and social constitution of things 
as they now are, and so will continue onward to the close 
of the seventh millenary of the world from the creation 
and fall of man. The opening of that new dispensation, 



1 See our work — " The Second Coming of Christ," etc., chap. iv. pp. 
204-216, on this subject. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 259 

which is to immediately follow the termination of the 
Papal and Mohammedan powers in a. d. 1868, will be 
signalized, 

I. By the first resurrection and rapture of the living 
saints. That momentous event is indicated by the words 
of the angelic visitant to the prophet Daniel, " But go thy 
way till the end be : for thou shalt rest, and stand in thy 
lot at the end of the (1,335) days? (Dan. xii. 12, 13). The 
words, " Blessed is he that icaiteth" — that is, in the exer- 
cise of patient faith and hope, like the martyr-" souls " 
whom St. John saw in his vision " under the altar " at 
the opening of the fifth seal (Rev. vi. 9-11) — " and cometh 
to the thousand three hundred and five and thirty days," 
— " each day for a year," ' — undeniably refers to Daniel's 
standing in his lot in resurrection " praise, and honor, 
and glory, at the appearing of Jesus Christ." 2 In- 
deed, this Danielic prophecy is the key to the import of 
the scriptural doctrine of the First Resurrection, as de- 
scribed by St. Paul in 1 Thess. iv. 13-18, and by St. 
John, Rev. xx. 4, and verse 5, last clause ; and is the 
same " in " which the former apostle so ardently desired 
to have " a part," as expressed in those notable words, 
Philipp. iii. 10, 11: "That I may know Him, and the 
power of His resurrection, and the fellowship of His 
sufferings, being made conformable unto His death ; if by 
any means I might attain unto the resurrection of (Gr. 
cfavaoTao-ii/, or from among) the dead." These are the 
" some " among the " many sleepers in the dust of the 
earth " spoken of, Dan. xii. 2, who " shall awake to ever- 
lasting life" in contrast with those who shall awake " to 
shame and everlasting contempt" these latter being " the 
rest of the dead " (i. e., the wicked dead) whom St. John 

i Ezek. iv. 4r-Q. 2 1 Pet. i. 3-9. 



260 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 

declares, Rev. xx. 5, " lived not again until the thou- 
sand years were finished" But, as we have already 
demonstrated, this prophetical period of 1,335 years, 
coetaneously with all the other longer dates — the shorter 
forming integral parts of them — run out in a. d. 1868. 1 
It follows, therefore, that the resurrection of both is not, 
and cannot be, simultaneous. Instead., as the prophet 
David declares, that "precious in the sight of the Lord 
is the death of his saints," 2 so he also says that " the up- 
right shall have dominion over them " — i. e., the wicked 
— " in the morning" 3 of the great millennial day. Fur- 
ther. This first great event attendant upon the second pre- 
millennial coming of the Lord to " make up His jewels," 4 
(or, which is the same thing, to raise the dead who " sleep 
in Him " and change and translate " the living who re- 
main unto His coming,") will not be openly and vis- 
ibly recognized by the ungodly world in or out of the 
nominal church. No. He now comes as " a thief in the 
night" to gather together His elect Gentile bride from 
among both the living and the dead, when, " in that 
night, there shall be two in one bed ; the one shall be 
taken, and the other left. Two women shall be grinding 
together ; the one shajl be taken, and the other left. 
Two men shall be in the field ; the one shall be taken, 
and the other left." 5 St. Paulj having spoken of " the 
whole creation " as " groaning and travailing in pain to- 
gether until now ; " and also of " the earnest expectation 
of the creature as waiting for the manifestation of the 
Son of God" adds: "And not only they, but we our- 
selves also, which have the first-fruits of the Spirit, even 

1 See pages 39-41 of this work. Also more fully, " Our Bible Chron- 
ology," etc., chap. ix. pp-. 129-183. 

2 Ps. cxvi. 15. 3 lb. xlix. 14. 4 Mai. iii. 17. 
5 Luke xvii. 34-36. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 261 

we ourselves groan within ourselves, waiting for the 
adoption, to wit, the redemption op our body." 1 Thus 
gloriously, in a way of grace and of mercy, will be 
ushered in the new millennial era of the world. It will 
constitute the commencement of that " restitution of 
all things which God hath spoken by the mouth of all 
His holy prophets since the world began," 2 to be fol- 
lowed, 

II. By the political reconstruction of present earthly 
governments under one human head. The world has now 
tried every form of government but one. It has failed 
under all, from Adam to the last anointed king. It has 
failed, like Israel, even under a Theocracy. There is, 
therefore, but one form of government of human device 
to be tried — the government of a man exalted to the 
rank of a god, worshipped by all the world except those 
" who are written in the book of life " as " the Bride, the 
Lamb's wife." Such a government will be the climax of 
blasphemy, and it will, deservedly, sink the world into 
the depths of misery. It will inaugurate that unparal- 
leled tribulation predicted by our Lord, Matt. xxiv. 
21, Mark xiii. 19, " Such as was not from the beginning 
of the creation which God created unto this time, neither 
shall be," " which shall come on all the world " of nomi- 
nal Christendom. 

Let us then suppose, for the sake of illustration, that 
the ingathering of the redeemed Gentile Bride of the 
Lamb had cdready transpired. This would indicate that 
the frst step had been taken toward the restoration of the 
original theocracy to Israel. All heaven is in commo- 
tion. The parabolic " nobleman " has been invested by 
the Father with His kingly prerogatives, and He 

i Rom. viii. 19-23. 2 Acts iii. 21. 



262 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

comes forth to " set up," upon the overthrow of all rival 
dynasties, that " kingdom which shall never be destroyed." 
Then, too, of those who have overcome by the blood of 
the Lamb, and to whom He has given the promise — " Ye 
shall sit with Me in My throne " — " I will give you power 
over the nations " — " Ye shall bruise them with a rod of 
iron, and dash them to pieces as a potter's vessel " — also, 
that " the saints of the Most High shall take the king- 
dom, and possess the kingdom for ever and ever "—yea, 
that " the kingdom and dominion and greatness of the 
kingdom under the whole heaven, shall be given to the 
people of the saints of the Most High " — yea more, who 
has said of them, " All things are yours, and ye are 
Christ's, and Christ is God's : " we repeat, having lav- 
ished upon them all these " exceeding great and precious 
promises," now that they are gathered to* Him " in the 
air," He admits them to be copartners with Himself in 
the exercise of that restored theocracy of which He, 
as the divinely constituted " heir of all things," is " the 

HEAD." 

But, " everything in its order." JVot yet has Christ 
and His " co-heir " reigning saints commenced the exter- 
mination of His and of their enemies. That work, for a 
short space, is held in abeyance. " The mystery of ini- 
quity " under its eighth head, must have its full scope 
of development. Immediately, therefore, upon the as- 
cent of Christ and his saints " in the air," " the wicked- 
ness of man," like its antediluvian type " in the days of 
Noah," having " become great in the earth, and every 
imagination and thought of his heart only evil contin- 
ually," as an act of just retribution, " He whose name is 
Holy" having declared, "My spirit shall not always 
strive with man, for that he also is flesh," now leaves the 
guilty nations of earth and an apostate church to their 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 263 

own devices. And now, behold : goaded on by the same 
godless principle which actuated the Israelites, in the 
time of Samuel, to abjure the theocratic government of 
God as their king ; and which led the same nation to de- 
clare of their Messiah at His first coming — " Not this 
man, but Csesar " — " We will not have this man to reign 
over us " — so now, when the " midnight cry " is being 
heard throughout the length and breadth of Christen- 
dom, " Behold the Bridegroom cometh, go ye out to 
meet Him ! " in view of the signal failures of all the ex- 
periments of the nations of earth, Jewish and Gentile, for 
6,000 years, to provide a system of government adapted 
to the necessities of mankind ; instead of learning a les- 
son from the fate of the antediluvian world which per- 
ished by water — of the builders of Babel — of the Jewish 
nation in their rejection of the original theocracy, and in 
their final crucifixion of their Messiah — we repeat : in- 
stead of this, like the first great progenitors of the race, 
who yielded to " the desire to be as gods, to know good 
and evil," human madness to this day continues the same ; 
and all the policy and genius of man are set to work to 
make himself independent of all Divine rule, and to rest 
the sovereignty of universal empire in himself. 

And, strange to say, just at this juncture in the politi- 
cal affairs of the world, their eyes are directed toward a 
guiding genius in every way adapted to the age. In 
illustration of this, we ask the reader to look at the fol- 
lowing facts : The age of frantic revolution found its 
master-spirit in one exactly like itself — in the first Napo- 
leon — fiery, vehement, and headlong. The age was fran- 
tic, and so its master-spirit. The new a$e, half warlike, 
half mechanical, has found a third Napoleon exactly like 
itself; fond of military splendor, thirsting for conquest, 
yet as firm, as exact, as impassive, as one of the machines 



264 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

of his own age. The headlong fury of the first Napoleon 
has been worked off, and cold, impassive calculation has 
filled its place, yet resting on the very same substratum 
of iron will and stony determination. The age of frenzy 
had its Napoleon of fire — the present warlike and me- 
chanical age has its Napoleon of iron. Great minds indi- 
cate the advent of great deeds ; and the rise of the third 
Napoleon, with all the fitness for his age, forbodes some 
vast revolution. The history of England, and other 
Protestant nations, is a history of principles — the history 
of France is a history of passions. But we have now 
arrived at a period in which principles and passions are 
united in one impetuous torrent, ready to sweep away all 
effete preexisting systems ; yet, for the time, being re- 
strained, shut in, and directed, in its course, by the iron 
will and the indomitable thirst for the glory of universal 
empire of Napoleon the Third. Nor is this all. This 
" man of destiny," as a sovereign, a statesman, a diplo- 
matist, and a soldier, it is now conceded on all hands, is 
without an equal. And, measuring his past with his 
present position, the conviction is more and more every 
hour fastening itself upon the minds of men, that, con- 
vinced by experience that the world has never had a kiug 
worthy of the name ; nor any form of government that was 
not in their view a misgovernment ; and that there never 
can be a permanent form of government except as it is 
vested in a one man power ; and finally, as the true po- 
sition of the world now is that they are waiting for the 
appearance of just such a king; the time having at 
length arrived for his debut upon the stage of action, he 
will be hailed as such ! Aye, reader. Let me entreat 
you — don't argue, don't quibble, or prevaricate. All will 
be vain. Mankind, even from the very beginning, hav- 
ing preferred any form of government except the divine, 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 265 

will now be left to their own choice, not only, but w God 
will put it into the hearts of the ten Latin horns or kings " 
of western Europe " to fulfil his will and to agree and 
give their power and strength and kingdom " to this one 
man, who will be exalted to the rank of a god ; while all 
other powers, as his allies, will recognize his universal 
supremacy over the Latin earth. 

And now, having said that the establishment of this 
stupendous governmental power under one head — the 
eighth Apocalyptic Beast — will inaugurate that unpar- 
alleled tribulation predicted by our Lord, Matt. xxiv. 
21, " which shall come upon all the world " of nominal 
Christendom, let us turn our thoughts the while, 

HI. To its characteristics and its results. The design 
of this one man power being to subject all to his despotic 
sway, first, having set up " an image to the Beast which 
had the wound by a sword, and did live " — i. e., Louis 
Napoleon IIL — he now issues his mandate to the subjects 
of the Latin race, " causing that as many as would not 
worship the image of the beast should be killed." Nor 
this only. For " he causes all, both small and great, rich 
and poor, bond and free, to receive a mark in their right 
hands and in their foreheads : and that no man might 
bug or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of 
the Beast, or the number of his name." 1 

Now this last, we observe, will be the test of fidelity 
or of apostasy to the subjects of nominal Protestant 
Christendom. Hence, to this tribulation will those be 
especially exposed, who have said in their hearts, " my 
Lord delayeth His coming," or who have joined with the 
scoffers of these last days and exclaimed, " Where is the 
promise of His coming ? " Aye. This will be that " day 

i Rev. xiii. 15-17. 
12 



266 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

which will try every man's work, of what sort it is. If 
any man's work abide, he shall receive a reward* If any 
man's work shall be burned, he shall suffer loss : but he 
himself shall be saved, yet so as by fire." l Thus, " of 
these inhabitants of the earth," when made to feel the 
effects of the wide-spread "judgments of God" which 
will constitute this season of unparalleled tribulation, and 
" shall learn righteousness," 2 and shall refuse that act of 
self -dedication to the last Antichrist which will consist of 
a submission by others to receive " his mark, name, and 
number of his name," shall finally " come up out of the 
great tribulation, having washed their robes, and made 
them white in the blood of the Lamb." 3 

We would only add on this subject, by the way, that 
the condition and destiny of the above class of Christ's 
professed followers of these last times, will differ from 
those who believe in and watch and pray for the Lord's 
speedy coming, by these latter being preserved from this 
" great tribulation." " Only with thine eyes shalt thou 
behold and see the reward of the wicked ; " 4 for, as al- 
ready explained, such shall have been previously " caught 
up to meet the Lord in the air, and so shall ever be with 
the Lord." Their future destiny, therefore, as being, nu- 
merically, the King-father's u daughter" who is called 
upon to " forget her own people, and her father's house," 
is at last presented to the " King's " Son, " who greatly 
desires her beauty — for He is her Lord " — as His affi- 
anced Bride, " all glorious within, her clothing being of 
wrought gold." And, when the time shall have come for 
the celebration of the marriage nuptials, and she is 
" brought unto the King in raiment of needle-work ; " 



* Cor. iii. 10-15. 2 Isa. xxvi. 9. 8 Rev. vii. 14. 

* See Ps. xci. 8. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 267 

those saved out of the great tribulation, may, perhaps, 
though less distinguished than she, be admitted to the 
high honor of filling the place " in the King's palace," of 
" the virgins her companions that follow her." ' Re- 
fraining, however, from trenching upon the but partially 
revealed structure of the heavenly hierarchy in this connec- 
tion ; with the remark, that in view of the exposure of the 
great mass of those in these times " who profess and call 
themselves Christians" to that unparalleled tribulation 
of which we have spoken, we can discern a motive why 
their hearts should be stirred up within them like " the 
Beareans " of New Testament times, to " search the 
Scriptures daily whether these things be so," 2 compared 
with which every other sinks into absolute insignificance. 
And while we say, in the language of St. Paul, " Let 
every man be fully persuaded in his own mind," 3 yet we 
would most affectionately, but earnestly entreat one and 
all that, at any cost, they "buy the truth and sell it 
not ; " 4 and, having attained it, " hold it fast till He 
(Christ) come, that no man take their crown." 5 And we 
would the more vehemently urge upon them this reason- 
able duty, from the consideration of our near proximate 
position to the great crisis before us. 

And, what a crisis, this ! It will consist of a heading 
up " of all those things which God hath spoken by the 
mouth of all His holy prophets since the world began," 
as connected with that vast system of " the political 
economy of prophecy " of which His inspired word is 
the text-book. During the interval between the rapture 
of the resurrected and living saints, and the open and 
visible manifestation of Christ to the nations, when 



i See Ps. xliv. 10-15. 2 Acts xvir 11. 3 R om . xiv. 5. 

4 Prov. xxiii. 23. 6 R ev . iii. H. 



268 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

" every eye shall see Him, and they also which pierced 
Him," and when " all the kindreds of the earth shall wail 
because of Him ; " l the last Antichrist will have run 
his despotic career, down to the invasion of the Holy 
City, Jerusalem, as described, Zech. xiv. 1,2. 

We here express it as our settled conviction, that, 
meanwhile, those of the Lord's chosen people who, though 
left to be exposed to the terrible sufferings of the un- 
paralleled tribulation inaugurated by the reign of the one 
man power ; yet, refusing to receive the impress of " the 
mark, or name, or number of the Beast in their right 
hand or in their foreheads," though prohibited by that 
power to " buy or sell," they will not suffer death. But, 
having " learned righteousness " through the judgments 
of God inflicted upon them, in their last extremity, they 
will be "saved, yet so as by fire." That is, like unto the 
living saints previously " caught up to meet the Lord in 
the air," as the " virgin companions " of the Bride, " with 
gladness and rejoicing shall they be brought : they shall 
enter into the hinges palace," 2 by being translated to the 
heavenly domains, as were those who preceded them. 
And so, we submit, while " the Bride, the Lamb's wife," 
will be constituted of " the general assembly and church 
of the first-born which are written in heaven," who were 
saved from the great tribulation ; these latter will fill the 
place of " the just men made perfect " 3 by their subjec- 
tion to the fiery ordeal of that " hour of temptation which 
is to come on all the world, to try them which dwell upon 
the earth ; " 4 and who, having " endured unto the end," 
shall at the last be delivered out of it, as above. In other 
words, they will form that " great multitude which no 

i Rev. i. 7. 2 Ps. xlv. 14, 15. 

3 Heb. xii. 23* 4 Rev. iii. 10. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 269 

man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and peo- 
ple, and tongues," concerning whom u one of the elders." 
in the vision of St. John asked him, " What are these 
which are arrayed in white robes? and whence came 
they? And John said unto him, Sir, thou knowest." 
Then the elder replied: " These are they which came 
out of the great tribulation," 1 etc. Accordingly, these 
two classes of occupants of the " King's Palace " " in the 
air " are thus distinguished, the one from the other. " The 
Bride, the Lamb's wife," is admitted to a " seat with Him 
in His throne : V 2 whereas St. John saw the other " stand 
before the throne, and before the Lamb." 3 Of the King 
himself it is said : " And on his head were many crowns" 4 
And so, " the Bride, the Lamb's wife " — taken in the 
sense of a noun of multitude, — having " looked for Him " 
and " loved His appearing," 5 as co-reigning " Kings " 6 
with Him " in His throne," shall wear " crowns of gold 
•upon their heads." 7 But of the other class, not having 
striven lawfully " for the crown,". 8 it is said that they " had 
palms in their hands." The collective "Bride of the 
Lamb" "shall reign w T ith Christ," "ruling the nations 
with a rod of iron," 9 etc. Of the other class it is said, 
that " they are before the throne of God, and serve Him 
day and night in His temple," 10 etc. 

m 

i Rev. vii. 9, 13, 14. 2 R e v. iii. 21. s lb. vii. 9, 15. 

4 Rev. xix. 12. s 2 Heb. ix. 29 ; 2 Tim. iv. 8. 

6 3 Rev. i. 6 ; v. 10. 

7 2 Tim. iv. 8 ; Rev. iv. 4. The " elder " who spake to John, Rev. vii. 
13, 14, was one of the " four and twenty elders " occupying " seats round 
about the throne " of the King, all of whom " had upon their heads crowns 
of gold" and who, as representatives of " the general assembly and church 
of the first-born" already gathered into " the King's palace," are by him 
distinguished, as above, from those who came after. 

* 2 Tim. ii. 5. 9 Rev. v. 10 ; xx. 4 ; ii. 27 ; xix. 15. 

i° lb. vii. 15. 



270 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 



Return we now* to that point in the impending crisis 
before us — the invasion of Jerusalem by the last Anti- 
christ. This is his last act in that tragical scene which 
has already passed under review. It will form the culmi- 
nating point of man's lust for kingly power and dominion 
in the earth. It commenced, as we have said, with the 
first created man, whom God " made to have dominion 
over the works of his hands, and put all things under his 
feet," with one exception, and that was, man. The earth- 
ly " dominion " of Adam was limited to " all sheep and 
oxen, yea, and the beasts of the field ; the fowls of the 
air, and the fish of the sea, and whatsoever passeth 
through the depths of the sea. 5 ' 1 That was the utmost 
limit of his power. But, not content to hold this domin- 
ion under another, he aspired to be " as gods," and so, 
to extend that " dominion " over his own species. Thus 
he rejected the Creator God as his King. Hence, from 
that time to the present, the fiery passion for human 
kingly power, has rendered nothing more hateful in the 
eyes of worldly men than the promise and prospect of a 
Divine King. But, after their governmental experiments 
of 6,000 years, and their 'development as matured under 
the reign of the last Antichrist, it will be found that, 
one and all, having proved not only inefficient, but dis- 
astrous to the best interests of man ; He who has said : 
" I will overturn, overturn, overturn it, and it shall be no 
more, until He come whose right it is, and I will give 
it Him ; " a just at the extremity of " the time of Jacob's 
trouble " by the Antichrist's invasion of Jerusalem, he is 
"saved out of it," by the coming forth of "the lion of the 
tribe of Judah" — the true Messiah — as "the minister 
of the circumcision from the truth of God, to confirm the 



* Ps. viii. 6-8. Gen. i. 27, 28. 



a Ezek. xxi. 27. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 271 

promises made unto the fathers," Yea, now comes he 
forth " out of His place," the u highest heavens," into 
which He passed at His ascension as an exiled king driven 
from His throne, to fulfil that prophecy, — " He that lead- 
eth into captivity shall go into captivity ; and he that 
killeth with the sword shall be killed by the sword." ' In 
a word, He comes forth to assert His exclusive right to 
reign as " the Prince of the kings of the earth," by 
the total overthrow of the last Antichrist and his con- 
federated hosts, and by the restoration over the nations, 
Jewish and Gentile, of that original theocracy abjured 
by Israel in the time of Samuel. 

And finally. This act of retributive justice in sweeping 
away all earthly dynasties as now constituted, will be the 
finishing blow inflicted upon them by the Messianic 
" stone cut out of the mountain without hands," as the 
legitimate offspring of the four Gentile monarchies de- 
noted by the symbolic colossal image of Nebuchadnezzar. 
And so clear and convincing will be the evidence that the 
agency by whom their destruction is effected is divine, 
and not human merely, that all " the escaped of the na- 
tions which came against Jerusalem," both Jewish and 
Gentile, will confess, " Verily there is a God that judgeth 
in the earth." In the retrospect of the misrule and cruel 
tyranny of those Gentile powers which have so long de- 
stroyed the earth, and now concentrated into this last, it 
will then be said by all the world — " You led the ten 
tribes of Israel as captives into Assyria, and, after destroy- 
ing the first temple, held Judah captive in Babylon for 
70 years. But c the deliverer ' has at last c come to 
Zion,' to redress them of their wrongs. Yielding to the 
demand of the envious but erring Jewish nation to crucify 
i 

i Rev. xiii. 10. 



272 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

their Messiah, you first put the Son of God to death, and 
then burnt the third temple, destroyed the Holy City, 
Jerusalem, and broke up the commonwealth of Israel ; 
and now Israel, as God's i battle-axe,' breaks you up. 
And, as though this were not enough, you ■ fill up the 
cup of your iniquity ' by now again invading Jerusalem, 
and subjecting the Jewish nation to a series of unprece- 
dented calamities ; but now, He over whose head at His 
crucifixion you wrote the mock inscription, l The King 
of the Jews,' is ' alive for evermore,' and by His per- 
sonal presence and those of His co-regal saints, the Pauline 
prophecy, 2 Thess. i. 7-9, is verified : ' for, the Lord 
Jesus is now revealed from heaven with His mighty an- 
gels in flaming fire ' — not to raise and j udge the wicked 
dead — but, to c take vengeance on you that know not 
God, and that obey not the gospel of the Lord Jesus 
Christ ; ' and now you, together with your head, l shall go 
into perdition,' for you c shall be punished with everlast- 
ing destruction from the presence of the Lord, and from 
the glory of His power.' " 

From this moment commences the world's moral, po- 
litical, and physical renovation. Immediately following 
the Lord's fighting against and destroying these anti- 
christian nations, the design of " the Deliverer in coming 
to Zion," is, to " turn away ungodliness from Jacob," 
that " so all Israel may be saved." ■ To this end, " stand- 
ing with His feet upon the Mount of Olives which is be- 
fore Jerusalem on the east," " He will pour upon the 
house of David, and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem, 
the spirit of grace and of supplication ; and they shall 
look upon Him whom they pierced, and mourn," 2 etc. 
Thus " a nation," (the Jewish) " shall be born at once ; " 3 

» Rom. xi. 26. 2 Zech. xii. 9, 10. s Isa. lxvi. 8-10. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 273 

and this, after the manner of St. Paul's conversion, who, 
as a Jew of the trib£ of Benjamin, was as one " born out 
of due time" was effected only by the personal manifesta- 
tion of Christ to him. 1 And now, the work of the world's 
moral regeneration having been thus begun, like the course 
of a resistless torrent, it shall spread far and wide, until 
the Gentile nations of Christendom and of Heathendom, 
taking within its circuitous course the restoration to 
Canaan of the lost ten tribes of Israel, will speedily sub- 
due all nations to the obedience of Christ. It must 
suffice on the subject, that we request the reader to turn 
to and carefully read Isaiah, chapters lx., lxi., lxii., and 
chap. lxvi. 7-21. 

Then, as to the Political renovation of the world. 
As we have seen, all human governments, even the best, 
have been the sources of tyrannical misrule, of bloody 
revolutions, and of moral degradation. The elevation of 
the rich and powerful, and oppression of the poor and 
helpless, have been the ruling characteristics of them all. 
But, under the government of the King of Kings and 
His co-reigning Saints, the laws and constitution of His 
Empire will reverse this order of things. " To help the 
fatherless and the poor to their right, that the men of the 
earth be no more exalted against them." " He shall 
keep the simple folk by their right ; defend the children 
of the poor, and punish the wrong-doer." " He shall 
deliver the poor when he crieth ; the needy also, and him 
that hath no helper." " He shall be favorable to the 
simple and needy ; and shall preserve the souls of the 
poor." " With righteousness shall he judge the poor, 
and reprove with equity for the meek of the earth. . .And 
righteousness shall be the girdle of His loins, and faithful- 



1 1 Cor. xv. 5-8 ; Acts ix. 3-6. 
12* 



274 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

ness the girdle of his reins." Such shall be the principles 
which shall pervade the newly inaugurated political 
economy of the Millennial earth, under and during the 
reign of the only pre-ordained "Monarch of the 
World." Then, " The Lord shall be King over all the 
earth : in that day shall there be one Lord, and his name 
one." Then, "He shall judge among the nations, and 
shall rebuke many people ; and they shall beat their 
swords into ploughshares, and their spears into pruning 
hooks : nation shall not lift up sword against nation, 
neither shall they learn war any more." And then, too, 
" Many people shall go and say, come ye, and let us go up 
to the mountain of the Lord ; to the house of the God of 
Jacob : for He will teach us of His zvays, and we shall 
walk in His paths: for out of Zion shall go forth the 

LAW, AND THE WORD OF THE LORD FROM JERUSALEM." 

And finally. " It shall come to pass that every one that 
is left of the nations which came against Jerusalem, shall 
go up from year to year to worship the King, the Lord 
of hosts, and to keep the feast of tabernacles." Not that 
all shall go up together, but at different times, so that 
within each year all shall go up. And those nations 
which will not go up, the terrible judgments of " no 
rain," and the infliction of " plagues " shall be visited upon 1 
them. 1 

Our space will only allow of reference to one addi- 
tional point in this connection. The question is, Will the 
seat or throne of Christ's Universal Empire be located on 
earth during the Millennial Era ? We unhesitatingly an- 
swer, that it will not. However Judah and Israel might 
otherwise have constituted "the Bride of the Lamb," 
yet, by long continued rebellion against their covenant 

* Zech. xiv. 16-19. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 275 

God, and which was finally headed up by their rejection 
and crucifixion of " the Lord of life and glory," as the 
King-father's Son, they forfeited that right, and was con- 
sequently divorced from their position as such. Hence, 
" the Kingdom of God was taken from them, and given to 
a nation bringing forth the fruits thereof." ' Hence, 
the u taking out of (or from among) the Gentiles^ 
a people for his name," 2 who were to constitute that 
" Bride." With the above facts kept in view, therefore, 
let us remember that the promises of " the kingdom " be- 
long neither to the restored Jews, nor to the Millennial 
Saints; for they will be the Subjects of that kingdom. 
What the world has always wanted has been a perfect 
government — perfect in wisdom and perfect in strength. 
And, inasmuch as, since the abjuration of the Theoc- 
racy of Israel, — which was founded upon the basis of an 
absolute monarchy, — no such a government has obtained 
among the nations, that theocracy must be restored. 
And when restored, its seat or throne of Empire will be 
located, not on earth, but in heaven. True, the Great 
King, as formerly under the Theocracy of Israel, will 
doubtless appoint such officials as the exigencies of the 
restored Jewish commonwealth shall require. And others 
of the Millennial Gentile nations gathered in with the Jews, 
may have their parliaments, etc. But, one and all, will 
be subordinate to the government of heaven. The 
sources, both of law and of power, will be no longer on 
earth, but altogether in the heavenly "Palace of the 
King." To this end, all the " joint-heirs with Christ," who 
have no promises of mere earthly inheritance, will have 
been raised and translated at the first manifestation of the 
Lord's second coming, to meet Him, not on the earth, 

i Matt. xxi. 43. 2 Acts xv. 14. 



276 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

but " in the air," and there " ever to be with HimP Nor 
as co-partners with the Lord, will they be shut in within 
a single planet ; but, being endowed with the faculties of 
locomotion^ like unto the resurrected and glorified body of 
their King, — for their vile " bodies shall be changed and 
fashioned like unto His own glorious body" 1 — they will 
traverse the universe of " principalities and powers in the 
heavenly places." Nor will they pass by our own planet, 
between the inhabitants of whom and themselves, with 
their King, an intercourse will be kept up, of which, the 
ladder of Jacob's vision, reaching from earth to heaven, 
with the angels of God descending and ascending upon 
it, while the Lord stood at the top of it, 2 was a significant 
type. And, being aided by the indwelling of the Divini- 
ty, all their thoughts, all their achievments, and the dura- 
tion and splendor of their reign, will move on co-ordinate 
with that of their Lord, throughout eternal ages. 

Say, then, reader, is there anything in this prophetico- 
Scriptural view of the near future reign of Christ and His 
redeemed Saints over the saved nations in the flesh, on 
earth, during the Millennium, to indicate that it is carnal, 
gross, and sensual ? Ah ! those who now affirm that we 
thus teach, will think differently, when the " great voices 
in heaven," which shall accompany the loud blast of 
"the seventh angelic trumpet" shall proclaim to the 
nations, 

"The Kingdoms of this world are become the 
Kingdoms of our Lord, and of His Christ, and He 
shall reign forever and ever." 3 • 

We repeat, therefore, once more. The throne of 
Christ's empire will be in heaven. The " kings " who 
"possess the kingdom, and dominion, and greatness of the 

1 Philip, iii, 21. 2 Gen. xxviii. 12-17. 3 Rev. xi. 15. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 277 

kingdom under the whole heaven," are in heaven ; but 
the subjects of that kingdom, Jewish and Gentile, are 
upon eabth. Nor can it be a spiritual reign of Christ on 
earth. The idea, that the state of the redeemed in heaven 
will consist of their being seated on clouds, in some re- 
mote corner of infinite space, singing psalms and hymns, 
throughout eternal ages, can, to say the least, find no 
support in the Word of God. The same holds true of 
Christ's reign over the earth. The reign of grace by the 
Spirit in the hearts of men, while Christ is personally 
absent from the Church, during this dispensation, will 
continue to hold its seat in the hearts of men during the 
Millennial era. But, to this latter state, will be super- 
added the personal return of Christ to his long bereaved 
Church, according to His promise : "I will come 
again," ? when both will be conjoined, as explained above, 
never again to be separated. Then will the united voice 
of the Church on earth exclaim : " Lo ! this is our 
God; we have waited for Him, and He will save 
us : This is the Lord ; we have waited for Him : 
We will be glad and rejoice in His salvation." 2 
Yes, then will be verified the prophetic announcement, 
that "the moon shall be confounded, and the sun 
ashamed, when the Lord shall reign in Mount 
Zion, and in Jerusalem, and before His Ancients 
gloriously." 3 

And now, to close. A few words on the subject of the 
physical renovation of the Millennial Earth must suffice. 
We need not doubt, that the benefits conferred by the 
newly inaugurated government of heaven, will soon recon- 
cile the world at large to the once unwelcome change. 
High above Jerusalem will be seen the Heavenly 

1 John xiv. 1-5. 2 Isa. xxv. 9. 3 Isa. xxiv. 23. 



278 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

" Palace of the King," glowing with celestial light, 
and immortalizing heat. The light will be uncreated 
light, by means of which, in connection with such other 
physical agencies as God may please to employ, the 
climates of the earth will be gradually changed, rendering 
the atmosphere salubrious, and the earth fruitful, and in- 
vesting both with all the healthful and delightful char- 
acteristics of the pristine Eden. Then, too, the human 
body will feel the change, cheering the heart, as w r ell as 
gratifying the eyes and all the other senses, thus impart- 
ing new life and vigor to man's physical powers, and re- 
storing to him that longevity peculiar to the patriarchal 
age. " There shall be no more thence an infant of days, 
nor an old man that hath not filled his days. * * * 
For as the days of a tree are the days of my people : and 
mine elect shall long enjoy the work of their hands.' 5 1 
Along with these blessings, will be an augmentation of 
man's intellectual powers, qualifying him for mental im- 
provement, the acquisition of knowledge, and the exten- 
sion of his resources for usefulness, before unknown. Yea, 
" he shall walk in the light of God's countenance : in His 
name shall he rejoice all the day, and in His righteous- 
ness shall he be exalted." And the earth, and man, and 
even the animal creation, being recovered from the curse 
of the fall, " In that day, shall there be upon the bells of 
the horses, holiness unto the Lord." 2 

For a more enlarged view of the physical state of the 
Millennial " New Earth and Heavens," as contrasted with 
the jO0s£-Millennial " New Earth and heavens," as pre- 
dicted by St. Peter and in the Apocalypse, together with 
the other characteristics of that state under the benign 
rule of " the peaceable Kingdom of the Beanch " — 

i Isa. 1x7. 20, 22. * i sa , \ xv \ t 2 Q. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 279 

the Lord Jesus Christ — we must refer the reader to our 
recently published work on "the Second Coming of 
Christ." 

And, may every professing disciple of the Saviour, in 
these last days, find it in his heart to exclaim : " Come, 
Lord Jesus, come quickly ! " 

With the present and impending events of these last 
times in view, we close, with the following words of Jesus, 
to every true believer : " When these things begin to 
come to pass, then look up, and lift up your heads, 
for your redemption draweth nigh." (Luke xxi. 28.) 
Yea, verily — 



" The w^orld appears - 
To toll the death-bell of its own decease — 

* * * * The old 

And crazy earth has had her shaking fits 
More frequent, and forgone her usual rest ; 
And nature seems with dim and sickly eye 
To wait the close of all. 

* * * * * * 
Six thousand years of sorrow have well nigh 
Fulfilled their tardy and disastrous course 
Over a sinful world ; and what remains 

Of this tempestuous state of human things, 
Is merely as the rocking of a sea 
Before a calm that rocks itself to rest. 
****** 

Behold the measure of the promise filled ; 
See Salem built, the labor of a God ! 
Bright as a sun the Sacred City shines : 
All kingdoms and all princes of the earth 
Mock to that fight : the glory of all lands 
Flows into her ; unbounded is her joy, 
And endless her increase. 



280 POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PKOPHECY. 

Come, then, and added to Thy many crowns, 
Receive yet one, the crown of all the earth, 
For Thou alone art worthy. 



Thy saints proclaim Thee King ; and Thy delay 
Gives courage to their foes, who, could they see 
The dawn of Thy last advent, long desired, 
Would flee for safety to the falling rocks." 

Cowper. 



NOTES. 



N. B. — The reader will please turn to the pages in the body 
of the work for the subjects to which these Notes refer. 

Note I, page 26. (Introduction). Of our Lord's prophecy 
respecting the time of His second coming, etc. : — " Of that day 
and that hour no man maketh e^town, no, not the angels in 
heaven, neither the Son, but the Father only" (Matt. xxiv. 36 ; 
Mark xiii. 32.) 

This passage, in the popular theological nomenclature of the 
day, is triumphantly quoted as decisive against any attempt to 
determine whether the second peesonal coming of Christ is 
pre or ^?0s£-millennial. Quoting the passage as it reads in our 
English version : " Of that day and hour knoweth no man," etc., 
all attempts to settle the question as to the time of .that event, 
as near or remote, is denounced as fanatical. Hence the prev- 
alent indifference to, and prejudice against, all chronologico- 
prophetical expositions of the subject. But we deferentially 
submit, — 

First. Even admitting that neither man, nor angels, nor 
Christ Himself knoweth anything of this matter, it is undeniable 
that there is one who knoweth — even u the Father," " who hath 
put the times and seasons in His own power" (Acts i. 7). Ac- 
cordingly, if He please, and when and as He pleases, He can 
make them known. That He has done so, we maintain is fully 
and clearly revealed in His word. But what now concerns 
us is, 

Second. The correctness of the rendering of the above pas- 
sage in our English version of the phrase, " knoweth no man," 
etc. And here we must premise, by the way, that while in the 



282 NOTES. 

corresponding prophecy of our Lord, as given by Luke, chap, 
xxi., that Evangelist omits this passage altogether, Mark only 
uses the phrase, " neither the Son" etc. (chap. xiii. 32). That 
the above passage in Mark, however, is not an interpolation in- 
troduced into the text after the Apostolic age, as some allege, 
is evident from the fact, that Matthew uses the expression, 
" but my Father only," which is equivalent to the expression, 
" neither the Son," for the word " only," by implication, includes 
the Son. "We now pass to the phrase, " knoweth no man, no, not 
the angels in heaven, neither the Son" etc. 

We shall here adopt in place of this rendering, the transla- 
tion of Macknight : " But of that day and that hour no man 
maketh Jcnown ; not even the angels who are in heaven, neither 
the Son, but the Father." Now, this rendering has at least the 
merit of consistency, when compared with King James's transla- 
tion, as it regards the possession, by Cheist, of the attribute of 
omniscience ; for while this latter rendering contradicts the ex- 
press declaration of St. Peter concerning Christ: "Lord, Thou 
knowest all things" (John xxi. 17), the former fully recognizes 
it as He in whom " dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead 
bodily " (Col. ii. 9). It is not, it cannot, therefore, be true, that 
Christ does not know the day or hour of His second coming. In 
proof of the correctness of Macknight's translation as above, all 
expositors unite in rendering the corresponding word in Num. 
xvi. 5, not " To-morrow the Lord will Tcnow who are His," etc., 
but, " The Lord will show, or the Lord will make Jcnown," etc. 
And so, where the Apostle Paul uses the same word (2 Cor. ii. 
2), Macknight renders the passage, " I determined to make known 
nothing among you, save Jesus Christ, and Him crucified." The 
above, therefore, we must insist is more than sufficient to justify 
the rendering of the phrase in Mark — " no man maketh known" 
Nor this only. For it follows, that although Christ does not re- 
veal " the day or the hour " of His second coming, the " Father " 
does make it known. Hence, though our Lord said to His dis- 
ciples, " It is not for you (i. e., then, or at that particular time) 
to* know the times or the seasons which the Father hath put in 
His own power," yet He predicted of them, " ye shall receive 
power," i. e., to understand these things, " after that the Holy 



NOTES. 283 

Ghost is come upon you," etc. (Acts i. 8). Accordingly, St. Paul, 
in his Epistle to the Thessalonians, says, 1 Thess. v. 4: "Ye, 
brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you 
as a thief;" while of the ungodly "men who shall say, peace 
and safety ; then sudden destruction shall come upon them, as 
travail upon a woman with child, and they shall not escape " 
(v. 5). This corresponds exactly with Daniel's prophecy, chap, 
xii. 9 : " But the wicked shall do wickedly ; and the wicked shall 
not understand ; but the wise shall understand." St. Peter also, 
when speaking of that salvation which is come unto us, says of 
the Old Testament prophets, that they " inquired and searched 
diligently as to what (i. e., of the events predicted), and what 
manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did sig- 
nify, when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ, and 
the glory that should follow " (1 Pet. i. 9-11). And the same 
Apostle assures us, that "we have a more sure word of pro- 
phecy," — which prophecy relates, according to the preceding 
passage, not only to events, but to " times and seasons ," — "to 
which we all do well that we take heed, as unto a light which 
shineth in a dark place, until the day dawn, and the day- star 
arise in our hearts." May God of His infinite mercy incline all 
our hearts so to do for Christ's sake. 

Note II, page 166. " That no man may "buy or sell, save he 
that hath the mark, or name of the Beast, or number of his name." 
(Rev. xiii. IT). 

This passage refers to the last great Antichristian Confed- 
eracy, or Univeesal Latin Empire, which, after A. D. 1868, 
will embrace " all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and 
bond," who swear allegiance to the last Antichrist, by receiving 
his " mark," etc. " in their right hands, or in their foreheads." 
Those, therefore, throughout Christendom who refuse to dedi- 
cate themselves to him by receiving said "mark," etc., shall be 
permitted neither to " buy or sell" 

Now this prophecy has a most fearfully portentous import, in 
regard to all those nationalities throughout nominal Christen- 
dom, who shall be exposed to the fiery ordeal of that " hour of 
temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to tey those 



284 NOTES. 

that dwell upon the earth " (Kev. iii. 10). It will be on this 
wise. Of the last Antichrist, or that " vile person ," spoken of 
by Daniel, chap. xi. 21, it is predicted that " he shall have power 
over the treasures of gold and silver, and over all the precious 
things of Egypt" etc. (ver. 43). That is, he shall have unlimited 
control over all the monetary interests and operations of the 
nations throughout the world. And, clothed with this " power," 
he will use it as a test of obedience to his mandate to receive 
" his mark, or name, or number of his name in their right hands, 
or in their foreheads ; " in other words, to swear allegiance to 
him. " Those who refuse shall be permitted neither to luy or 



It hence results, that the tuuning-point of this " hour of 
temptation that is to come upon all the world, to try them that 
dwell upon the earth," will involve either a final and total apos- 
tasy from the true Cheist, or an adherence to Him, in the midst 
of this fiery ordeal. In the case of the former \ they "shall be 
punished with everlasting destruction from the presence of the 
Lord and the glory of His power " (2 Thess. ii. 8, 9). In that 
of the latter, "they shall be saved, yet so as oy fire" (1 Cor. 
iii. 14, 15). 

And mark, reader. The nature of the test of apostasy from, 
or of fidelity to, the tetje Christ, will be that of " gold and silver" 
Job says, chap. xxxi. 24, 28 : "If I rejoice because my wealth 
was great, and mine hand hath gotten me much ; . . . this 
were an iniquity to be punished by the Judge : for I should 
have denied the God that is above." To do so, involves that sin 
of " covetousness, which is idolatry" in the sight of God. All 
those, therefore, " who profess and call themselves Christians," 
who have " made haste to be rich " (Pro v. xxviii. 20), and who, 
having obtained them, " trust in the uncertain riches " instead 
of " the living God " (1 Tim. vi. 17) ; when this " hour of temp- 
tation " shall have come upon them, will find that their salvation 
or perdition will hang "trembling in the scale." To cling 
to them then, will involve their perdition. To relinquish 
them then, . . . alas, who among such will do it ? w " The 
love of money" having in life entwined its insidious grasp upon 
their hearts, can then be sundered only by that " eiee which is 



NOTES. 285 

to try every mart's work, of what sort it is." And who will 
affirm that the sin of avarice, or " covetousness" is not predomi- 
nant in most of those who are within, as well as those who are 
outside of, the pale of the visible Church of this day ? And ob- 
serve. This "judgment" of the Most High at the hand of him 
who will then " have power over the treasures of silver and 
gold," "must begin at the house of God!" Alas, "who shall 
live, when God doth this ? " Only those, we reply, who " shall 
be saved as by fike." Better, O, infinitely better for all such, 
that they now " kiss the Son, lest He be angry, and they perish in 
the way, when His wrath is kindled but a little" Let them now 
" come out from the world, and touch not, taste not, nor handle 
the unclean thing," by a sincere and hearty dedication of 
themselves and their worldly substance to Him " whose is the 
silver and the gold," that they may "lay hold on eternal life," 
and be prepared to u meet," " stand before," and " not be ashamed 
of Christ at His coming." 

Note III, page 206. " The Jews, when restored in theirjincon- 
verted state, will hail the Eighth Head (Louis Napoleon III.), as 
theie Messiah," etc. 

To this it is objected that it cannot be, for the reason that 
this false Messiah must be of Jewish descent, which is affirmed 
not to be true of the present Emperor of the French. To this 
we reply, first, that even admitting this to be so, yet, keeping in 
view the singular characteristics of this wonderful man, it is not 
impossible but that he may pretend to be of Jewish genealogy, 
and as the prophecies concerning the last Antichrist do not men- 
tion the precise tribe out of which he, as the false Messiah, is to 
arise, the Jews may not be able to confute the imposture ; and 
thus, by tampering with that genealogy, he may succeed in that 
way to palm himself upon them as their Messiah. A very 
little evidence will turn the scale with the then infatuated Jewish 
nation, provided the claimant has power enough to advance their 
worldly interests. But we observe, in the second place, that as 
" the great Antichristian Monarch who is to bring back the Jews, 
is, evidently, the person who will be set up as the Jewish Mes- 
siah, in opposition to the Son of David, we have only to bear 



286 NOTES. 

in mind the fact, that, as we have seen, the name of the present 
Emperor of the French contains the numerals which, when 
counted as figures, gives the mystical number of 666 (Rev. xiii. 
18), not only in Latin and Greek, but in Hebrew also. Hence, 
we submit, that this circumstance will go far to confirm any claim 
on his part to be of Jewish origin. Besides, he has this additional 
resemblance to the character of the last Antichrist — his features 
are Jewish, exactly those of a Jew ; and, as so many distinguished 
public men who have professed to be Gentiles, while they have 
turned out to be of Israelitish origin, — such as Massena, Su- 
chet, and others — so it may be with Napoleon III. His family 
may be trac&l up to a Jewish ancestor, which his features 
render more than probable. It is only, however, u a little 
while" that we are to await the solution of this interesting 
problem. 

Note IV, page 218. " And he (i. e., the last Antichrist) shall 
plant the tabernacle of his palaces between the seas, in the glorious 
holy mountain" etc. (Dan. xi. 45). 

That Louis Napoleon III. has already virtually accomplished 
this part of his destined mission, will appear from the following : 
" In the English Morning Chronicle of Nov. 2d, 1855, wa scon- 
tained the first or only announcement of what may be the most 
momentous occurence of the age, namely : 

" On Sunday, Sep. 30, 1855, the French flag was hoisted at 
Jerusalem. The French Emperor was made the Patron of the 
Holy Places — and prayers were offered up for him by all the 
clergy — as if Jerusalem was a part of his own Empire. This 
seizure of the Holy Places, which, in fact, is a seizure of 
Jerusalem itself, is among the greatest of the great events 
which have occurred within the nineteenth century. The 
rest of his acts are great only politically. This event is 
great Scripturally. It points to the * beginning of the end.' " 
"We repeat that it is a virtual occupation of the Holy City, 
and an actual assertion of French supremacy over the Holy 
Land. Let it also be remembered, that wherever Napoleon 
III. has planted his foot, it has never yet in any instance been dis- 
lodged. And the seizure of the Holy City, Jerusalem, as above, 



NOTES. 287 

he will hold as the gate, for the advancement of his ambitions 
projects in the East. 

Note V, page 213. This mighty confederacy of the anti- 
christian nations . . . will also embrace as its allies, those 
nations enumerated in Ezek. xxxviii. 1-7; " Gog, of the land of 
Magog, the Prince of Bosh, Meshech, and Tubal ; and Persia, 
Ethiopia or Gush, Libya or Phut, Gomer, and Togarmah," etc. 

The word " chief" in the English version of the 2d verse 
of the above passage, in the Hebrew is " Rosh," and is the name 
of a place; so that the passage shonld read — "The Prince of 
Rosh, Meshech, and Tubal." Now, Rosh, Meshech, and Tubal, 
very much resemble in sound Russia, Moscow, and Tobolsk : the 
last-named place being the capital of Asiatic Russia. . . . 
"We find similar changes in many other names transferred from 
the Hebrew language : as Tarshish for Tartassus, or Tarsus ; and 
again, the original Hebrew word, " Javan," is in the Greek 
"Ionia." And so, Magog, from whose country "Gog" is to 
spring, is also the ancestor of the Northern or Scythian nations, 
now subject to the crown of Russia. Gog is used in Ezekiel as 
the name of an individual; and Rosh, Meshech, and Tubal, as 
names of nations. Posh indicates a nation descended from one 
of the principal great-grandchildren of Noah (not mentioned in 
Gen. x.) ; but Magog, Meshech, and Tubal, are the grandchil- 
dren of Noah, being all of them the sons of Japheth. (See Gen. 
x.) In the Ethnographic map of the world, Meshech and Tubal 
are placed far up north of the present Empire of Russia— Tubal 
on the shores of the Baltic Sea, and Meshech farther east, on the 
confines of Europe and Asia. Magog, at the same time, is placed 
in a more southern and central position, and occupies the dis- 
trict anciently called Scythia, and now Tartary ; and embraces 
that portion of it now subject to Russia, and from whence are 
drawn so many of those stubborn troops which the English for- 
merly said that they could mow down at a shilling an acre ! 
The race of Gomer inhabited the Northwest, from Muscovy to 
Britain ; while the races of Magog, Meshech, and Tubal occupied 
the Northeast, from Germany to the Yellow Sea. Gomer, there- 
fore, must contribute very largely to swell the antichristian 



288 NOTES. 

forces of the last Antichrist, the nations of Europe being many 
of them Gomeric. And, as this antichristian confederacy are to 
be destroyed at the time of the invasion of Jerusalem, described 
in Zech. xiv. 1-5 ; and those of them who " escape of the nations 
who went up against Jerusalem, are to go up from year to year 
to worship the King, the Lord of Hosts, and to keep the Feast of 
Tabernacles " (ver. 13), we see not how there can be, as some 
pretend, a second invasion, etc., of the Holy City by the Gomer- 
ians. 

Note VI, page 274. The question is, Will the Seat or 
Theone of Christ's universal Empire he located on earth, dur- 
ing the Millennium ? 

The answer is, No. We are not to imagine that the Lord will 
act as an ordinary commander, placing Himself personally at 
the head of His armies. This idea seems to be purposely pro- 
vided against in the 10th chap, of Zechariah, where it is said : 
" and the Lord shall be seen over them," etc. (ver. 14), but it is 
not said that He shall be among them. The Messiah, as Head 
of the redeemed Churches in heaven, as well as of Israel upon 
earth, certainly will not degrade Himself or His co-reigning 
Saints by dwelling upon earth, or even by mixing Himself up 
with earthly affairs, except in the high character of a Sovereign 
and Supreme Director, or Lawgiver, issuing His mandates from 
the Capital of the Universe enthroned " in the air" This, how- 
ever, will not interfere to prevent an occasional personal inter- 
course between the celestial Eulers and terrestrial ruled, or be- 
tween the heavenly capital and the earthly metropolis, in 
analogy to the things denoted by the typical ladder in the vision 
of Jacob, and as is indicated by the Prophet Ezekiel, chap, xliii. 
1-9, and xliv. 1-3, which see. 



NOTES. 289 

N. B. These Notes, containing matter relevant to several 
important subjects treated of in the preceding pages, are deemed 
of sufficient value to warrant their insertion in this Second Edi- 
tion of the work. 

Note VII. , page 154. In treating of the " Zoological origin" 
of the " Eighth" apocalyptic Head of the future "Universal 
Latin Dynasty," the following article from an able student of 
prophecy with whom the author is in correspondence, furnishes 
additional evidence that the mystical " mark, name, and number " 
of this " Beast from the earth having two horns like a lamb and 
who speaks as a dragon," viz. 666, inheres in the ancestral name 
and character of Papal Rome, as found in the Hebrew, Greek, 
and Latin languages, not only, but that it is equally applicable 
to the germinating root of the Napoleonic family whence sprang 
the ruling Emperor of France, Louis Napoleon III. Our cor- 
respondent, under date of April 30, 1866, writes : — 

"Another verification of the Napoleonic identity. It is this, 

viz., — Comnene Ellenikos, or Comnene the Greek, this being the 

ancestral family name of the Napoleonic Stock, and evidencing 

its pertinancy as a designation of the Apocalyptic " therion," 

from the Grecian origin of the Bonapartes. The verification is 

thus : — 
KofiP7jv€'E\\rjviK o s* 

20+T0+40+50+8+50+5+5+30+30+8+50+10+20+70+200=666. 
"Pardon me," says my worthy friend, in a letter dated June 
13th, 1866, " for adding one more fact. The name of the Mother 
of the first Napoleon was, before her marriage, Letitia Ranio- 
lini. In Abbott's History of Napoleon, she is represented as 
1 one of the most beautiful and accomplished young ladies of 
Corsica.' Her mental endowments were commensurate with the 
weighty responsibilities which devolved upon her. Her children 
all appreciated the superiority of her character, and yielded 
with perfect and unquestioned submission to her authority. 
Napoleon in particular ever regarded his mother with the most 
profound respect and affection. He repeatedly declared that 
the family were entirely indebted to her for that physical, 



290 NOTES. 

intellectual, and moral training, which prepared them to ascend 
the lofty summits of power to which he finally attained. Louis 
Napoleon III., as the grandson of this ' beautiful Oorsican lady,' 
may be thus numerically identified in respect to his descent from 
her — Louis ek JRaniolini,=i666, thus: — 

A o t s e k VavioXivi. 
30+70+10+200+5+20+100+1+50+10+70+30+10+50+10=666. 

" Of course, the expression interpreted, is simply Lois^ out 
of, or descended from Kaniolini, the wife of his grandfather, 
Charles Bonaparte." 

This learned divine had stated in a letter dated May 25th, 
1866, that he had "considerable faith that still other confirma- 
tions of a similar kind might be detected, if it were particularly 
desirable to add to this kind of evidence," Accordingly, in this, 
and in a subsequent communication, he furnishes the following 
items in illustration ; of the value of which the reader will be 
left to make his own estimate. In our judgment, so far from 
being denounced as visionary, they are entitled to be regarded 
as indicating, in an eminent degree, the singularly interesting 
and marvellously expansive depth and reach of this mystical 
number 66Q, in its applications to the generic Napoleon 
family. Under the above category, our correspondent writes : — 

" I merely mention one or two curiosities, of the number 
6Q6, which however perhaps hardly merit serious attention. It 
is perhaps a species of paronomasia, that L. 1ST. Kolonmeros, by 
a transposition of letters, and other slight changes, may become 
JV. mihron Keras, or, Napoleon, a little horn, making also 666, 
thus : — 

N. fJL L K p O V K € p <X S. 

50+40+10+20+100+70+50 + 20+5+100+1+200=666. 

And yet another. "Following the initial 1ST. with a single 
letter, as is frequently done in names everywhere familiar 
(instance Is. for Isaiah, Ma. for Mark, Lu. for Luke, Ob. for 



N 



NOTES. 291 

Obadiah, Ed. for Edward, Th. for Thomas, etc., etc.), we have 
Na. Bonaparte ZZ7.,=666, thus: — 

N a. B o v a tz a p r tj III. 

50+1 + 2+70+50+1+80+1+100+300+8+3=666. 
" It will be observed that the e final is eta and not Epsilon, 
to which I presume there can be no objection. I think the 
above may be a valuable verification." 

Then farther. "Ettoenie, the Empress," he remarks, "may 
count QQ6, though perhaps not quite fairly, as I do not see any 
authority for dropping Epsilon before u. However, it is notice- 
able that we find the number in Ugenes^ thus: — 

Y y e v r) s. 

400 + 3+5+50 + 8+200: 



Finally, he adds: "There is another relative of Napoleon 
III. whose name, by dropping the first letter, as in the case of 
Eugenie, gives the number also. I refer to Count Walewski, 
illegitimate son of Napoleon I. by the Polish Countess Walewski. 
He was formerly minister of foreign affairs, and is now, I believe, 
President of the Imperial Senate. He has been recently invested 
by his cousin Louis with a new title of Duke of the Empire, with 
the designation of Colonna Walewski. — AleusM=6Q6. 

A X 6 V O- K l. 

1+30+5+400+200+20+10=666. 

"We therefore perceive, that while the name of Napoleon 
has a considerable variety of correspondences to the Apocalyptic 
Sign, there is also a tendency in the same direction, among some 
of his relatives around him. This fact I conceive only the more 
emphatically marks the living Imperial family head, as the man 
marked in the vision of the inspired revelator. 

By way of apology for the introduction of these various items, 
our learned friend observes: — "Possibly I may give an undue 
share of attention to verifications of the No. 666. The justifica- 
tion, however, lies in the great importance of making the Napo- 
leonic identification clear and unmistakable in every way 



292 NOTES. 

possible. And while some minds are so constituted as to be 
influenced by one class of arguments, others will be more affected 
by a different kind of evidence." And he adds: "I might here 
remark, that if any should surmise a verification possible in any 
name of any living potentate" e. g., Louis Napoleon III., " let 
Mm try it, and accumulate a list of names, and note their 
numeral signification, and I think he will find he has undertaken 
a very serious matter, to say the least." 

It may be in place to advert to an objection urged by some 
Protestant writers to the above, that the number 666 is found in 
other names, and particularly that of the great Mohammedan 
impostor, which, when written in Greek, Mao/xerty, Mahomet, 
exactly composes that number, thus : — 

Mao/xer i £• 

40+1+70+40+5+300+10+200=666. 

It has hence been urged with great confidence, that this 
mystical number 666 points to Mahomet as the Antichrist of 
Scripture, a theory which we may well suppose to be adopted 
with complacency by the present ruler of France. Or, what 
may be equally acceptable to his majesty, is the theory of the 
Eomish Bishop Walmsley, who, adopting the orthography of 
that impostor's name as written above, maintains that it will be 
some future Turkish Antichrist under that name. The Kev. 
George Stanley Faber, however, has shown conclusively, that 
the orthography of this name, which Bishop Walmsley declares 
he adopted on the authority of Euthymius, Zonares, and Cad- 
renus, is a daring fabrication of his own, as they all write it 
differently from one another and from him, thus: — 

Moa/ieS — Euthymius. 
Mcoa/xe^ — Zonares. 
Movxov/m-t — Cadrenus. 
The first also writes as Zonares. The following are additional 
instances of different modes of writing it adduced by Mr. Faber. 
Moaned — Mcetas. 
Mexpervs— Ohalcocondylas. 



NOTES. 293 

Merger — Cantacuzenes. 
Mexeper — Ducas Michael. 
Maxovfi€T7j5 — Joannes Canamis. 

In none of the above names is it Moa/xeri? ; and Mr. Kabbell 
further contends that this is not a proper Greek termination, as it 
should be either tos or res. (See Brooks' Elem. of Proph. In- 
terpretation, p. 315). 

In view of this fact, therefore, we submit that we are fully 
warranted in the adoption of the following conclusion, which 
we give in the words of our correspondent : — 

" Taking it for granted, as I think we may, that there is not a 
lingering shadow of a doubt in regard to the identification of the 
1 Beast,' concerning whom it is with awful significancy intima- 
ted that voluntarily to receive his mark is a sin never pardoned, 
how great the importance of sounding the cry, 'Know, and 
bewake!'" 

Note YIII, page 86. The prophet foretells of the " vile per- 
son" spoken of in chap. xi. 41, that "he shall have power over 
the treasures of gold and silver, and over all the precious things of 
Egypt" etc., verse 43. In addition to the fact mentioned in 
page 86, of the amount of gold coined by the French Empe- 
ror between a. d. 1865 and 1867 over that both of England and 
the United States combined, " is the astonishing increase in the 
assessed money-value of the French Empire, during the 12 
years of Napoleon's emperorship, from 124,000 millions, to 249,- 
000 millions of francs." This statement was made u in a report 
of the 1ST. Y. Chamber of Commerce in the N. Y. Times," and 
was transmitted to us by our Sardinia correspondent, June 13. 
From the first announcement of Louis Napoleon's famous 
speech at Auxerre, that he " detested the treaty of 1815," etc., 
we have repeatedly expressed the opinion that the financial 
'panic which passed like an electric shock over the continent, 
and the " burden " of which fell with most disastrous effect 
upon England, formed one of the prominent schemes of that 
" man of destiny," by which to secure the continued influx of 



294 NOTES. 

gold into his coffers. In confirmation of this prognostication, I 
cut the following from the Herald of June 14 : 

The G-old Question in England. — A very significant fact 
with regard to the finances of Europe is the drain of gold from 
the Bank of England to the Bank of France, notwithstanding 
that there is a difference of Hvq per cent, in favor of the former. 
This state of things indicates that there is a good deal of insecu- 
rity felt in England, probably in consequence of the large quan- 
tities of gold which are going to the Continent to meet the com- 
ing contingencies of war. It is evident that the financial storm 
is not over yet, despite the reports to the contrary. The first 
blast only has passed over. There are difficulties yet to be con- 
tended with in England, and people might as well be prepared 
for them. The withdrawal of so much specie from the country 
may be but a premonitory symptom. 

Again. In another article from the same journal bearing 
date June 18, under the head of " Eise in gold — what is the 
meaning of it f" The writer says : " It is questionable wheth- 
er the presence of great armaments " — alluding to the war now 
imminent in Europe — " requires an excessive drain of specie 
through unusual channels. This is at least to be inferred from 
the present warlike situation in Italy, where instead of gold 
accumulating, we find by latest advices that it is oeing sent to 
France, a country which is in a state of peace," etc. 

Indeed, that " brief speech at Auxerre, was as much as if Na- 
poleon had said, ' In this crisis of European affairs, when the 
peace of Europe is menaced with accumulating perils, I shall 
not interfere to quiet the storm. Waterloo must le avenged. 
Let the heavens gather blackness. I intend to watch the con- 
flict, and subordinate the angry elements to my imperial will 
and interest. But I shall choose my time? " 

Thus then is it, that there is a continuous " great increase 
(in the reports of foreign items) of capital in the Bank of France. 
Several millions of francs almost weekly have gone into the 
Bank. "What is done with this accumulating treasure? Are 
other financial centres thus continually amplified ? I wish some 



NOTES. 295 

banker (also a man interested in Christianity and revelation) 
would throw a little light on this financial phenomenon." 

" Still further, is the proposition likely to be adopted univer- 
sally (and which has been recommended by the Hon. John A. 
Kasson, chairman of the Committee of Currency, so far as 
America is concerned), to conform the worlcPs currency to the 
French standard, adopting the French franc for a unit." Nor 
this only. The Hon. J. A. Kasson has more recently introduced 
a bill in Congress, in regard to the adoption by our Government 
of the French standards of weight and measure, viz., the 
metre the unit of measure of length, the gram of weight, etc. 

Let us not then forget that " coming events cast their shad- 
ows before." Here we see the gradual concentration of the 
monetary operations of the world, and the unification and 
nomenclature in the matter of weights and measures, all being 
brought under the iron will of a one-man powee ! How will he 
use that power? For an answer, we refer the reader to, and 
earnestly entreat him to carefully read and ponder over what we 
have written in Note II, page 283 of this volume. 

Note IX. In confirmation of our expositions and application 
of the prophecies to the rapidly rising power, present position, 
and future destiny of Louis Napoleon III, as set forth in this 
work, we claim the united testimony of the every day editorial 
comments of the .leading secular journals, both at home and 
abroad, on the nature, character, and ultimate tendency of the 
events of the day as indicative of a geeat ceisis at hand, in veri- 
fication of the coincidence of the one with the other. Indeed, we 
are willing to place the entire merits of our prophetical exegeses 
on this issue alone. True, the not looking at these events on the 
part of our secular journalists from a prophetical standpoint, there 
may be an occasional discrepancy as to the exact order of events 
as to details. Thus, in a recent letter of the London correspond- 
ent in the N. Y. Times, the writer says : 

"My present impression is, that these difficulties (meaning the 
European war imbroglio) will grow more and more threatening, 
until the apprehensions of war have become so general and dis- 



296 NOTES. 

astrous that the people will want peace, and that at the proper 
moment, the Emperor Napoleon will renew his propositions for 
a congress, and that the whole matter will he settled at Paris. 
This will place him at the head of Etjeope, and fulfil his say- 
ing, ' The Empire is peace.' " And he adds : — "It is agreed that 
not an army can move in Europe against the imperial veto. Every 
one looks to the Emperor for peace or war." 

"We, however, on the contrary, have insisted from the begin- 
ning ^ that a war would come first, and then a European Congress, 
or its equivalent. There was a need-he that this prophetical 
" vile person " of Daniel should resort to the strategy of the ahove 
proposed Congress, in order to sustain his character hefore the 
world as the great " Pacificator of the nations." And we think 
it will now he conceded on all hands, in view of the present 
aspect of affairs in the old world, that while there were " words 
of peace on his tongue, there was war in his heart." 

Again. In regard- to the difference in the attitude of this 
Government and that of the European Powers in their relations 
to France. A writer in Blackwood's Magazine says : " America 
dares hold language to France that all Europe combined would 
not titter. There's no denying it, no qualifying it. If we had a 
continental coalition to-morrow, we could not venture to say 
what America has just said," — i. e., in reference to the Mexican 
imbroglio and the Monroe doctrine, — etc. " We would no more 
dare to provoke the Tuilleries by an insolent despatch, than we 
would go into one of Yan Amburgh's cages and Trick the lion. 
It has become a sort of European superstition that France can 
beat every one." And another Correspondent, signing himself 
" Monadnock," writes from London to the New York Times, 
thus : — " France would be, and perhaps is, at this moment, the 
Arbiter of Europe, where in my opinion not a gun can be fired 
without being subject to the Emperor's veto ; nor can there be 
a war without important changes in European boundaries." 
"With the exception of the word "perhaps," in the above article, 
the reader, we think, may safely endorse the sentiments therein 
expressed. 



NOTES. 297 

Note X. See page 206, and Note III, page 285, of which this 
note is an appendix. 

"We have just received the following additional contribution 
from the pen of our learned and esteemed correspondent, the 
Eev. Clinton Cosgrove, of Sardinia, Erie Co., N. Y., dated July 
2, 1866, on the subject of " Napoleon's suspected Jewish element 
of genealogy, Jewish physiognomy, and future Jewish predesti- 
nated (or predicted) system of operations." 

Our correspondent says : " I have thought it might be well to 
see if the hitherto seemingly unexplored region in the first part 
of Napoleon's name, might not yield some confirmation of pre- 
vious verifications. It would seem appropriate to emphasize, if 
we can, in some method of designation in his name. According- 
ly we have (in Latin) G ar o lus J u d aeu s=666 — Charles, 
a Jew. The letters under which I have placed a mark, are exactly 
the same as in Ludovicus. Thus : — 

Carol us Ju daeus. 

100 + 50+5 + 1+5+ 500 + 5 = 6Q6. 

Again in Latin : L. Napoleon II I Infi delis E e x 

—or Infidel King=Q66. Thus :— 

L. Napoleon I II , — I nfi del is Bex. 

50 + 50 * 3 + 1 + 1 + 500+50 + 1 + 10=666. 

Also, Louis III) Deificatus(I)eifLe&)=6Q6^ 

' i ii iii i iii 

Thus:— 

Louis II I, — D eifi catus. 

50 + 5 + 1 + 3 + 500 + 1 + 1 + 100 + 5 = Q66. 

Our correspondent adds : " Well ! well ! you will say, per- 
haps, — this is getting near the finis, in this sort of calculation. 
But, still, I hope the labor is not lost. Indeed it has simply been 
a pleasant exercise." Yes, and such a " pleasant exercise " as 
carries with it the indubitable evidence that Loins Napoleon III 
is the predestined last antichrist. "The wicked shall do 
wickedly, and shall not understand ; but the wise shall under- 
stand." (Dan. xii. 10.) 



SUBSCRIBERS 

TO 

POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PROPHECY. 

Joseph T. Haeexs, Esq. $50. 

Rev. H. W. Knapp 40. 

Joseph Wild, Esq 40. 

J. W. Benedict, Esq . . . ; 27. 

E. S. Jaffeay, Esq 25. 

A. B. Conckee, Esq 25. 

Rev. J. S. Woodbuen 25. 

Sydney A. Schieffelin, Esq , 20. 

Petee Loeillaed, Esq 20. 

James Suydam, Esq 20. 

Theeon Losee, Esq g 20. 

Benj. R. Wintheop, Esq 20. 

John D. "Wolfe, Esq 20. 

Rev. W. T. Enyaed 20. 

Alex. W. Beadfoed, Esq 20. 

Geo. O. Shime all 20. 

W. B. Latson, M. D 20. 

James Weight, Esq 20. 

Edwaed R. Wiee, Esq 20. 

S. Van Benschoten, Esq 20. 

James W. Beekman, Esq 10. 

Rev. Thomas Street 10. 

W. H. MoNeile, Esq 10. 

Rev. Ohaeles K. Imbeie 3 D. D 10. 

Rev. James L. Read 12. 

Mes. A. P. Jolliffe 10. 

Rev. W. A. Scott, D. D ^ 10. 

J. H. Heeeick, Esq 10. 

Rev. J. H. Houghton, D. D 10. 



Stephen Viele, Esq * $15. 

W. H. H. Moose, Esq 10. 

Elisha H. Allen, Esq 10. 

Peof. S. F. B. Mobse, Esq 10. 

Rey. Seth Bliss, 10. 

Benoni B. Baebeb, Esq 10. 

O. F. Hunter, Esq.... * 10. 

Samuel A. Ohuech, Esq 10. 

Robebt Bliss, Esq 10. 

John M. ^Tixon, Esq 10. 

HOMEE MOEGAN, ESQ 10. 

A. R. Wetmoee, Esq 10. 

Peof. D. G. Eaton, Esq 10. 

Ooenelius A. Bakee, M. D .11. 

Rey. John M. Keebs, D. D 5. 

Dwight A. Peeey 5. 

Rey. F. G. Clark, D. D 5. 

Rey. Geo. Nixon 10. 

John Bullocke, Esq 10. 

Peter B. Oeolius, Esq 10. 

Richaed Beinkeehoff, Esq 10. 

Rey. W. R. Goedon, D. D 10. 

Thomas O. M. Paton, Esq 10. 

Charles G. Haemee, Esq 10. 

Sigoueney "W. Fay, Esq 10. 

Chaeles Yan Wyck, Esq 10. 

Feanklin H. Lummus, Esq 10. 

James C. Holden, Esq 10. 

Hamilton Odell, Esq 10. 

John McKay, Esq.. 10. 

Wm. A. Booth, Esq 10. 

Petee Eayloe, Esq 10. 

Dayid Oliphant, Esq 10. 

Wm. Yeenon, Esq 10. 

Jonathan Thompson, Esq 10. 

Rey. R. Dickinson, D. D. 10. 



G. W. Illsley, Esq 10. 

Rev. 0. S. Robinson, D. D 10. 

Rev. James Eels, D. D 10. 

Rev. H. J. Van Dyke 10. 

John Stewaet, Esq 5. 

Wm. Rankin, Esq . . . 5. 

Rev. Thos. 0. Steong, D. D 5. 

Rev. J. H. Manning, D. D , 5. 

Thoknton M. Niven, Esq. 5. 

H. S. Va'n Bueen, Esq 5. 

Rev. F. Steins 5. 

Rev. Nathaniel West, D. D 5. 

Rev. J. E. Rockwell, D. D 5. 

Rev. J. W. Wells, D. D. ...... e 5. 

Rev. P. D. Yan Kleef, D. D 5. 

Rev. E. R. Ceaven, D. D 5. 



[PUBLISHERS' CIRCULAR.] 
JOHN F. TROW & CO., 50 GREENE ST, 



ON 

Chbist's Second Coming.- 

Teci %me& omnrMM ®w the bay. 
IS IT PEE- OE POST-MILLENNIAL? 

WITH A REPLY TO PROF. SHEDD ON 

cc ESC HATO LOGY," 

ETC., ETC. 



TESTIMONIALS FROM THE RELIGIOUS AND SECULAR PRESS. 

In presenting this work before the public, the author 
does so on the simple ground that, despite the indiffer- 
ence, prejudice, or hostility arrayed against the subject 
of which it treats from its past perversion and abuse, it is 
nevertheless, from its intrinsic importance as a matter of 
Divine Revelation ?c /a^y entitled to inquiry and discussion 
as " the Great Question of the day." All that he asks of any 
person into whose hands this volume may fall, is a careful 
perusal of it, and a candid decision as to the merits of 
the two main points involved : " Is the second coming 
of Cheist pre- or post-mtllenniae ? " It is a subject that 
has employed the devout thoughts and earnest pens of 
the most profoundly learned and eminently pious and 
distinguished in the Christian Church of every age, — 
ancient, mediaeval, and modern. But still the Church 
continues to be divided on the great question involved, 
both as to the manner and time of that stupendous event. 
This volume presents a view of both sides of the question 



at issue, on the grounds both of the scriptural arguments 
and the historical? developments of the doctrine ; and 
hence will be found to furnish a complete exhibit of all 
that is essential to a thorough knowledge of the subject.^ 
The publishers can also supply those who desire it 
with the author's other elaborate work, " Our Bible 
Chronology, Sacred and Profane, Historic and Pro- 
phetic, Critically Examined and Demonstrated, and 
Harmonized with the Chronology of Profane Writers," 
etc. This work has been critically examined by a num. 
ber of our ripest scholars at home and abroad, and has 
been decided as entitled to the rank of a standard work 
on the subject. 

JOHN F. TROW & CO. 



TESTIMONIALS. 



•'Prom the New York Observer." 

" This is a laborious treatise upon a subject that has occu- 
pied much of the time and attention of the Church. It professes 
to be free from all extraneous matter, and to exhibit all the 
theories that have obtained in the Christian Church, from the 
early post-apostolic age to the present times. The abstract 
testimony of the Holy Scriptures respecting the second coming 
of Christ is first presented. This is followed by an examination 
of the question whether this coming is past, present or future. 
Under this head the various theories of Millee, Geotius, Bush, 
and others, are discussed with much patience and learning. The 
fifth chapter is devoted to the consideration of sacred philosophy, 
to the Scriptural doctrine of the eesueeection of Christ, of the 
righteous, and of the wicked, as these depend upon, and are con- 
nected with, His second coming. A complete synopsis of the 
Millennarian Scheme is given in the closing chapter. The whole 
work evinces great sincerity and devotion, and is an interesting 
and important presentation of millennarian views." 

" The Christian Times and Episcopal Register." 

" This work is based upon the author's l Bible Cheonology,' 
a work that has gained high commendation both in this country 
and in England, and which stands among the most valuable 
works relating to the subject. The preface contains a concise 
account of the different theories that have been entertained on 



3 

this subject at different times, and is followed by an appeal, 
addressed to Bishop Potter and the other prominent clergymen 
of this city, who entertain what is called the post-millennial 
view. He invites them in the most pointed manner to give a 
reason for the hope that is in them, and challenges them to re- 
fute his own view, which is the pre-millennial. . . . This 
work is the result of a lifetime of thought and study. It is very 
full in all its details ; it is written in an impartial Christian 
spirit, and is distinguished by much ability ; and, when taken in 
connection with the previous volume, furnishes what will gene- 
rally be desired for the study of this great question." 

" The Christian Advocate and Journal." (Meth. Episc.) 

" The writer of this volume is a venerable minister of the 
Presbyterian Church, and a writer of good reputation for candor 
and research. In composing this volume, he has evidently 
written from the impulses of his heart, no less than at the dic- 
tates of his judgment, maintaining his own theory with an affec- 
tionate earnestness. He holds that Christ's second coming will be 
pee-millennial, or that the great period in the progress of the ages 
of Christ's kingdom designated by that term — which he does not 
slavishly limit to a thousand of our solar years — wiU follow the re- 
surrection and the general judgment. Of the conclusiveness of his 
alignments we confess our inability to decide confidently, though 

WE INCLINE TO COINCIDE WITH HIS VIEWS ON THAT POINT. We are 

also quite willing to concede that the subject is one of deep inte- 
rest to the believer in Christ ; and we can, in all sincerity, re- 
commend this volume to any who may desire to examine the 
subject, which is here discussed exhaustively, though not tediously. 
Though necessarily somewhat controversial, it is written in a 
kindly tone, and carries with it a devout and reverential faith." 

M The Christian" Intelligencer." CRef. Dutch Church.) 

" The author of this elaborate treatise is a sincere and devout 
believer in the pre-millennial advent of our Lord. Our personal 
respect for Mr. Shimeall, and interest in the question he has 
discussed, have led us to examine this work with care. . . . 
Having read many books written in favor of this theory, we are 
fiee to say that we consider this by far the ablest work in sup- 
port of the pre-millennial scheme of interpretation we have yet 
setn. It is unusually free from dogmatism, and is unencumbered 
with fanciful applications of events to suit the requirements of a 
the* ry. The appeal is made to Scripture as the final authority, 
and that, the author thinks, is plainly in favor of the system he 
advocates. . . . And as he has selected certain eminent 
divines to sit in judgment upon his performance, and decide 
whether he is orthodox or heretical, we await with patience 
their verdict" 



•* The Presbyterian." (Philadelphia.) 

" The author maintains the pre-millennial views of Christ's 
coming, and reviews the whole question with a clear understand- 
ing of all that can be alleged for its correctness. He has given 
to the study of this question much time and attention, and is well 
furnished for its defence against those of opposite mews. His hpok, 
therefore, will be found to contain all that is material for the 
full exposition of the subject, and with little of the asperity of 
controversy." 

"The Evangelist." 

" This volume is an elaborate discussion of what the author 
deems ' the great question of the day — Is Christ's second coming 
pre-millennial or post-millennial ? ' After a quite extended dis- 
cussion, preparing the way for his conclusions, he sets forth his 
position, ' that there is to be no intervening millennium between 
the second coming of Christ and the day of judgment: in other 
words, that that event, when it does take place, will be pre- and 
not post-millennial. The second portion of the work is devoted 
to a reply to Professor Shedd's Eschatology in his ' History of 
Christian Doctrine.' Dr. Hatfield's views in his recent articles 
(published in the American Presbyterian and Theological' Keview) 
are also noticed. The author's views " are presented with care 
and candor, and evince much careful examination and an ex- 
tended acquaintance with the subject." 

44 The Prophetic Times: A New Serial." (Philadelphia.) 

" "We hail this book by Mr. Shimeall with great satisfaction, 
as an able and seasonable contribution to the literature of this 
great theme. . . . It is the product of a learned and faithful 
explorer, and treats the various theories and aspects of the 
subject with comprehensiveness, judiciousness, and power. 
Taking the Bible as an intelligible book, which we are to inter- 
pret as we do any other serious writings meant for the enlight- 
enment of mankind, he has reached the same conclusions to 
which every intelligent and honest investigator has come, or 
must come, who accepts the Scriptures in their plain literal im- 
port, which we claim to be the only true way of receiving them. 
In other words, he is a thorough millenarian. 

" His method of treating the subject includes, First, an ap- 
peal, respectfully addressed to leading anti-millenarians, in which 
certain important points touching the merits of the subject, and 
the objectionableness of their manner of meeting them are well 
put ; second. An abstract of the testimony of the Scriptures re- 
specting the second coming, both as to the substance of the doo- 
trine and its practical uses; third, An examination of the seve- 
ral false theories that have been put forth on the subject, show 



ing their unseriptural and unsatisfactory character, and utterly 
refuting them. This constitutes the largest part of the book, and 
what the author considers the principal want of a numerous class 
of clergy and laity, which he has mainly labored to supply. Various 
leading questions involved are then discussed separately, as also 
the nature of the eestjeeection and the ftjtuee atteibtjtes and 
official dignities of the saints ; concluding with " A complete 
Synopsis of the Millenarian Scheme of the Second Coming." All 
this comprises 320 large octavo pages. Then follows a reply to Prof. 
Shedd's 'Eschatology, 5 embracing 1 IT pages, and setting forth 
the millenarianism of the ancient, mediaeval, and modern Church. 
This is a valuable part of the book, in which Prof. Shedd's 
4 History ' is completely put to shame, as it deserves to be as 
respects this subject. To all this is added some 20 pages of valu- 
able notes, with au index to the whole. 

" We thank Mr. Shimeall for this timely and able production, 
and heartily recommend it for its fairness, its comprehensiveness, 
its general soundness of exegesis, and its manly honesty, respect- 
fulness, and just conclusions. He who values the truth on this 
great theme cannot fail to value this book. We shall rejoice in 
finding it extensively circulated and attentively studied. The 
means of a large acquaintance with the whole subject may be found 
in it" 

" The Evening Post." 

" We have already noticed one or two works of this nature, 
and that before us is one of the most remarkable for its research 
and the care with which it is written. Mr. Shimeall has given 
to the subject of his work the study of many years. His treatise 
bears evidence, not only of the zeal with which he maintains his 
own view of the subject, but of the diligence with which he has 
explored the writings of others. In regard to the Second Advent 
of the Messiah, he has collected all the different theories which 
have been proposed, stated the arguments in their favor and re- 
plied to them in all instances in which he does not accept them. 
. . . This second coming of Christ, according to Mr. Shime- 
all's view, is to precede and usher in the Millennium. It will 
prepare the way for that age of innocence, peace, and love which 
is to succeed the present age of dissension, bloodshed, and crime, 
and to which millenarians look with earnest longings for its 
immediate arrival. Although Mr. Shimeall acknowledges him- 
self in the minority, he gives the names of various eminent per- 
sons, both of ancient and modern times, who have adopted views 
similar to those set forth in his book. 

" A part of the volume is taken up with a Eeply to Peof. 
Shedd, of the Union Theological Seminary in this '.city, who, in 
his " History of Christian Doctrine," affirms that Millenarianism, 
by which he means similar views to those held by Mr. Shimeall, 



has never been the recognized doctrine of the Christian Church- 
Mr. Shimeall takes issue with him on this point, and brings foi- 
ward many examples of persons in the early ages of the Church, 
and the middle ages, and in modern times, who were Millena- 
rians. Lest the view taken by Mr. Shimeall should be con- 
founded with what is called Millerism, he takes care to show 
wherein he differs from the Millerites. In the first place, he de- 
nies the possibility of fixing the day and hour of Christ's Second 
Coming, though he holds that there are certain symptoms from 
which its near approach is to be inferred. In the second place 
he maintains that the conflagration of the world is not, as tho 
Millerites hold, contemporaneously with this second [pre-millen- 
nial] advent of the Messiah, since the promised reign of Christ 
on earth could not in that event take place. 

" The reader may not accept Mr. ShimealTs conclusions, but 
he cannot look over the book without being interested in the 
discussion of a question which has engaged the thoughts of many 
eminent men in every age of the Christian Era, and which 
could occupy such a mind as that of (Sir Isaac) Newton." 

"The Journal of Commerce." 
" Cheist's Second Coming-," is the title of an octavo volume 
by Rev. R. C. Shimeall, a member of the Presbytery of New 
York, who has devoted his energies and studies to the subject, 
and produced various works heretofore more or less related to 
it. In the present volume he has gathered a large amount of 
controversial matter on the Millenarian question, and presents 
w 7 ith great energy his peculiar views. The author endeavors 
to give the reader a view of all the theories which have prevailed 
in various ages and countries on the Second Coming, and to fur- 
nish in a clear and condensed form a great mass of information 
suited to answer inquiries often made. He states that the reader 
will find the subject discussed i free from all intricacy, even to 
the plainest mind.' " 

"The New York Times." 
The writer of this volume is well known for the extent and 
wide range of his studies, connected with the interpretation of 
the Prophetical Scriptures. All he asks for it is a fair and can- 
did examination of his theory, in the interests, not of victory, 
but of truth, and he brings forward the names of some of the 
most venerated teachers and theologians of the day — under 
whose auspices the work appears— to show that he is at least 
entitled to this consideration. It will at once be seen that the 
subject of the book places it beyond the pale of ordinary news- 
paper discussion. . . . Still it is undeniable that many devout 
minds have found support and nourishment in the investigation 
of the prophetical records, and to all who indulge in this study t 
Me. Shimeaix's book will be welcome." 



"The World," 

" It is impossible to over-estimate the importance of the subject 
which Mr. Shimeall discusses and exhausts in this volume of 
some five hundred pages. The first part of the work is devoted 
to the somewhat unreasonably vexed question of the Secoxd 
Comixg- of Oheist. The author addresses an argumentative 
appeal to ten clergymen of eminence, including Bishop Potter and 
Mr. Henry Ward Beecher, — who will not probably answer him, — 
to reconsider their habitual L post-mille?iarianism^ and ascertain, 
while there is yet time, whether he may not be wholly iu the 
wrong ; and it is very certain that if these clergymen, failing 
to respond to his appeal, should eventually prove to have been 
in the wrong, the consequences both to themselves and to their 
congregations must be such as it is by no means agreeable to 
contemplate. 

- i We are standing now, according to Mr. Shimeall, within 
some three years of the most eventful period of human history. 
Historical chronology will close, as this devoted student of the 
4 Second Coming' assures us, with the year 1868. ... It 
should be said that Mr. Shimeall, however, while he asserts the 
p re-millennial coming of Christ, argues earnestly against the 
r p re-millennial conflag 'ration of 'all things. . . . Perhaps the most 
interesting part of Mr. Shimeall's work, and that with which 
post-millenarian divines will find it hardest to deal, is the fourth 
section of the third chapter on l Esohatology,' in which he 
recites the l authentic history of Ghiliasm'' since the Reforma- 
tion. In this section he confronts Professor Shedd with the il- 
lustrious and almost inspired Joseph Mede, and with Millenarian 
authorities of no less weight than John and Charles Wesley, Au- 
gustus Toplady, and Bishop Heber. 

" Such men as these may have been utterly in the dark, mad, 
crude, and incompetent ; but if this was the case, why does their 
spirit rule in the churches, and why are their psalms, and fiymns, 
and spiritual songs, in all lands where the English tongue is 
known, the delight and consolation of believers f " 

44 The Commercial Advertiser. " 

"Eev. Richaed C. Shimeall has published a work entitled 
1 Christ's Second Coming, — Is it Pr^-Millennial or Pos ^-Millen- 
nial?' To the Scriptural, historical, and philosophical exami- 
nation of. this subject, Mr. Shimeall has devoted himself for 
many years. The subject of the Millennium, or the Second 
Coming of Christ, has been for ages held and exhibited in va- 
rious and conflicting forms by numerous writers. We have, in 
the first place, the Anti-Millenarians. who allege that the Millen- 
nium is past. Then we have Post- jlillenarians, who hold that 
the Second Coming of Christ will not occur till its conclusion. 



8 

A third School holds to a future Millennium preceded and in- 
troduced by, the Second Coming of the Saviour, etc. To this 
School the author of the present volume belongs. 

" Air. Shimeall enters into a very elaborate and extended re- 
view of the various theories heretofore held in regard to the Mil- 
lennium, and with much force of reasoning endeavors to show 
how all systems except the last-named, fail to meet the claims 
of prophecy and Scripture." 

"Zion's Herald." (Boston.) 

"The author of the above-named work is a Presbyterian 
minister, who has evidently studied and thought upon his theme 
with a great deal of care, as c the great question of the day.' He 
writes with candor, fairly presenting loth sides of the question. 
His plan is, first, to present a view of all the principal ' theories ' 
that have obtained in the Christian Church from the close of the 
Apostolic age to the present time; secondly, to show the scrip- 
tural and historical ground on which the different parties claim 
to rest their views ; and, thirdly, to examine carefully each 
theory on its respective merits so as to enable the reader to de- 
cide for himself on which side the truth lies. He gives a com- 
plete view of the scriptural argument and of the history of the 
doctrine of Christ's Second Coming as found among the Ancients, 
Mediaavals, and Moderns. 

" The three principal theories discussed are, 1. That the Millen- 
nium is already past; those who embrace it are called Anti-Mil- 
lenarians ; 2. That it is still future, and that the second coming 
of Christ will not take place until after the Millennium ; its ad- 
vocates are called Post-Millenarians ; 3. That the Millennium is 
still future, but that the second coming of Christ will take place 
before the Millennium — its adherents are called Pre-Millennialists. 
The author takes sides with the last. The book maybe read with 
profit by all parties, as it contains much ^reliable information 
on the subject." 

"The Israelite Indeed." 

" This is a work which should be read by all who love our 
Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. It enters into all the views which 
have been held in any portion of the Church concerning our 
Lord's coming again. It is one of the aolest works we have 
met with on this important and interesting subject, and will well 
repay for the reading. Let all who love the Lord's appearing 
read this work and get their souls warmed up on this delightful 
theme." 



9 



This work has been published by the patronage of a large 
number both of the Clergy and the Laity, of different denomi- 
nations, among whom are the following: 

Rev. Thomas Dewitt, D. D. Eev. E. TJ. Howland, D. D. 



J. T. Duryea. 

" E. P. Rogers, D. D. 

" W. R. Gordon, D. D. 

" A. R. Thompson, D. D. 

11 J. T. Demaeest, D. D. 

" S. R. Johnson, D. D. 

" J. H. Weston, D. D. 

11 J. Cotton Smith, D. D. 

" A. H. Vinton, D'. D. 

" W. R. Williams, D. D. 



J. H. Houghton, D. D. 

" W. A. Scott, D. D. 

" J. M. Stephenson, D. D. 

" A. E. Campbell, D. D. 

" Joseph Soudder. 

" John M. Krebs, D. D. 

" Thomas Hastings, D. D. 

" S. D. Alexander, D. D, 

" John Manning, D. D. 

' c John Quinoy Adams. 



Brooklyn, Ret. James Eells, D. D., Rey. J. H. Van Dyke, 
Rev. J. E. Rockwell, D. D. 

Jersey City, Rev. C. K Imbrie, D. D., Rev. P. D. Yah 

Cleef, D. D. 
'Williamsburg, Rev. J. D. Wells, D. D. 



Petkr Lorillard, Esq. 
S. W. Benedict, Esq. 

S. A. SCHIEFFELIN, ESQ. 

E. S. Jaffrey, Esq. 
A. W. Bradford, Esq. 
Peter Naylor, Esq. 
David Cliphant, Esq. 
Wm. Vernon, Esq. 
Charles Soribner, Esq. 

F. T. Betts, Esq. 
S. A. Church, Esq. 
Theodore Bourne, Esq. 



Charles G. Haemee, Esq. 
J. W. P. Morrison, Esq. 
A. B. Conger, Esq. 
Wm. B. Crosby, Esq. 
Homer Morgan, Esq. 
Jon. Thompson, Esq. 
John T. Crane, Esq. 
W. H. H. Moore, Esq. 
Benj. R. Wixtheop, Esq* 
Bexj. Douglass, Esq, 
James Suydam, Esq. 
C. F. Hunter, Esq. 



10 



SLeto Stakrir IfcL 



OUR BIBLE CHRONOLOG-Y, 

HISTORIC AND PROPHETIG, 
CRITICALLY EXAMINED AND DEMONSTRATED, 

AND 

Harmonized with, tiae Chronology of Profane Writers, &c. 

WITH A MAP OF THE ANCIENT WORLD, A CHART OP THE 
COTJ^»fcF EMPIRES, AND OTHER LLJTTSTRATIONS. 




BY KEY. E. 0. SHIMEALL 



"We call your special attention to the work referred to above, 
which, from the importance of the subjects of which it treats, 
and the interest which is being daily awakened in its behalf, 
both in England and in this country, shows its peculiar adaptation 
to the present times. Several editions of the work have been 
disposed of, including among its patrons the clergy of all the 
different denominations — Presbyterian, Episcopalian, Dutch Re- 
formed, Methodist, Baptist, etc. It is also peculiarly adapted to 
the use of Bible Classes, Sabbath Schools, and other institutions 
of learning, and forms a much-needed appendage to the Family 
Bible. It forms a handsome royal octavo volume of about 250 
pages, bound in substantial cloth, and contains all the matter 
embraced in the author's Biblical ' and Ecclesiastical Charts, 
(originally published at $10 each per copy,) and in a much more 
convenient form for ordinary use. 






Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: May 2005 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 
111 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 



^ 






b» 



■'■'■■■ \v'..; j a.'v,-a>->. 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




014 325 715 # 









HHhh 

ana . ■ HBKBgnni 







